Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission File No. 001-34221

 

 

The Providence Service Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   86-0845127
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

5524 East Fourth Street,

Tucson, Arizona

  85711
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

(520) 747-6600

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each Class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share   The NASDAQ Global Select Market
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights   The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  ¨  Yes     x  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  ¨  Yes     x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  x  Yes     ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ¨  Yes     ¨ No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in the definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

¨  Large accelerated filer

x  Accelerated filer

¨ Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

¨  Smaller reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  ¨  Yes     x  No

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity of the registrant held by non-affiliates based on the closing price for such common equity as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2009) was $133.0 million.

As of March 10, 2010, there were outstanding 12,905,525 shares (excluding treasury shares of 619,768) of the registrant’s Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, which is the only outstanding capital stock of the registrant.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year-ended December 31, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee Report, the Audit Committee Report and any other information in such proxy statement that is not required to be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, shall not be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference or filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
No.
PART I   

Item 1.

   Business    1

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors    11

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments    22

Item 2.

   Properties    22

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings    23

Item 4.

   (Removed and Reserved)    23
PART II   

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    24

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data    26

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    29

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    66

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    68

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    120

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures    120

Item 9B.

   Other Information    121
PART III   

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    123

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation    123

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    123

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    124

Item 14.

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services    124
PART IV   

Item 15.

   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    125

SIGNATURES

   130

EXHIBIT INDEX

  


Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

Development of our business

We provide and manage government sponsored social services and non-emergency transportation services. With respect to our social services, our counselors, social workers and behavioral health professionals work with clients who are eligible for government assistance due to income level, emotional/educational disabilities or court order. The state and local government agencies that fund the social services we provide are required by law to provide counseling, case management, foster care and other support services to eligible individuals and families. We do not own or operate any hospitals, residential treatment centers or group homes. Instead, we provide social services primarily in the client’s home or community, reducing the cost to the government of such services while affording the client a better quality of life. With respect to our non-emergency transportation services, we manage and arrange for client transportation to health care related facilities and services for state or regional Medicaid agencies, health maintenance organizations, or HMO’s, and commercial insurers.

Our social services revenue is derived from our provider contracts with state and local government agencies and government intermediaries, HMO’s, commercial insurers, and our management contracts with not-for-profit social services organizations. The government entities that pay for our social services include welfare, child welfare and justice departments, public schools and state Medicaid programs. Under a majority of our social services provider contracts, we are paid an hourly fee. Under some of our social services provider contracts, however, we receive a set monthly amount or we are paid amounts equal to the costs we incur to provide agreed upon services. Where we contract to manage the operations of not-for-profit social services organizations, we receive management fees based on a percentage of revenues of the managed entity or a predetermined fee.

Where we provide management services for non-emergency transportation, we contract with either state or regional Medicaid agencies, local governments, or private managed care companies. Most of our contracts for non-emergency transportation management services are capitated (i.e. our compensation is based on a per member per month payment for each eligible member). For a majority of our contracts we do not direct bill our payers for non-emergency transportation services as our revenue is based on covered lives. Our special needs school transportation contracts are with local governments and are paid on a per trip basis or per bus per day basis.

When we formed our business as a Delaware corporation in 1996, most government social services were delivered directly by governments in institutional settings such as psychiatric hospitals, residential treatment centers or group homes. We recognized that social services could be delivered more economically and effectively in a home or community based setting. Additionally, we anticipated that payers would increasingly seek to privatize the provision of these social services in order to reduce costs and provide quality social services to an increasing number of recipients. Based on this outlook, we developed a system for delivering these services that is less costly and, we believe, more effective than the traditional social services delivery system.

During our first year of operations, we acquired Parents and Children Together, Inc. (now known as Providence of Arizona, Inc.) and Family Preservation Services, Inc., which provided the foundation upon which our business was built. From 2002 to 2008 we completed the following significant acquisitions which we believe broadened our home based and foster care platform, expanded our reach into many new states, enhanced our workforce development services and presented opportunities for us to offer home and community based and foster care services in Canada, and expanded our continuum of services to include the management of non-emergency transportation services:

 

2002

  

2003

•     Camelot Care Corporation

  

•     Cypress Management Services, Inc.

 

1


Table of Contents

 

2004

  

2005

•      Dockside Services, Inc.

  

•      Children’s Behavioral Health, Inc.

•      Rio Grande Management Company, LLC

  

•      Maple Star Nevada & Maple Services, LLC

•      Pottsville Behavioral Counseling Group, Inc. (now known as Providence Community Services, Inc.)

  

•      AlphaCare Resources, Inc. & Transitional Family Services, Inc.

•      Management agreements with Care Development of Maine & FCP, Inc.

  

•      Drawbridges Counseling Services, LLC & Oasis Comprehensive Foster Care LLC

•      Community services division of Aspen Education Group, Inc. including Choices Group, Inc., Aspen MSO (now known as Providence Community Services, LLC) and College Community Services.

  

2006

  

2007

•      A to Z In-Home Tutoring, LLC

  

•      Behavioral Health Rehabilitation Services business of Raystown Development Services, Inc.

•      Family Based Strategies, Inc.

  

•      WCG International Consultants Ltd.

•      W. D. Management, L.L.C.

  

•      Behavioral Health Rehabilitation Services business of Family & Children’s Services, Inc.

•      Innovative Employment Solutions Division of Ross Education, LLC

  

•      Charter LCI Corporation, including its subsidiaries.

•      Correctional Services Business of Maximus, Inc.

  

2008

    

•      Camelot Community Care, Inc. (substantially all of the assets in Illinois and Indiana)

  

•      AmericanWork, Inc.

  

Since our inception, we have grown from 1,333 clients served in a single state to approximately 82,000 clients served either directly or through our managed entities. Additionally, 7.7 million individuals were eligible to receive services under our non-emergency transportation services contracts as of December 31, 2009. We operate from 427 locations in 43 states, the District of Columbia and British Columbia as of December 31, 2009.

Historically, we have relied exclusively on decentralized field offices to drive growth initiatives and independently manage sales and marketing activities. This approach has served us well by supporting steady and consistent organic growth. As our industry continues to rapidly change we see an opportunity to coordinate our efforts to pursue potential acquisitive as well as potential organic growth in our businesses.

In 2010, we appointed a chief strategy officer, or CSO, who will be responsible for these coordinated growth efforts. The CSO will identify new markets and new opportunities, develop and execute business and marketing plans and assist the field offices in initiating strategies designed to align local operations with developing payer funding initiatives.

 

2


Table of Contents

 

Financial information about our segments

Since December 2007, we began operating in two segments: Social Services and Non-Emergency Transportation Services, or NET Services. Financial information about segments and geographic areas, including revenues, net income and long-lived assets of each segment and from domestic and foreign operations for the Company as a whole is included in Note 11 of our consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report and is incorporated herein by reference.

See Item 1A Risk Factors under the heading “Our international operations expose us to various risks, any number of which could harm our business” for a discussion of risks related to our foreign operations.

Description of our business

Social Services

Services offered.     We provide home and community based services, foster care and provider management services, directly and through entities we manage. The following describes such services:

Home and community based counseling

 

   

Home based and intensive home based counseling.     Our home based counselors are trained professionals or para-professionals providing counseling services in the client’s own home. These services average five hours per client per week and can include individual, group or family sessions. Topics are prescriptive to each client and can include family dynamics, peer relationships, anger management, substance abuse prevention, conflict resolution, parent effectiveness training and misdemeanant private probation supervision.

We also provide intensive home based counseling, which consists of up to 20 or more hours per client per week. Our intensive home based counselors are masters or Ph.D. level professional therapists or counselors. Intensive home based counseling is designed for clients struggling to cope with everyday situations. Our counselors are qualified to assist with marital and family issues, depression, drug or alcohol abuse, domestic violence, hyperactivity, criminal or anti-social behavior, sexual misbehavior, school expulsion or chronic truancy and other disruptive behaviors. In the absence of this type of counseling, many of these clients would be considered for 24-hour institutional care or incarceration.

 

   

Substance abuse treatment services.     Our substance abuse treatment counselors provide services in the office, home and counseling centers designed especially for clients with drug or alcohol abuse problems. Our counselors use peer contracts, treatment group process and a commitment to sobriety as treatment methods. Our professional counseling, peer counseling and group and family sessions are designed to introduce clients dependent upon drugs or alcohol to a sober lifestyle.

 

   

School support services.     Our professional counselors are assigned to and stationed in public schools to assist in dealing with problematic and at-risk students. Our counselors provide support services such as teacher training, individual and group counseling, logical consequence training, anger management training, gang awareness and drug and alcohol abuse prevention techniques. In addition, we provide in-home educational tutoring in numerous markets where we contract with individual school districts to assist students who need assistance in learning.

 

   

Correctional services .     We provide misdemeanant private probation supervision services, including monitoring and supervision of those sentenced to probation, rehabilitative services, and collection and disbursement of court-ordered fines, fees and restitution.

 

   

Workforce development.     We assist individuals to achieve their greatest potential to obtain and retain meaningful employment through services that include vocational evaluation, job placement, skills training, and employment support.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

Foster care

 

   

Foster care.     We recruit and train foster parents and license family foster homes to provide 24-hour care to children who have been removed from their homes due to physical or emotional abuse, abandonment, or the lack of appropriate living situations. We place children individually in a licensed home. Each child is provided 24-hour care and supervision by trained foster parents. Our professional staff and counselors match and supervise the child and foster family. We also provide tutoring and other services to the child and foster family.

 

   

Therapeutic foster care.     We provide therapeutic foster care services. This is a 24-hour care service designed for children exhibiting serious emotional problems who may otherwise require institutional treatment. We recruit, license and train professional foster parents to care for foster children for up to a year of therapeutic intervention. Social, psychological and psychiatric services are provided on a prescriptive basis to each child and therapeutic foster care family by a team of licensed, professional staff.

Not-for-profit managed services

 

   

Administrative support, information technology and accounting and payroll services.     In most cases we provide and manage the back office and administrative functions such as accounting, cash management, billing and collections, human resources and quality management. We assist in the development of policies and procedures and supervise the day to day operations. In some of our contracts we also provide the information technology support for hardware, networking and software. We also provide payroll management services for our managed entities along with managing the recruiting and retention of staff. In all cases, we report directly to the not-for-profit organization’s board of directors which may elect to engage us to provide some or all of these services.

 

   

Intake, assessment and referral services.      We contract on behalf of our managed entities with governments to receive and handle telephone inquiries regarding need and eligibility for government sponsored social services, to arrange for face-to-face interviews and to conduct benefit eligibility reviews. If indicated from the telephone inquiry and/or interviews with the client, we perform an evaluation of need, which may include a psychiatric assessment, psycho-social assessment, a social history and other diagnostic tools. Once eligibility is determined, the client is referred to an appropriate social services provider.

 

   

Monitoring services.     Monitoring services include face-to-face and telephone interactions in which we provide guidance and assistance to clients. This typically includes a strength assessment, a referral to appropriate resources, a home visit and a limited amount of consultation. This service is designed for clients that are not seriously impaired but need assistance in accessing government benefits and services and learning the applicable benefit system.

 

   

Case management.     In providing case management services, we supervise all aspects of an eligible client’s case and assure that the client receives the appropriate care, treatment and resources. As a case manager we are a client’s advocate, arranging for services and following up to ensure that the client receives the necessary and appropriate care and services, and further, that the client complies with the prescribed intervention plan. We maintain the client’s records required by the government unit sponsoring the care. In providing case management, our client contact may be in the office, at home, on the telephone or any combination thereof.

Revenue and payers.      Substantially all of our revenue related to our Social Services operating segment is derived from contracts with state or local government agencies, government intermediaries or the not-for-profit social services organizations we manage.

A majority of our contracts are negotiated fee-for-service arrangements with payers. Home and community based services are generally payable by the hour depending on the type and intensity of the service. Foster care

 

4


Table of Contents

 

services are generally payable pursuant to a fixed monthly fee. Approximately 67.8%, 70.4% and 70.6% of our Social Services operating segment revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was related to fee-for-service arrangements. A significant number of our fee-for-service contracts allow the payer to terminate the contract immediately for cause (such as for our failure to meet our contract obligations). Additionally, these contracts permit the payer to terminate the contract at any time prior to its stated expiration date without cause, at will and without penalty to the payer, either upon the expiration of a short notice period, typically 30 days, and/or immediately, in the event federal or state appropriations supporting the programs serviced by the contract are reduced or eliminated.

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from a few payers. Under our contract with the State of Virginia’s Department of Medical Assistance Services, we derived approximately 10.1% and 12.6% of our social services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Revenues from our cost based service contracts are generally recorded based on a combination of direct costs, indirect overhead allocations, and stated contractual margins on those incurred costs. These revenues are compared to annual contract budget limits and, depending on reporting requirements, allowances may be recorded for certain contingencies such as projected costs not incurred, excess cost per service over the allowable contract rate and/or insufficient encounters. This policy results in recognizing revenue from these contracts based on allowable costs incurred. The annual contract amount is based on projected costs to provide services under the contracts with adjustments for changes in the total contract amount. Annually, we submit projected costs for the coming year which assist the contracting payers in establishing the annual contract amount to be paid for services provided under the contracts. After the contracting payers’ year end, we submit cost reports which are used by the contracting payers to determine the amount, if any, by which funds paid to us for services provided under the contracts were greater than the allowable costs to provide these services. Completion of this review process may range from one month to several years from the date we submit the cost report. In cases where funds paid to us exceed the allowable costs to provide services under contract, we may be required to pay back the excess funds.

Our cost reports are routinely audited by our contracted payers on an annual basis. We periodically review our provisional billing rates and allocation of costs and provide for estimated adjustments from the contracting payers. We believe that adequate provisions have been made in our consolidated financial statements for any adjustments that might result from the outcome of any cost report audits. Differences between the amounts provided and the settlement amounts are recorded in our consolidated statement of operations in the year of settlement. Cost based service contracts represented approximately 17.8%, 16.4% and 18.5% of our Social Services operating segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

We provide services under one annual block purchase contract in Arizona with The Community Partnership of Southern Arizona. We are required to provide or arrange for the behavioral health services to eligible populations of beneficiaries as defined in the contract. We must provide a complete range of behavioral health clinical, case management, therapeutic and administrative services. We are obliged to provide services only to those clients with a demonstrated medical necessity. There is no contractual limit to the number of eligible beneficiaries that may be assigned to us, or a limit to the level of services that must be provided to these beneficiaries if the services are deemed to be medically necessary. Therefore, we are at-risk if the costs of providing necessary services exceed the associated reimbursement. The terms of the contract typically are reviewed prospectively and amended as necessary to ensure adequate funding of our service offerings under the contract; however, no assurances can be made that such funding will adequately cover the costs of services previously provided. The annual block purchase contract represented 6.7% of our Social Services operating segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Due to the nature of our business and the requirement or desire by certain payers to contract with not-for-profit social services organizations, we sometimes enter into management contracts with not-for-profit organizations for the purpose of developing strategic relationships or providing administrative, program and management services. These organizations contract directly or indirectly with state government agencies to supply a variety of community

 

5


Table of Contents

 

based mental health and foster care services to children and adults. Typically these organizations are separately incorporated and organized with their own board of directors. Our management fees under these contracts are either based upon a percentage of the managed entities’ revenues or a predetermined fee. Management fees earned pursuant to our management contracts with these organizations represented approximately 7.5%, 6.5% and 4.2% of our Social Services operating segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Seasonality.      Our quarterly operating results and operating cash flows normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our Social Services operating segment, principally due to lower client demand for our home and community based services during the holiday and summer seasons. As we have grown our home and community based services business, our exposure to seasonal variations has grown and will continue to grow, particularly with respect to our school based services, educational services and tutoring services. We experience lower home and community based services revenue when school is not in session. Our expenses, however, do not vary significantly with these changes and, as a result, such expenses may not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. As a result, our Social Services operating segment experiences lower operating margins during the holiday and summer seasons. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results and operating cash flows to continue as a result of the uneven seasonal demand for our home and community based services. Moreover, as we enter new markets, we could be subject to additional seasonal variations along with any competitive response to our entry by other social services providers.

Competition.      The social services industry is a highly fragmented industry. We compete for clients with a variety of organizations that offer similar services. Most of our competition consists of local social services organizations that compete with us for local contracts, such as United Way supported agencies and faith-based agencies such as Catholic Social Services, Jewish Family and Children’s Services and the Salvation Army. Other competitors include local, not-for-profit organizations and community based organizations. Historically, these types of organizations have been favored in our industry as incumbent providers of services to government entities. On a national level, there are very few organizations that compete for local, county and state contracts to provide the types of services we offer. We also compete with larger companies, such as Res-Care, Inc., which provides support services, training and educational programs predominantly to Medicaid eligible beneficiaries. National Mentor, Inc. is the country’s largest provider of foster care services and competes with us in certain markets for foster care services. Many institutional providers offer some type of community based care including such organizations as Cornell Companies, Inc., Psychiatric Solutions, Inc. and The Devereaux Foundation. While we believe that we compete on the basis of price and quality, many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, political and marketing resources, name recognition, and a larger number of clients and payers than we do. In addition, some of these organizations offer more services than we do. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, competition from new entrants into our markets. Increased competition may result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or loss of clients or payers, any of which could harm our business.

Sales and marketing.      Substantially all of our marketing is performed at the local and regional level. Through our local and regional managers, we have successfully developed and maintained extensive relationships with various payers. These relationships allow us to develop leads on new business, cross-sell our other services to existing payers and negotiate payer contracts. A significant portion of our business is procured in this manner. We also seek to market our services to payers in geographical areas contiguous to existing markets and in which we believe our reputation as a low cost quality service provider will enhance our ability to compete for and win business. From time to time we respond to requests for proposals, or RFPs. Additionally, we subscribe to a service that keeps us informed of and tracks on a national basis RFPs for privatization of social services. We selectively choose the RFPs to which we respond based upon whether our reputation enhances our ability to compete or if the RFP presents a unique opportunity to develop a new service offering.

NET Services

Services offered.     As a result of our acquisition of Charter LCI Corporation, including its subsidiaries, collectively referred to as LogistiCare, we are the preferred provider of non-emergency transportation management

 

6


Table of Contents

 

servicing clients under approximately 65 contracts in 39 states. We provide responsive and innovative solutions for a client’s transportation needs through centralized call processing, development and management of transportation networks and through the use of proprietary technologies. Our current payers include state Medicaid programs, local government agencies, hospital systems and HMO’s providing Medicare, Medicaid and commercial products.

We provide services to a wide variety of people with varying needs. Our clients are Medicaid recipients, members of the disability community, and senior citizens. Non-emergency transportation services are provided to individuals with limited mobility, people with limited means of transportation, and people with disabilities that prevent them from using conventional methods of transportation. The majority of our programs provide Medicaid non-emergency transportation services to eligible beneficiaries. Utilization rates and vehicle choice differ depending on the individual’s condition, the location of the individual relative to the final destination, and other available transportation systems. We also provide services to special needs students who are physically fragile, or mentally ill children who cannot commute to school via traditional mainstream transportation and/or need to be taken out of school for therapy.

As a transportation logistics manager, we match transportation services with client needs. We utilize a proprietary information technology platform and operational processes to manage the transportation services that are outsourced to a network of local third party transportation providers. We typically do not provide direct transportation to end users. Rather, to fulfill requests under our contracts, we subcontract with local transportation providers, such as van, cab and ambulance companies. We receive transportation requests from clients or their representatives and arrange for the least costly and most effective transportation. Transportation requests are received at one of 11 regional call centers and appropriate local transportation providers are assigned. These decisions are aided by our proprietary logistics software. After we assign an appropriate transportation provider to our client we carefully monitor the transportation service provided to ensure that the client transport was completed before we pay the transportation vendor. We do not normally pay for services if the client does not show up for transport or if the transport is not completed. A majority of the requests for transportation are standing orders, mostly for patients who require frequent, recurring services such as dialysis treatment. Other transportation requests are required to be scheduled with 48 to 72 hour advance notice, with a small number of requests scheduled on the same day.

We subcontract with larger transportation companies as well as a number of diverse, small, local companies in order to provide superior coverage in both urban and rural areas. In each region that we serve, we actively manage a network of local transportation providers, screening and credentialing providers, providing orientations, and monitoring performance on an ongoing basis through field audits and other reviews. Each of our state operations uses multiple transportation providers in our network, with an average provider fleet size of less than 10 vehicles. To ensure compliance and safety quality standards for all third party transportation providers, we perform a credentialing process on all transportation providers who must meet minimum standards set by us and our payers. These standards include: (i) successful completion of criminal and driving record checks, drug testing and all required training; (ii) ability to receive trip reservations electronically; (iii) provider owned or leased vehicles that are equipped with a two-way communication system and safety equipment; and (iv) insurance coverage that complies with federal and/or state statutory requirements. We contract with third party transportation providers for trips on a per completed trip basis. Our subcontracts do not contain volume guarantees and can be cancelled with or without cause given 45 days notice.

Revenue and payers.     We contract primarily with state and local government entities, HMO’s and commercial insurers. Approximately 89% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue is generated under capitated contracts where we assume the responsibility of meeting the transportation needs of a specific geographic population. These contracts are generally structured with per member per month rates and have renegotiation or price increase triggers. Typical payer contracts cover three years with a two-year renewal option and range in size from approximately $1 million to $70 million annually. Approximately 6% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue is derived from fee-for-service and fixed cost contracts. Our special needs school transportation contracts are with local governments and are paid on a per trip basis or per bus per day basis.

 

7


Table of Contents

 

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from a few payers. Under our contract with the State of Virginia’s Department of Medical Assistance Services we derived approximately 18% and 15% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our next four largest payers comprised approximately 35% and 31% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Our contracted per member per month fee is predicated on actual historical transportation data for the subject geographic region provided by our payers, actuarial analysis performed in-house as well as by third party actuarial firms and actuarial analyses provided by our payers. Typically our government contracts are only cancellable for performance after notice and a cure period that ranges from 180 days to 365 days in length. Our contract pricing is regularly revisited and may be reset based on actual experience under the contract with adjustments for membership fluctuations and such inflation factors as cost of labor, fuel, insurance and utilization increases and decreases stemming from program re-designs.

Seasonality.     The quarterly operating results and operating cash flows of our NET Services operating segment normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in the business, principally due to lower client demand for our non-emergency transportation services during the holiday and winter seasons. Due to the fixed revenue stream and variable expense base structure of our NET Services operating segment, expenses vary with these changes and, as a result, such expenses fluctuate on a quarterly basis. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results and operating cash flows to continue as a result of the seasonal demand for our non-emergency transportation services. As we enter new markets, we could be subject to additional seasonal variations along with any competitive response to our entry by other transportation providers.

Competition.     We compete with a variety of organizations that provide similar non-emergency transportation services to Medicaid eligible beneficiaries in local markets such as American Medical Response, Coordinated Transportation Solutions, Inc., First Transit, Inc., Medical Transportation Management Inc., MV Transportation, Inc., and Southeast Trans. as well as a host of local/regional transportation providers. Our competitors largely manage smaller-scale contract opportunities that encompass smaller geographic areas due to their lack of the statewide program management experience required to win a statewide competitive bid process. Historically, we have been successful in competitively bidding our non-emergency transportation management services for statewide or very large Medicaid population programs, as well as specialized non-emergency transportation benefits often offered to populations covered by managed care organizations. We compete based on our technical expertise and experience, which is delivered in a high service, competitive price environment although we are not necessarily the lowest priced management service provider. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, competition from new entrants into our markets that may be able to provide services at a lower cost. Regardless of how well we perform under our contracts (based on service or cost), we face competitive rebid situations from time to time. Increased competition could result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or loss of payers, any of which could harm our business.

Sales and marketing.      With respect to our non-emergency transportation services sales and marketing strategy, we focus on providing information to key legislators and agency officials. We pursue contracts through various methods including engaging lobbyists to assist in tracking legislation and funding that may impact our non-emergency transportation programs, and monitoring state websites for opportunities. In addition, we generate new business leads through trade shows and conferences, referrals, the Internet and direct marketing. The sales cycle usually takes between 6 to 24 months and there are various decision makers who provide input into the buy/no buy decision. By providing valuable information to key legislators and agency officials and creating a strong presence in the regions we serve, we are able to solidify the chance of renewal when contract terms expire. Additional payers are targeted within existing states in order to leverage pre-existing provider networks, technology, office and human resources investments. Furthermore, key commercial accounts are targeted which we define as accounts that are growing and located in multiple geographic areas.

In many of the states where we have regional contracts, we seek to expand to include additional regions in these states and in contiguous states. All decisions about which RFPs to consider are centralized and selectively targeted based on our goals and service capabilities. Medicaid non-emergency transportation contracts with state agencies and larger Medicaid HMO’s represent the largest source of our non-emergency transportation revenue.

 

8


Table of Contents

 

Employees

As of December 31, 2009, our operations were conducted with over 7,000 clinical, client service representatives and administrative personnel. The operations of the entities we manage were conducted with over 3,000 clinical and administrative personnel.

We have a collective bargaining agreement with the Service Employees International Union, Local 760 which covers approximately 150 part time employees in Connecticut under our special needs school transportation contract.

We believe that our employee relations are good because we offer competitive compensation, including stock-based compensation, training, education assistance and career advancement opportunities. By offering competitive compensation and benefit packages to our employees, we believe we are able to consistently deliver high quality service, recruit qualified candidates and increase employee confidence, satisfaction and retention.

Regulatory environment

As a provider of social services, we are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. These laws and regulations significantly affect the way in which we operate various aspects of our business. We must also comply with state and local licensing requirements and requirements for participation in Medicaid, federal block grant requirements, requirements of various state Children’s Health Insurance Programs, or CHIP, and contractual requirements imposed upon us by the state and local agencies with which we contract for such health care and social services. CHIP is a federal program providing benefits administered by states that submit plans for health benefits for children whose parents meet certain financial needs tests. Failure to follow the rules and requirements of these programs can significantly affect our ability to be paid for the services we provide.

In addition, our revenue is largely derived from contracts that are directly or indirectly paid or funded by government agencies, including Medicaid. A significant decline in expenditures, shift of expenditures or funding could cause payers to reduce their expenditures under those contracts or not renew such contracts, either of which could have a negative impact on our future operating results.

Surveys and audits

Our programs are subject to periodic surveys by government authorities and/or their contractors to ensure compliance with various requirements. Regulators conducting periodic surveys often provide reports containing statements of deficiencies for alleged failures to comply with various regulatory requirements. In most cases, if a deficiency finding is made by a reviewing agency, we will work with the reviewing agency to agree upon the steps to be taken to bring our program into compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. In some cases, however, an agency may take a number of adverse actions against a program, including:

 

   

the imposition of fines or penalties;

 

   

temporary suspension of admission of new clients to our program’s service;

 

   

in extreme circumstances, decertification from participation in Medicaid or other programs;

 

   

revocation of our license; or

 

   

contract termination.

From time to time, we receive and respond to survey reports containing statements of deficiencies. While we believe that our programs are in material compliance with Medicaid and other program certification requirements and state licensure requirements, failure to comply with these requirements could have a material adverse impact on our business and our ability to enter into contracts with other agencies to provide services.

Billing/claims reviews and audits

Agencies and other payers periodically conduct pre-payment or post-payment medical reviews or other audits of our claims. In order to conduct these reviews, payers request documentation from us and then review that documentation to determine compliance with applicable rules and regulations, including the eligibility of clients to receive benefits, the appropriateness of the care provided to those clients, and the documentation of that care.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

For-profit ownership

Certain of the agencies for which we provide services restrict our ability to contract directly as a for-profit organization. Instead, these agencies contract directly with a not-for-profit organization and in certain cases we negotiate to provide administrative and management services to the not-for-profit providers. The extent to which other agencies impose such requirements may affect our ability to continue to provide the full range of services that we provide or limit the organizations with which we can contract directly to provide services.

Professional licensure and other requirements

Many of our employees are subject to federal and state laws and regulations governing the ethics and practice of their professions. In addition, professionals who are eligible to participate in Medicaid as individual providers must not have been excluded from participation in government programs at any time. Our ability to provide services depends upon the ability of our personnel to meet individual licensure and other requirements.

Federal and state anti-kickback laws and safe harbor provisions

The federal anti-kickback law applicable to Medicaid and other federal health care programs makes it a felony to knowingly and willfully offer, pay, solicit or receive any form of remuneration in exchange for referring, recommending, arranging, purchasing, leasing or ordering items or services covered by such programs. The prohibitions apply regardless of whether the remuneration is provided directly or indirectly, whether or not in cash, and applies to both the person giving and the person receiving such remuneration.

Interpretations of the anti-kickback law have been very broad and under current law, courts and federal regulatory authorities have stated that this law is violated if even one purpose (as opposed to the sole or primary purpose) of the arrangement is to induce referrals. This act is subject to numerous statutory and regulatory “safe harbors.” The safe harbor regulations, however, do not cover all lawful relationships between healthcare providers and referral sources. Failure of an arrangement to satisfy all of the requirements of a particular safe harbor does not mean that the arrangement is unlawful. However, it may mean that such an arrangement will be subject to scrutiny by the regulatory authorities.

Violations of the anti-kickback law may be punishable by civil or criminal fines, imprisonment, and exclusion from government health care programs.

Many states, including some where we do business, have adopted similar anti-kickback laws that have a potentially broad application as well.

The Stark Law and state physician self-referral laws

Section 1877 of the Social Security Act, or the Stark Law, prohibits physicians from ordering “designated health services” for Medicaid patients from entities or facilities in which such physicians hold a financial interest. This law is subject to a number of statutory or regulatory exceptions. Unlike a failure to meet a “safe harbor,” a relationship that falls within the scope of the Stark Law and fails to meet an exception would violate the law.

Certain services that we provide may be identified as “designated health services” for purposes of the self-referral laws. We cannot assure you that future regulatory changes will not result in other services we provide becoming subject to the Stark Law’s ownership, investment or compensation prohibitions in the future.

Many states, including some states where we do business, have adopted similar prohibitions against payments that are intended to induce referrals of clients. Moreover, many states where we operate have laws similar to the Stark Law prohibiting physician self-referrals.

 

10


Table of Contents

 

We contract with a significant number of social services providers and practitioners, including therapists, physicians and psychiatrists, and arrange for these individuals or entities to provide services to our clients. While we believe that these contracts are in compliance with the anti-kickback and Stark Law, no assurance can be made that such contracts will not be considered in violation of the anti-kickback law or fall within an exception to the Stark Law. We cannot assure you that these laws will ultimately be interpreted in a manner consistent with our practices.

False claims acts

Federal criminal and civil false claims provisions, which provide that knowingly submitting claims for items or services that were not provided as represented may result in the imposition of multiple damages, administrative civil and monetary penalties, criminal fines and imprisonment. Many states, including some where we do business, have adopted laws and regulations similar to the federal law.

Health information practices

Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or DHHS, issued rules to define and implement standards for the electronic transactions and code sets for the submission of transactions such as claims, and privacy and security of individual health information in whatever manner it is maintained.

In February 2006, DHHS published its Final Rule on Enforcement of the HIPAA Administrative Simplification provisions, including the transaction standards, the security standards and the privacy rule. This enforcement rule addresses, among other issues, DHHS’s policies for determining violations and calculating civil monetary penalties, how DHHS will address the statutory limitations on the imposition of civil monetary penalties, and various procedural issues. The rule extends enforcement provisions currently applicable to the health care privacy regulations to other HIPAA standards, including security, transactions and code sets.

We have taken steps to ensure compliance with HIPAA and we are monitoring compliance on an ongoing basis.

Additional information

Our website is www.provcorp.com. We make available, free of charge at this website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. The information on the website listed above, is not and should not be considered part of this annual report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document. In addition, we will provide, at no cost, paper or electronic copies of our Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K and amendments to those reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Requests for such filings should be directed to Kate Blute, Director of Investor and Public Relations, telephone number: (520) 747-6600.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The following risks should be read in conjunction with other information contained, or incorporated by reference, in this report, including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

The current domestic economic downturn could cause a severe disruption in our operations.

Our business has been negatively impacted by the current domestic economic downturn. If this downturn is prolonged or worsens, there could be several severely negative implications to our business that may exacerbate many of the risk factors we identified below including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Liquidity:

 

   

The domestic economic downturn and the associated credit crisis could continue or worsen and reduce liquidity and this could have a negative impact on financial institutions and the country’s financial system, which could, in turn, have a negative impact on our business.

 

   

We may not be able to borrow additional funds under our existing credit facilities and may not be able to expand our existing facility if participating lenders become insolvent or their liquidity is limited or impaired or if we fail to meet covenant levels going forward. In addition, we may not be able to renew our existing credit facility at the conclusion of its current term or renew it on terms that are favorable to us.

 

   

Demand:

 

   

The current recession has resulted in severe job losses, which could cause an increase in demand for our services; however, depending on the severity of the recession’s impact on our payers (particularly our state government payers), sufficient funds may not be allocated to compensate us for the services we provide at the current margins we enjoy or we may be required to provide more services to a growing population of beneficiaries without a corresponding increase in fees for these services.

 

   

Prices:

 

   

Certain markets have experienced and may continue to experience deflation, which would negatively impact our average fees and revenue.

Our indebtedness may harm our financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2009, our total consolidated long-term debt was $204.2 million.

Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to us and you, including:

 

   

it could adversely affect our ability to satisfy our obligations;

 

   

an increased portion of our cash flows from operations may have to be dedicated to interest and principal payments and may not be available for operations, working capital, capital expenditures, expansion, acquisitions or general corporate or other purposes;

 

   

it may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future;

 

   

it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and

 

   

it may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business, our industry or the economy in general.

Our operations may not generate sufficient cash to enable us to service our debt. If we were to fail to make any required payment under the agreements governing our indebtedness or fail to comply with the financial and operating covenants contained in these agreements, we would be in default. In the event we are not in compliance with the financial and operating covenants, it is uncertain whether the lenders will grant waivers for our non-compliance. Our lenders would have the ability to require that we immediately pay all outstanding indebtedness. If the lenders were to require immediate payment, we might not have sufficient assets to satisfy our obligations under our credit facility, our 6.5% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2014, or our subordinated notes, or our other indebtedness. In such event, we could be forced to seek protection under bankruptcy laws, which could have a material adverse effect on our existing contracts and our ability to procure new contracts as well as our ability to recruit and/or retain employees. Accordingly, a default could have a significant adverse effect on the market value and marketability of our common stock.

 

12


Table of Contents

 

Changes in budgetary priorities of the government entities that fund the services we provide could result in our loss of contracts or a decrease in amounts payable to us under our contracts.

Our revenue is largely derived from contracts that are directly or indirectly paid or funded by government agencies. All of these contracts are subject to legislative appropriations and state budget approval. Consequently, a significant decline in government expenditures, shift of expenditures or funding away from programs that call for the types of services that we provide or change in government contracting or funding policies could cause payers to terminate their contracts with us or reduce their expenditures under those contracts, either of which could have a negative impact on our future operating results.

The availability for funding under our contracts with state governments is dependent in part upon federal funding to states. Changes in Medicaid methodology may further reduce the availability of federal funds to states in which we provide services. Among the alternative Medicaid funding approaches that states have explored are provider assessments as tools for leveraging increased Medicaid federal matching funds. Provider assessment plans generate additional federal matching funds to the states for Medicaid reimbursement purposes, and implementation of a provider assessment plan requires approval by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services in order to qualify for federal matching funds. These plans usually take the form of a bed tax or a quality assessment fee, which were required to be imposed uniformly across classes of providers within the state, except that such taxes only applied to Medicaid health plans.

However, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, which was signed into law on February 8, 2006, or Deficit Reduction Act, requires states that desire to impose provider taxes to impose taxes on all managed care organizations, not just Medicaid managed care organizations. This uniformity requirement as it relates to taxing all managed care organizations may make states more reluctant to use provider assessments as a vehicle for raising matching funds and, thus, reduce the amount of funding that the states receive and have available. Moreover, under the Deficit Reduction Act, states may be allowed to reduce the benefits provided to certain Medicaid enrollees, which could affect the services that states contract for with us. We cannot make any assurances that these Medicaid changes will not negatively affect the funding under our contracts.

Currently, many of the states in which we operate are facing budgetary shortfalls or changes in budgetary priorities. In addition, in some states eligibility requirements for social services clients have been tightened to stabilize the number of eligible clients, which reduces the size of our potential market in those states. While many of these states are dealing with budgetary concerns by shifting costs from institutional care to home and community based care such as we provide, there is no assurance that this trend will continue.

We derive a significant amount of our revenues from a few payers, which puts us at risk.

We provide, or manage the provision of, government sponsored social services and non-emergency transportation services to individuals and families who are eligible for government assistance pursuant to federal mandate with respect to government sponsored social services and members of the disability community, or senior citizens with respect to non-emergency transportation services under various contracts with state and local governmental entities. We generate a significant amount of our revenues from a few payers under a small number of contracts. For example, in 2009 we generated approximately 47.6% of our total revenue from ten payers. Additionally, in our NET Services operating segment the aggregate revenue from our top five payers for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 represented approximately 53% and 47%, respectively, of our NET Services operating segment revenue for such period. The loss of, reduction in amounts generated by, or changes in methods or regulations governing payments for our services under these contracts could materially reduce our revenue.

 

13


Table of Contents

 

Our contract with The Community Partnership of Southern Arizona, referred to as CPSA, an Arizona not-for-profit organization, requires us to provide a sufficient level of encounters to support the year-to-date payments received under the contract and provide necessary services that may exceed the associated reimbursement.

Our agreement with CPSA specifies that we are to provide or arrange for behavioral health services to certain eligible populations of beneficiaries as defined in the contract. We must provide a full range of behavioral health clinical, case management, therapeutic and administrative services. We are obliged to provide services only to those clients with a demonstrated medical necessity. Our annual funding allocation amount is subject to increase when our encounters exceed the contract amount; however, such increases in the annual funding allocation amount are subject to government appropriation and may not be approved. There is no contractual limit to the number of eligible beneficiaries that may be assigned to us, or a specified limit to the level of services that may be provided to these beneficiaries if the services are deemed to be medically necessary. Therefore, we are at-risk if the costs of providing necessary services exceed the associated reimbursement.

Our contracts are not only short-term in nature but can also be terminated prior to expiration, without cause and without penalty to the payers, and there can be no assurance that they will survive until the end of their stated terms or that upon their expiration these contracts will be renewed or extended.

Most of our contracts contain base periods of only one year. While some of them also contain options for renewal, usually successive six month or one year terms, payers are not required to extend their contracts into these option periods. In addition, a significant number of our social services contracts not only allow the payer to terminate the contract immediately for cause (such as for our failure to meet our contract obligations) but also permit the payer to terminate the contract at any time prior to its stated expiration date. In most cases the payer may terminate the social services contract without cause, at will and without penalty to the payer, either upon the expiration of a short notice period, typically 30 days, and/or immediately, in the event federal or state appropriations supporting the programs serviced by the contract are reduced or eliminated. In the case of our non-emergency transportation services contracts, these contracts are only cancellable for performance after notice and a cure period that typically ranges from 180 days to 365 days in length. The failure of payers to renew or extend significant contracts or their early termination of significant contracts could adversely affect our financial performance. We cannot anticipate if, when or to what extent a payer might terminate its contract with us prior to its expiration or fail to renew or extend its contract with us.

Each of our contracts is subject to audit and modification by the payers with whom we contract, in their sole discretion.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully perform under various government funded contracts. The payers under these contracts can review our performance under these contracts, as well as our records, accounting and general business practices at any time and may, in their discretion:

 

   

suspend or prevent us from receiving new contracts or extending existing contracts because of violations or suspected violations of procurement laws or regulations;

 

   

terminate or modify our existing contracts;

 

   

reduce the amount we are paid under our existing contracts; and/or

 

   

audit and object to our contract related fees.

As a government contractor, we are subject to an increased risk of litigation and other legal actions and liabilities.

As a government contractor, we are subject to an increased risk of investigation, criminal prosecution, civil fraud, whistleblower lawsuits and other legal actions and liabilities not often faced by companies that do not provide government sponsored services. The occurrence of any of these actions, regardless of the outcome, could disrupt our operations and cause us added expense and could limit our ability to obtain additional contracts in other jurisdictions.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

A loss of our status as a licensed provider in any jurisdiction could result in the termination of a number of our contracts, which could negatively impact our revenues.

If we lost our status as a licensed provider in any jurisdiction, the contracts under which we provide services in that jurisdiction would be subject to termination. Moreover, such an event could constitute a violation of provisions of our contracts in other jurisdictions, resulting in further contract terminations.

If we fail to satisfy our contractual obligations, we could be liable for damages and financial penalties and harm our ability to keep our existing contracts or obtain new contracts.

Our failure to comply with our contract obligations could, in addition to providing grounds for immediate termination of the contract for cause, negatively impact our financial performance and damage our reputation, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain new contracts. Our failure to meet contractual obligations could also result in substantial actual and consequential damages. The termination of a contract for cause could, for instance, subject us to liability for excess costs incurred by a payer in obtaining similar services from another source. In addition, our contracts require us to indemnify payers for our failure to meet standards of care, and some of them contain liquidated damages provisions and financial penalties that we must pay if we breach these contracts.

If we fail to estimate accurately the cost of performing certain contracts, we may incur losses on these contracts.

Under our fee-for-service contracts, we receive fees based on our interactions with government sponsored clients. To earn a profit on these contracts, we must accurately estimate costs incurred in providing services. Our risk on these contracts is that our client population is not large enough to cover our fixed costs, such as rent and other overhead. Our fee-for-service contracts are not reimbursed on a cost basis and therefore, if we fail to estimate our costs accurately, we may incur losses on these contracts.

Additionally, approximately 89% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue is generated under capitated contracts with the remainder generated through fee-for service and fixed cost contracts. Under our capitated contracts, we assume the responsibility of managing the needs of a specific geographic population by contracting out transportation services to local van, cab and ambulance companies on a per ride or per mile basis. We use a “pricing model” to determine applicable contract rates, which take into account factors, such as estimated utilization, state specific data, previous experience in the state and/or with similar services, estimated volume and availability of mass transit. The amount of the fixed monthly per member per month fee is determined in the bidding process but predicated on actual historical transportation data for the subject geographic region (provided by the payer), actuarial work performed in-house as well as by third party actuarial firms and actuarial analyses provided by the payer. If the utilization of our services is more than we estimated, the contract may not be profitable.

Approximately 7.3% and 7.9% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, were derived from cost based service contracts for which we record revenue based on a combination of direct costs, indirect overhead allocations, and stated contractual margins on those costs, which puts us at risk that we may be required to subsequently refund a portion of the excess funds, if any.

Our cost based service contracts require us to allow for contingencies such as budgeted costs not incurred, excess cost per service over the allowable contract rate and/or an insufficient number of encounters. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, revenues from these contracts represented approximately 7.3% and 7.9% of our total revenues for the respective period. In cases where funds paid to us exceed the allowable costs to provide services under the contracts, we may be required to pay back the excess funds.

Our results of operations will fluctuate due to seasonality.

Our quarterly operating results and operating cash flows normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business. In our Social Services operating segment, lower client demand for our home and community based services during the holiday and summer seasons generally results in lower revenue during those periods; however,

 

15


Table of Contents

 

our expenses related to the Social Services operating segment do not vary significantly with these changes. As a result, our Social Services operating segment experiences lower operating margins during the holiday and summer seasons. Our NET Services operating segment also experiences fluctuations in demand for our non-emergency transportation services during the summer, winter and holiday seasons. Due to higher demand in the summer months and lower demand in the winter and holiday seasons, coupled with a fixed revenue stream based on a per member per month based structure, our NET Services operating segment experiences lower operating margins in the summer season and higher operating margins in the winter and holiday seasons. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results and operating cash flows to continue as a result of the seasonal demand for our home and community based services and non-emergency transportation services. As we enter new markets, we could be subject to additional seasonal variations along with any competitive response by other social services and transportation providers.

While we obtain some of our business through responses to government requests for proposals, we may not be awarded contracts through this process in the future, and contracts we are awarded may not be profitable.

We obtain, and will continue to seek to obtain, a significant portion of our business from state or local government entities. To obtain business from government entities, we are often required to respond to requests for proposals, or RFPs. To propose effectively, we must accurately estimate our cost structure for servicing a proposed contract, the time required to establish operations and the terms of the proposals submitted by competitors. We must also assemble and submit a large volume of information within rigid and often short timetables. Our ability to respond successfully to RFPs will greatly impact our business. We may not be awarded contracts through the RFP process, and our proposals may not result in profitable contracts.

If we fail to establish and maintain important relationships with officials of government entities and agencies, we may not be able to successfully procure or retain government-sponsored contracts, which could negatively impact our revenues.

To facilitate our ability to procure or retain government-sponsored contracts, we rely in part on establishing and maintaining relationships with officials of various government entities and agencies. These relationships enable us to provide informal input and advice to the government entities and agencies prior to the development of an RFP or program for privatization of social services and enhance our chances of procuring contracts with these payers. The effectiveness of our relationships may be reduced or eliminated with changes in the personnel holding various government offices or staff positions. We also may lose key personnel who have these relationships. We may be unable to successfully manage our relationships with government entities and agencies and with elected officials and appointees. Any failure to establish, maintain or manage relationships with government and agency personnel may hinder our ability to procure or retain government-sponsored contracts.

The federal government may refuse to grant consents and/or waivers necessary to permit for-profit entities to perform certain elements of government programs.

Under current law, in order to privatize certain functions of government programs, the federal government must grant a consent and/or waiver to the petitioning state or local agency. If the federal government does not grant a necessary consent or waiver or withdraw approval of any granted waiver, the state or local agency will be unable to contract with a for-profit entity, such as us, to provide service. Failure by state or local agencies to obtain consents and/or waivers could adversely affect our continued business and future growth.

Our business could be adversely affected by future legislative changes that hinder or reverse the privatization of social services.

The market for our services depends largely on federal, state and local legislative programs. These programs can be modified or amended at any time. Moreover, part of our growth strategy includes aggressively pursuing opportunities created by the federal, state and local initiatives to privatize the delivery of social services. However,

 

16


Table of Contents

 

there are opponents to the privatization of social services and, as a result, future privatization of social services is uncertain. If additional privatization initiatives are not proposed or enacted, or if previously enacted privatization initiatives are challenged, repealed or invalidated, our growth could be adversely impacted.

Our strategic relationships with certain not-for-profit and tax exempt entities are subject to tax and other risks.

Since some government agencies in certain of our markets prefer or require contracts for privatized social services to be administered through not-for-profit organizations, we rely on our long-term relationships with not-for-profit organizations to provide services to these government agencies. We currently maintain strategic relationships with 16 not-for-profit social services organizations with which we have management contracts of varying lengths, 13 of which are federally tax exempt organizations.

Our strategic relationships with tax exempt not-for-profit organizations are similar to those in the hospital management industry where tax exempt or faith based not-for-profit hospitals are managed by for-profit companies.

Federal tax law requires that the boards of directors of not-for-profit tax exempt organizations be independent. The boards of directors of the tax exempt not-for-profit organizations for which we provide management services have a majority of independent members. The board members are predominately selected from independent members of the local community in which the not-for-profit entity operates. Decisions regarding our business relationships with these not-for-profit entities are made by their independent board members including approving the management fees we charge to manage their organizations and any discretionary bonuses. Federal tax law also requires that the management fees we charge the not-for-profit entities we manage be fixed and at fair market rates. Typically a fairness opinion is obtained by the not-for-profit entities we manage from an independent third party valuation consultant that substantiates the fair market rates.

If the Internal Revenue Service determined that any tax exempt organization was paying more than market rates for services performed by us, the managed entity could lose its tax exempt status and owe back taxes and penalties.

Generally, under state law, not-for-profit entities may pay no more than reasonable compensation for services rendered. If the compensation paid to us by these not-for-profit entities is deemed unreasonable, then the state could take action against the not-for-profit entity which could adversely affect us.

Government unions may oppose privatizing government programs to outside vendors such as us, which could limit our market opportunities.

Our success depends in part on our ability to win contracts to administer and manage programs traditionally administered by government employees. Many government employees, however, belong to labor unions with considerable financial resources and lobbying networks. These unions could apply political pressure on legislators and other officials seeking to privatize government programs. Union opposition could result in our losing government contracts or being precluded from providing services under government contracts.

Inaccurate, misleading or negative media coverage could damage our reputation and harm our ability to procure government sponsored contracts.

The media sometimes provides news coverage about our contracts and the services we provide to clients. This media coverage, if negative, could influence government officials to slow the pace of privatizing government services. Moreover, inaccurate, misleading or negative media coverage about us could harm our reputation and, accordingly, our ability to obtain government sponsored contracts.

 

17


Table of Contents

 

We may incur costs before receiving related revenues, which could result in cash shortfalls.

When we are awarded a contract to provide services, we may incur expenses before we receive any contract payments. These expenses include leasing office space, purchasing office equipment and hiring personnel. As a result, in certain large contracts where the government does not fund program start-up costs, we may be required to invest significant sums of money before receiving related contract payments. In addition, payments due to us from payers may be delayed due to billing cycles or as a result of failures to approve government budgets in a timely manner. Moreover, any resulting cash shortfall could be exacerbated if we fail to either invoice the payer or to collect our fee in a timely manner.

Our business is subject to risks of litigation.

We are in the human services and non-emergency transportation services businesses which are subject to lawsuits and claims. A substantial award could have a material adverse impact on our operations and cash flow and could adversely impact our ability to continue to purchase appropriate liability insurance. We can be subject to claims for negligence or intentional misconduct (in addition to professional liability type claims) by an employee, including but not limited to, claims arising out of accidents involving vehicle collisions, and various claims that could result from employees driving to or from interactions with clients and while providing direct client services. We are also subject to claims alleging we did not properly treat an individual or failed to properly diagnose and/or care for a client. We can be subject to employee related claims such as wrongful discharge or discrimination or a violation of equal employment law and permitting issues. While we are insured for these types of claims, damages exceeding our insurance limits or outside our insurance coverage, such as a claim for fraud or punitive damages, could adversely affect our cash flow and financial condition.

Furthermore, we can be subject to miscellaneous errors and omissions liability relative to the various management agreements we have with the not-for-profit entities we manage. In the event of a claim and depending on, among other things, the circumstances, allegations, and size of the management contract, we could be subject to damages that could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our use of a reinsurance program to cover certain claims for losses suffered and costs or expenses incurred could negatively impact our business.

We are reinsured with regard to a substantial portion of our general liability, professional liability and workers’ compensation insurance. We also reinsure the general liability, professional liability, workers’ compensation insurance, and automobile liability of certain designated affiliated entities and independent third party transportation providers over various policy years under reinsurance programs through our two wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiaries. In the event that actual reinsured losses increase unexpectedly or exceed actuarially determined estimated reinsured losses under the program, the aggregate of such losses could materially increase our liability and adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, as the availability to us of certain traditional insurance coverage diminishes or increases in cost, we will continue to evaluate the levels and types of insurance we include in our self-insurance program. Any increase to this program increases our risk exposure and therefore increases the risk of a possible material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.

We could be subject to significant state regulation and potential sanctions if our health care benefits program is deemed to be a multiple employer welfare arrangement.

For the purpose of managing and providing employee healthcare benefits we deem ourselves to be a single employer under Section 3(5) of ERISA with regard to our own employees as well as the employees of certain of our managed entities covered by our healthcare benefit program to whom we offered healthcare benefits through June 2007. The Department of Labor or individual states could disagree with our interpretation and consider our program to be a multiple employer welfare arrangement, or MEWA, and, as such, subject to regulation by state insurance commissions. If involuntarily deemed a MEWA, our cost to manage the state-by-state regulatory environment for

 

18


Table of Contents

 

the self-funded portion of our health insurance program would be prohibitive and we could, as a result, elect to maintain our self-funded health insurance plan only for our owned entities, forcing the three managed entities currently included in our self-funded plan to negotiate and purchase their own health benefits. In addition, if our health care benefits program is determined to be a MEWA, civil and/or criminal sanctions are possible.

We face substantial competition in attracting and retaining experienced professionals, particularly social service professionals with respect to our social services and intellectual technology professionals with respect to our non-emergency transportation services, and we may be unable to grow our business if we cannot attract and retain qualified employees.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to attract and retain highly qualified and experienced social services professionals who possess the skills and experience necessary to deliver high quality services to our clients. Our objective of providing the highest quality of service to our clients is strongly considered when we evaluate education, experience and qualifications of potential candidates for employment as direct care and administrative staff. To that end, we attempt to hire professionals who have attained a bachelor’s degree, master’s degree or higher level of education and certification or licensure as direct care social services providers and administrators. These employees are in great demand and are likely to remain a limited resource for the foreseeable future. We must quickly hire project leaders and case management personnel after a contract is awarded to us. Contract provisions and client needs determine the number, education and experience levels of social services professionals we hire. We continually evaluate client census, case loads and client eligibility to determine our staffing needs under each contract.

Our performance in our non-emergency transportation services business largely depends on the talents and efforts of our highly skilled intellectual technology professionals. Competition for skilled intellectual technology professionals can be intense. Our success depends on our ability to recruit, retain and motivate these individuals.

Our ability to attract and retain employees with the requisite experience and skills depends on several factors including, but not limited to, our ability to offer competitive wages, benefits and professional growth opportunities. Some of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater financial, technical, political and marketing resources, name recognition and a larger number of clients and payers than we do. The inability to attract and retain experienced personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our success depends on our ability to manage growing and changing operations.

Since 1996, our business has grown significantly in size and complexity. This growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, significant demands on our management, systems, internal controls and financial and physical resources. In addition, we expect that we will need to further develop our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems to accommodate future growth. This could require us to incur expenses for hiring additional qualified personnel, retaining professionals to assist in developing the appropriate control systems and expanding our information technology infrastructure. The nature of our business is such that qualified management personnel can be difficult to find. Our inability to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Any acquisition that we undertake could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and harm our operating results.

We anticipate that we will continue making strategic acquisitions as part of our growth strategy. We have made a number of acquisitions since our inception, including 21 since our initial public offering in August 2003. The success of these and other acquisitions depends in part on our ability to integrate acquired companies into our business operations. There can be no assurance that the companies acquired will continue to generate income at the same historical levels on which we based our acquisition decisions, that we will be able to maintain or renew the acquired companies’ contracts, that we will be able to realize operating and economic efficiencies upon integration of acquired companies, or that the acquisitions will not adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

 

19


Table of Contents

 

We continually review opportunities to acquire other businesses that would complement our current services, expand our markets or otherwise offer growth opportunities. In connection with our acquisition strategy, we could issue stock that would dilute existing stockholders’ percentage ownership and/or we could incur or assume substantial debt or assume contingent liabilities. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

problems assimilating the purchased operations;

 

   

unanticipated costs and legal or financial liabilities associated with an acquisition;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses;

 

   

adverse effects on existing business relationships with customers;

 

   

entering markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

   

potential loss of key employees of purchased organizations;

 

   

the incurrence of excessive leverage in financing an acquisition;

 

   

failure to maintain and renew contracts;

 

   

unanticipated operating, accounting or management difficulties in connection with an acquisition; and

 

   

dilution to our earnings per share.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming problems encountered in connection with any acquisition and our inability to do so could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business.

Changes in the accounting method for business combinations may have an adverse impact on our reported or future financial results.

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and prior, we capitalized substantially all acquisition-related costs such as attorney’s fees and accountant’s fees, as well as contingent consideration to the seller as part of the purchase price.

Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2009, with respect to business acquisitions we complete, we are required to: expense acquisition related costs as incurred; record contingent consideration at fair value at the acquisition date with subsequent changes in fair value to be recognized in the income statement; and recognize any adjustments to the purchase price allocation as a period cost in our income statement under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Our success depends on our ability to compete effectively in the marketplace.

In our social services business, we compete for clients and for contracts with a variety of organizations that offer similar services. Most of our competition consists of local social services organizations that compete with us for local contracts such as United Way supported agencies and faith-based agencies such as Catholic Social Services, Jewish Family and Children’s Services and the Salvation Army. Other competitors include local not-for-profit organizations and community based organizations. Historically, these types of organizations have been favored in our industry as incumbent providers of services to government entities. We also compete with larger companies, such as Res-Care, Inc., which provides support services, training and educational programs predominantly to Medicaid eligible beneficiaries. National Mentor, Inc. is the country’s largest provider of foster care services and competes with us in existing markets for foster care services. In addition, many institutional providers offer some type of community based care including such organizations as Cornell Companies, Inc., Psychiatric Solutions, Inc. and The Devereaux Foundation. Some of these companies have greater financial, technical, political, marketing, name recognition and other resources and a larger number of clients and/or payers than we do. In addition, some of these companies offer more services than we do. We have experienced, and expect

 

20


Table of Contents

 

to continue to experience, competition from new entrants into the markets in which we operate our social services business. Increased competition may result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or loss of clients or payers, any of which could harm our business.

We compete with a variety of organizations that provide similar non-emergency transportation services to Medicaid eligible beneficiaries in local markets such as American Medical Response, Coordinated Transportation Solutions, Inc., First Transit, Inc., Medical Transportation Management Inc., MV Transportation, Inc., and Southeast Trans. Our competitors largely compete for smaller-scale contract opportunities that encompass smaller geographic areas. For example, most of our competitors seek to win contracts for specific counties, whereas we seek to win contracts for the entire state. If these competitors begin to compete on a larger scale basis, it could result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or loss of clients or payers, any of which could harm our business.

Our business is subject to state licensing regulations and other regulatory provisions, including regulatory provisions governing surveys, audits, anti-kickbacks, self-referrals, false claims and The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and changes to or violations of these regulations could negatively impact our revenues.

In many of the locations where we operate, we are required by state law to obtain and maintain licenses. The applicable state and local licensing requirements govern the services we provide, the credentials of staff, record keeping, treatment planning, client monitoring and supervision of staff. The failure to maintain these licenses or the loss of a license could have a material adverse impact on our business and could prevent us from providing services to clients in a given jurisdiction. Most of our contracts are subject to surveys or audit by our payers. We are also subject to regulations that restrict our ability to contract directly with a government agency in certain situations. Such restrictions could affect our ability to contract with certain payers. In addition, we are or may be subject to anti-kickback, self-referral and false claim laws. Violations of these laws may result in significant penalties, including repayment of any amounts alleged to be overpayments or in violation of such laws, criminal fines, civil money penalties, damages, imprisonment, a ban from participation in federally funded healthcare programs and/or bans from obtaining government contracts. Such fines and other penalties could negatively impact our business by decreasing profits due to repayment of overpayments or from the imposition of fines and damages, damaging our reputation and diverting our management resources.

Due to our access, use or disclosure of health information relating to individuals, we are subject to the privacy mandates of HIPAA. HIPAA mandates, among other things, the adoption of standards to enhance the efficiency and simplify the administration of the nation’s healthcare system. HIPAA requires the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or DHHS, to adopt standards for electronic transactions and code sets for basic healthcare transactions such as payment, eligibility and remittance advices, or “transaction standards,” privacy of individually identifiable health information, or “privacy standards,” security of individually identifiable health information, or “security standards,” electronic signatures, as well as unique identifiers for providers, employers, health plans and individuals and enforcement. Final regulations have been issued by DHHS for the privacy standards, and some of the transaction standards and security standards. As a healthcare provider, we are required to comply in our operations with these standards as applicable and are subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to do so. In addition, in connection with providing services to customers that also are healthcare providers, we are required to provide satisfactory written assurances to those customers that we will provide those services in accordance with the privacy standards and security standards. HIPAA has and will require significant and costly changes for our company and others in the healthcare industry. Compliance with the privacy standards became mandatory in April 2003, compliance with the transaction standards became mandatory in October 2003 (although full implementation was delayed with respect to the Medicare program until October 2005), and compliance with the security standards became mandatory in April 2005.

In February 2006, DHHS published its Final Rule on Enforcement of the HIPAA Administrative Simplification provisions, including the transaction standards, the security standards and the privacy rule. This enforcement rule

 

21


Table of Contents

 

addresses, among other issues, DHHS’s policies for determining violations and calculating civil money penalties, how DHHS will address the statutory limitations on the imposition of civil monetary penalties, and various procedural issues.

We have appointed an internal committee to maintain our privacy and security policies regarding client information in compliance with HIPAA. This committee is responsible for training our employees, including our regional and local managers and staff, to comply with HIPAA and monitoring compliance with the policy. However, like other businesses subject to HIPAA regulations, we cannot fully predict the total financial or other impact of these regulations on us. The costs associated with our ongoing compliance could be substantial, which could negatively impact our profitability.

Our international operations expose us to various risks, any number of which could harm our business.

As a result of our acquisition of WCG International Consultants Ltd. on August 1, 2007, we now have operations in Canada. We are subject to the risks inherent in conducting business across national boundaries, any one of which could adversely impact our business. In addition to currency fluctuations, these risks include, among other things:

 

   

economic downturns;

 

   

changes in or interpretations of local law, governmental policy or regulation;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds into or out of the country;

 

   

varying tax systems;

 

   

delays from doing business with governmental agencies;

 

   

nationalization of foreign assets; and

 

   

government protectionism.

We intend to continue to evaluate opportunities to establish new operations in Canada. One or more of the foregoing factors could impair our current or future operations and, as a result, harm our overall business.

We operate in multiple tax jurisdictions and we are taxable in most of them and face the risk of double taxation if one jurisdiction does not acquiesce to the tax claims of another jurisdiction.

We currently operate in the United States and Canada and are subject to income taxes in those countries and the specific states and/or provinces where we operate. In the event one taxing jurisdiction disagrees with another taxing jurisdiction, we could experience temporary or permanent double taxation and increased professional fees to resolve taxation matters.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

Item 2. Properties.

We lease our approximately 4,000 square foot corporate office building in Tucson, Arizona under a seven year lease, which is currently in its fifth year. The monthly base rental payment under this lease as of December 31, 2009 in the amount of approximately $6,214 is subject to an annual 3% increase over the initial term of the lease. We also lease office space for other administrative services in Tucson. The lease terms vary and are in line with market rates. In connection with the performance of our contracts and the contracts of our managed entities within our Social Services operating segment, we lease over 200 offices and the entities we manage lease over 100 offices for management and administrative functions. In connection with the performance of our contracts within our NET Services operating segment, we lease over 30 offices for management and administrative functions. The lease terms vary and are generally at market rates.

 

22


Table of Contents

 

We acquired a 5,760 square foot office building in Pottsville, Pennsylvania in connection with the acquisition of Providence Community Services, Inc. (formerly known as Pottsville Behavioral Counseling Group, Inc.), which is free of any mortgage.

Effective February 4, 2010, we entered into a renewable five year lease agreement for a 10,675 square foot building in downtown Tucson. The monthly base rental payment under this lease is $17,733. It is anticipated that our corporate offices will move to this location during 2010. With this additional space we believe that our properties are adequate for our current business needs. Further, we believe that we can obtain adequate space to meet our foreseeable business needs.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Although we believe we are not currently a party to any material litigation, we may from time to time become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of business. These claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

Item 4. (Removed and Reserved).

 

23


Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market for our common stock

Our common stock, $0.001 par value per share, our only class of common equity, has been quoted on NASDAQ under the symbol “PRSC” since August 19, 2003. Prior to that time there was no public market for our common stock. As of March 8, 2010, there were six holders of record of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock for the period indicated, as reported on NASDAQ Global Select Market:

 

     High    Low

2009

     

Fourth Quarter

   $ 16.87    $ 9.51

Third Quarter

   $ 12.73    $ 8.80

Second Quarter

   $ 14.17    $ 6.64

First Quarter

   $ 7.75    $ 1.33

2008

     

Fourth Quarter

   $ 10.00    $ 0.68

Third Quarter

   $ 21.60    $ 8.75

Second Quarter

   $ 30.50    $ 20.50

First Quarter

   $ 31.36    $ 25.09

 

24


Table of Contents

 

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph shows a comparison of the cumulative total return for our Common Stock, Nasdaq Health Index and Russell 2000 Index assuming an investment of $100 in each on December 31, 2004.

LOGO

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not plan to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is prohibited by the terms of our credit and guaranty agreement, as amended, with CIT if there is a default under such agreement or if the payment of a dividend would result in a default. The payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be reviewed periodically by the Board and will depend upon, among other things, our financial condition, funds from operations, the level of our capital and development expenditures, any restrictions imposed by present or future debt instruments and changes in federal tax policies, if any.

 

25


Table of Contents

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data, other financial data and other data. The selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our audited financial statements not included in this report. You should read this information with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and Item 7 entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” all of which are included elsewhere in this report.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
     2005(3)(4)    2006(3)(4)(5)     2007(3)    2008(1)(3)(10)     2009(1)(12)
     (dollars in thousands)

Statement of operations data:

            

Revenues:

            

Home and community based services

   $ 115,466    $ 152,067      $ 216,583    $ 258,003      $ 289,007

Foster care services

     15,795      21,913        25,648      32,343        37,284

Management fees

     14,447      17,877        20,069      20,217        14,447

Non-emergency transportation services

     —        —          22,867      381,107        460,275
                                    

Total revenues

     145,708      191,857        285,167      691,670        801,013

Operating expenses:

            

Client service expense

     108,939      149,516        204,021      253,652        275,126

Cost of non-emergency transportation services

     —        —          19,570      356,271        415,300

General and administrative expense

     18,178      23,437        30,875      48,412        44,010

Asset impairment charges

     —        —          —        169,930        —  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,094      3,463        4,989      12,722        12,852
                                    

Total operating expenses

     129,211      176,416        259,455      840,987        747,288
                                    

Operating income (loss)

     16,497      15,441        25,712      (149,317     53,725

Non-operating (income) expenses

            

Interest expense, net

     765      (601     1,601      18,599        20,432
                                    

Income (loss) before income taxes

     15,732      16,042        24,111      (167,916     33,293

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     6,307      6,661        9,722      (12,311     12,167
                                    

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,425    $ 9,381      $ 14,389    $ (155,605   $ 21,126
                                    

 

26


Table of Contents

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
     2005(3)(4)    2006(3)(4)(5)    2007(3)    2008(3)(10)     2009(3)(12)
     (dollars in thousands, except per share data and “Other data”)

Net earnings (loss) per share data:

             

Diluted

   $ 0.95    $ 0.80    $ 1.19    $ (12.42   $ 1.60

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Diluted

     9,885      11,676      12,047      12,532        13,211

Other financial data:

             

Managed entity revenue (1) (unaudited)

   $ 151,037    $ 187,110    $ 225,018    $ 242,855      $ 216,628

Other data (2) (unaudited):

             

States served

     25      36      38      43        43

Locations

     204      306      410      438        427

Employees

     4,930      6,828      9,864      10,473        10,414

Direct

     2,531      3,569      5,572      6,271        7,015

Managed

     2,399      3,259      4,292      4,202        3,399

Contracts

     527      868      958      1,039        1,005

Direct

     281      558      638      716        734

Managed

     246      310      320      323        271

Clients

     35,646      71,134      7,276,195      6,413,756        7,778,983

Direct

     18,893      48,039      52,570      62,820        62,213

Managed

     16,753      23,095      23,625      24,494        19,645

Non-emergency transportation services

     —        —        7,200,000      6,326,442        7,697,125
     As of December 31,
     2005    2006(6)(7)    2007(8)(9)    2008(10)     2009(11)
     (dollars in thousands)

Balance sheet data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,994    $ 40,703    $ 35,379    $ 29,364      $ 51,157

Total assets

     119,013      192,335      551,984      365,663        383,107

Total current liabilities

     19,543      28,599      96,416      90,207        117,153

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     14,241      619      236,469      223,494        186,732

Other liabilities

     3,983      4,061      30,790      14,071        16,884

Total stockholders’ equity

     81,246      159,056      188,309      37,891        62,338

 

(1) Managed entity revenue represents revenues of the not-for-profit social services organizations we manage. Although these revenues are not our revenues, because we provide substantially all administrative functions for these entities and a significant portion of our management fees is based on a percentage of their revenues, we believe that the presentation of managed entity revenue provides investors with an additional measure of the size of the operations under our administration and can help them understand trends in our management fee revenue. As a result of our acquisition of substantially all of the assets in Illinois and Indiana of CCC on September 30, 2008, we began consolidating the financial results of these operations on October 1, 2008, the impact of which partially offset the increase in managed entity revenue for 2008 as compared to 2007 by approximately $2.9 million and resulted in a decrease in managed entity revenue of approximately $9.5 million for 2009 as compared to 2008. An additional decrease of $14.0 million was attributable to a managed entity for which we ceased providing significant services beginning in 2009. The increase in management fees for 2008 as compared to 2007 was partially offset by approximately $731,000 due to our acquisition and consolidation of substantially all of the assets in Illinois and Indiana of CCC in September 2008. The impact of this acquisition and the effect of changes made to management services arrangements with certain of our managed entities effective January 1, 2009 resulted in a decrease in management fees revenue of approximately $5.8 million for 2009 as compared to 2008.
(2)

“States served,” “Locations,” “Employees” and “Contracts” data are as of the end of the period for owned and managed entities. “Clients” data represents the number of clients served during the last month of the period

 

27


Table of Contents

 

 

presented for owned and managed entities except for non-emergency transportation services where the data represents the number of members enrolled under our non-emergency transportation capitated contracts as of the end of the last month of the period presented. “States served” excludes the District of Columbia and British Columbia. “Direct” refers to the employees, contracts and clients related to contracts made directly with payers. “Managed” refers to the employees, contracts and clients related to management agreements with not-for-profit organizations. Employees are designated according to their primary employer although employees may provide services under both direct and managed contracts.

(3) Several acquisitions were completed in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 which affected the comparability of the information reflected in the selected financial data. See the year-to-year analysis included in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this report for more information.
(4) Home and community based services revenue for 2005 and 2006 included approximately $3.6 million and $2.5 million of revenue, respectively, under our annual block purchase contract in excess of the annual funding allocation amount.
(5) In 2006, we reserved approximately $4.0 million of the aggregate revenue accrued in 2005 and 2006 (noted in footnote (4) above) under our annual block purchase contract in excess of the annual funding allocation amount.
(6) On April 17, 2006, we completed a follow-on offering of common stock in connection with which we sold 2,000,000 shares at an offering price of $32.00 per share, which included the full exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option. We received net proceeds of approximately $60.3 million after deducting the underwriting discounts of $3.7 million, but before deducting other offering costs totaling approximately $770,000.
(7) On April 18, 2006, we prepaid approximately $15.8 million of the principal and accrued interest then outstanding related to our credit facility with CIT Healthcare LLC out of the net proceeds from our follow-on offering of common stock completed on April 17, 2006.
(8) In February 2007, our board of directors approved a stock repurchase program whereby we may repurchase shares of our common stock from the open market from time to time. As of December 31, 2007, we spent approximately $10.9 million to purchase 462,500 shares of our common stock in the open market under this program. The shares of our common stock repurchased were placed into treasury. No shares of our common stock were repurchased under this program during 2008 and 2009.
(9) As a result of our acquisition activity during 2007, we incurred approximately $243.0 million of debt obligations by issuing $70.0 million of the subordinated notes and drawing down $173.0 million under our credit and guaranty agreement with CIT Healthcare LLC.
(10) Due to the significant and sustained decline in our market capitalization and the uncertainty in the state payer environment as well as the impact of related budgetary decisions on our earnings, we initiated asset impairment tests and, based on the results, we recorded asset impairment charges totaling approximately $169.9 million related to our goodwill and other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2008.
(11) In the fourth quarter of 2009, we prepaid $20.0 million of our term loan debt under the credit and guaranty agreement, as amended. Our current and long-term debt obligations decreased to approximately $204.2 million at December 31, 2009 from $237.8 million at December 31, 2008
(12) Non-emergency transportation services revenue for 2009 was positively impacted by the effect of membership increases related to new and existing contracts and negotiated rate increases throughout a number of contracts due to increased utilization, program enhancements and future projected program costs. In addition, utilization of our education and other school-based programs increased significantly in 2009 compared to the utilization levels in 2008. For a more detailed discussion of the effects of the events noted above on our revenue and operating margin for 2009 as compared to 2008, see the year-to-year analysis included in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this report.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Item 6, entitled, “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in Item 8 of this report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including but not limited to those set forth in Item 1A, entitled, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

Overview of our business

We provide government sponsored social services directly and through not-for-profit social services organizations whose operations we manage, and we arrange for and manage non-emergency transportation services. As a result of and in response to the large and growing population of eligible beneficiaries of government sponsored social services and non-emergency transportation services, increasing pressure on governments to control costs and increasing acceptance of privatized social services, we have grown both organically and by consummating strategic acquisitions.

We have implemented several strategic initiatives to enhance stockholder value such as growing our core social services and non-emergency transportation management services businesses, reducing corporate and client service costs as a percentage of revenue and reducing our debt. As a result, we have accomplished the following:

 

   

Growing our core social services business.     In February 2009, we were awarded a U.S. $16.4 million three-year contract in Canada to operate a work force development program for returning veterans and two new annual contracts in California (aggregating $2.5 million per year) to operate adult mental health wellness centers. Focusing on our core competencies in the delivery of home and community based counseling, foster care and not-for-profit managed services, we believe we are well positioned to offer the highest quality and much needed services to state and local governments and our clients. Our goal is to be the primary provider of choice to the social services industry.

 

   

Growing our non-emergency transportation management services business.     Commencing in February and continuing throughout 2009, we added HMO commercial and Medicaid contracts in Hawaii, Nevada, Arizona and California. In April 2009, we were awarded a five year contract in the state of New Jersey to provide non-emergency transportation services.

 

   

Hiring of chief strategy officer.     In 2010, we appointed a chief strategy officer, who will be responsible for identifying new markets and new opportunities, develop and execute business and marketing plans and assist our field offices in initiating strategies designed to align local operations with developing payer funding initiatives.

 

   

Reducing corporate and client costs as a percentage of revenue.     We took several steps to increase our profitability by decreasing our operating expenses. We implemented an across-the-board wage freeze and made reductions in vacation, sick and holiday pay effective as of January 1, 2009; health care benefit reductions were made effective as of July 1, 2009; we reduced our workforce in certain operations in Pennsylvania and North Carolina; and, in selected markets, we decreased the use of fixed-salaried personnel in favor of hourly employees. The across-the-board wage freeze was in effect for 2009. Beginning in January 2010, we have begun phasing out the wage freeze and providing our employees with wage increases based on our compensation policy.

 

   

Amending financial covenants and reducing our debt.     As a result of consummating certain acquisitions we have significant contractual obligations, including financial covenant requirements, related to our long-term debt for the fiscal year 2010 and beyond. To address our liquidity concerns related to our ability to meet our financial covenant requirements, we entered into an amendment to our credit and guaranty agreement with CIT Capital Securities LLC, or CIT, on March 11, 2009 to, among other things, change

 

29


Table of Contents

 

 

those requirements as more fully described below under the heading entitled “Liquidity and capital resources.” As a result of this amendment, we believe that we will meet all of our financial covenant requirements (although there can be no guarantee that we will) and that we have sufficient resources to fund our normal operations for the 12 months ending December 31, 2010. In addition, we prepaid $20.0 million of our term loan debt under the credit and guaranty agreement, as amended, in the fourth quarter of 2009 and $5.0 million in January 2010 as more fully described below under the heading entitled “Liquidity and capital resources.”

We believe our business model of not owning beds or fleets of vehicles enables us to be nimble in the face of recent uncertain market conditions. We are focused on legislative trends both at the federal and state levels as current economic conditions have renewed the push for healthcare reform. The passage of healthcare reform legislation could accelerate the demand for our services. In addition, we have seen improvements with government payers aided by federal stimulus funds and federal court intervention in the California Medicaid debate. While we believe we are well positioned to benefit from healthcare reform and to offer our services to a growing population of individuals eligible to receive our services, there can be no assurances that favorable healthcare reform will be passed or that programs under which we provide our services will receive continued or increased funding.

Our direct client census related to our social services contracts remained relatively consistent from 2008 to 2009 at over 62,000 with increases in federally funded programs such as workforce development and Medicaid offset by declines in state-funded business and foster care. In 2009, we ceased providing services to a managed entity which primarily accounted for a decrease in our managed client census from approximately 24,500 at December 31, 2008 to approximately 19,600 at December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, there were approximately 7.7 million individuals eligible to receive services under our non-emergency transportation services contracts. We provided services to our clients from 427 locations in 43 states, the District of Columbia and British Columbia.

Our working capital requirements are primarily funded by cash from operations and borrowings from our credit facility with CIT, which provides funding for general corporate purposes and acquisitions.

How we grow our business and evaluate our performance

Our business grows internally through organic expansion into new markets, increases in the number of clients served under contracts we or the entities we manage are awarded, and externally through acquisitions.

We typically pursue organic expansion into markets that are contiguous to our existing markets or where we believe we can quickly establish a significant presence. When we expand organically into a market, we typically have no clients or perform no management services in the market and are required to incur start-up costs including the costs of space, required permits and initial personnel. These costs are expensed as incurred and our new offices can be expected to incur losses for a period of time until we adequately grow our revenue from clients or management fees.

We also pursue strategic acquisitions in markets where we see opportunities but where we lack the contacts and/or personnel to make a successful organic entry. Unlike organic expansion which involves start-up costs that may dilute earnings, expansion through acquisitions have generally been accretive to our earnings. However, we bear financing risk and where debt is used, the risk of leverage by expanding through acquisitions. We also must integrate the acquired business into our operations which could disrupt our business and we may not be able to realize operating and economic efficiencies upon integration. Finally, our acquisitions involve purchase prices in excess of the fair value of tangible assets and cash or receivables. This excess purchase price is allocated to intangible assets and is subject to periodic evaluation and impairment or other write downs that are charges against our earnings.

 

30


Table of Contents

 

In all our markets we focus on several key performance indicators in managing our business. Specifically, we focus on growth in the number of clients served, as that particular metric is the key driver of our revenue growth. We also focus on the number of employees and the amount of outsourced transportation cost as these items are our most important variable costs and the key to the management of our operating margins.

Acquisitions

We continue to selectively identify and pursue attractive acquisition opportunities. There are no assurances, however, that we will complete acquisitions in the future or that any completed acquisitions will prove profitable for us.

How we earn our revenue

We operate in two segments: Social Services and Non-Emergency Transportation Services, or NET Services.

Social Services

Our revenue is derived from our provider contracts with state and local government agencies and government intermediaries, HMO’s, commercial insurers, and from our management contracts with not-for-profit social services organizations. The government entities that pay for our services include welfare, child welfare and justice departments, public schools and state Medicaid programs. Under a majority of the contracts where we provide social services directly, we are paid an hourly fee. In other such situations, we receive a set monthly amount or we are paid amounts equal to the costs we incur to provide agreed upon services. These revenues are presented in our consolidated statements of operations as either revenue from home and community based services or foster care services.

Where we contract to manage the operations of not-for-profit social services organizations, we receive a management fee that is either based upon a percentage of the revenue of the managed entity or a predetermined fee. These revenues are presented in our consolidated statements of operations as management fees. Because we provide substantially all administrative functions for these entities and our management fees are largely dependent upon their revenues, we also monitor for management and disclosure purposes the revenues of the entities we manage. We refer to the revenues of these entities as managed entity revenue.

NET Services

Where we provide management services for non-emergency transportation, we contract with state Medicaid and local agencies, regional and medical hospital systems or private managed care companies. Most of our contracts for non-emergency transportation management services are capitated (where we are paid on a per member per month basis for each eligible member). We do not direct bill for services under our capitated contracts as our revenue is based on covered lives. Our special needs school transportation contracts are with local governments and are paid on a per trip basis or per bus per day basis. These revenues are presented in our consolidated statements of operations as non-emergency transportation services revenue.

FASB Codification Discussion

We follow accounting standards set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, commonly referred to as the FASB. The FASB establishes accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. Over the years, the FASB and other designated GAAP-setting bodies, have issued standards in the form of FASB Statements, Interpretations, FASB Staff Positions, EITF consensuses, AICPA Statements of Position, etc.

The FASB recognized the complexity of its standard-setting process and embarked on a revised process in 2004 that culminated in the release on July 1, 2009, of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification , sometimes

 

31


Table of Contents

 

referred to as the Codification or ASC. The Codification does not change how we account for our transactions or the nature of related disclosures made. In addition, the Codification does not replace or affect authoritative accounting and reporting guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or its staff for public companies in their filings with the SEC. However, when referring to guidance issued by the FASB, we refer to topics in the ASC rather than FASB Statements or EITF consensuses, etc. The above change was made effective by the FASB for periods ending on or after September 15, 2009. We have updated references to GAAP in this report on Form 10-K to reflect the guidance in the Codification.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

General

In preparing our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reflected in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Critical accounting policies are those policies most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. These policies require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often employing the use of estimates about the effect of matters inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting policies pertain to revenue recognition, accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts, accounting for business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets, accrued transportation costs, accounting for management agreement relationships, loss reserves for certain reinsurance and self-funded insurance programs, stock-based compensation, foreign currency translation, derivative instruments and hedging activities and income taxes. We have reviewed our critical accounting estimates with our board of directors, audit committee and disclosure committee.

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue at the time services are rendered at predetermined amounts stated in our contracts and when the collection of these amounts is considered to be reasonably assured.

At times we may receive funding for certain services in advance of services actually being rendered. These amounts are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue until the actual services are rendered.

As services are rendered, documentation is prepared describing each service, time spent, and billing code under each contract to determine and support the value of each service provided. This documentation is used as a basis for billing under our contracts. The billing process and documentation submitted under our contracts vary among our payers. The timing, amount and collection of our revenues under these contracts are dependent upon our ability to comply with the various billing requirements specified by each payer. Failure to comply with these requirements could delay the collection of amounts due to us under a contract or result in adjustments to amounts billed.

The performance of our contracts is subject to the condition that sufficient funds are appropriated, authorized and allocated by each state, city or other local government. If sufficient appropriations, authorizations and allocations are not provided by the respective state, city or other local government, we are at risk of immediate termination or renegotiation of the financial terms of our contracts.

Social Services segment

Fee-for-service contracts.     Revenue related to services provided under fee-for-service contracts is recognized at the time services are rendered and collection is determined to be probable. Such services are provided at established billing rates. Fee-for-service contracts represented approximately 70.4% and 70.6% of our Social Services operating segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

Cost based service contracts.     Revenue from our cost based service contracts is recorded based on a combination of direct costs, indirect overhead allocations, and stated contractual margins on those costs. These revenues are compared to annual contract budget limits and, depending on reporting requirements, allowances may be recorded for certain contingencies such as projected costs not incurred, excess cost per service over the allowable contract rate and/or insufficient encounters. This policy results in recognizing revenue from these contracts based on allowable costs incurred. The annual contract amount is based on projected costs to provide services under the contracts with adjustments for changes in the total contract amount. We annually submit projected costs for the coming year which assist the contracting payers in establishing the annual contract amount to be paid for services provided under the contracts. After the contracting payers’ year end, we submit cost reports which are used by the contracting payers to determine the amount, if any, by which funds paid to us for services provided under the contracts were greater than the allowable costs to provide these services. Completion of this review process may take several years from the date we submit the cost report. In cases where funds paid to us exceed the allowable costs to provide services under contract, we may be required to pay back the excess funds.

Our cost reports are routinely audited by our payers on an annual basis. We periodically review our provisional billing rates and allocation of costs and provide for estimated adjustments from the contracting payers. We believe that adequate provisions have been made in our consolidated financial statements for any adjustments that might result from the outcome of any cost report audits. Differences between the amounts provided and the settlement amounts, which historically have not been material, are recorded in our consolidated statement of operations in the year of settlement. Cost based service contracts represented approximately 16.4% and 18.5% of our Social Services operating segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Annual block purchase contract.     Our annual block purchase contract with The Community Partnership of Southern Arizona, referred to as CPSA, requires us to provide or arrange for behavioral health services to eligible populations of beneficiaries as defined in the contract. We must provide a complete range of behavioral health clinical, case management, therapeutic and administrative services. We are obliged to provide services only to those clients with a demonstrated medical necessity. Our annual funding allocation amount is subject to increase when our encounters exceed the contract amount; however, such increases in the annual funding allocation amount are subject to government appropriation and may not be approved. There is no contractual limit to the number of eligible beneficiaries that may be assigned to us, or a specified limit to the level of services that may be provided to these beneficiaries if the services are deemed to be medically necessary. Therefore, we are at-risk if the costs of providing necessary services exceed the associated reimbursement.

We are required to regularly submit service encounters to CPSA electronically. On an on-going basis and at the end of CPSA’s June 30 fiscal year, CPSA is obligated to monitor the level of service encounters. If the encounter data is not sufficient to support the year-to-date payments made to us, unless waived, CPSA has the right to prospectively reduce or suspend payments to us.

For revenue recognition purposes, our service encounter value (which represents the value of actual services rendered) must equal or exceed 90% of the revenue recognized under our annual block purchase contract for the contract year. The remaining 10% of revenue recognized in each reporting period represents payment for network overhead administrative costs incurred in order to fulfill our obligations under the contract. Administrative costs include, but are not limited to, intake services, clinical liaison oversight for each behavioral health recipient, cultural liaisons, financial assessments and screening, data processing and information systems, staff training, quality and utilization management functions, coordination of care and subcontract administration.

We recognize revenue from our annual block purchase contract corresponding to the service encounter value. If our service encounter value is less than 90% of the amounts received from CPSA for the contract year, unless waived, we recognize revenue equal to the service encounter value and defer revenue for any excess amounts received. CPSA has not reduced, withheld, or suspended any payments that have not been subsequently reimbursed. We believe our encounter data is sufficient to have earned all amounts recorded as revenue under this contract.

 

33


Table of Contents

 

If our service encounter value equals 90% of the amounts received from CPSA for the contract year, we recognize revenue at the contract amount, which is one-twelfth of the established annual contract amount each month.

If our service encounter value exceeds 90% of the contract amount, we recognize revenue in excess of the annual funding allocation amount if collection is reasonably assured. We evaluate factors regarding payment probability related to the determination of whether any such additional revenue over the contractual amount is considered to be reasonably assured.

The terms of the contract may be reviewed prospectively and amended as necessary to ensure adequate funding of our contractual obligations; however, we cannot guarantee amendments will be completed. Our revenues under the annual block purchase contract for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 represented approximately 6.7% of our Social Services operating segment revenues for both years.

Management agreements.     We maintain management agreements with a number of not-for-profit social services organizations whereby we provide certain management services for these organizations. In exchange for our services, we receive a management fee that is either based on a percentage of the revenues of these organizations or a predetermined fee. Management fees earned under our management agreements represented approximately 6.5% and 4.2% of our Social Services operating segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

The costs associated with generating our management fee revenue are accounted for in client service expense and in general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

NET Services segment

Capitation contracts.     Approximately 89% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue is generated under capitated contracts where we assume the responsibility of meeting the transportation needs of a specific geographic population. Revenues under capitation contracts with our payers result from per-member monthly fees based on the number of participants in our payer’s program. Aggregate revenue from our top five payers for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 represented approximately 53% and 47%, respectively, of our NET Services operating segment revenue for such period.

Fee-for-service contracts.     Revenues earned under fee-for-service contracts are recognized when the service is provided. Revenue under these types of contracts is based upon contractually established billing rates less allowance for contractual adjustments. Estimates of contractual adjustments are based upon payment terms specified in the related agreements.

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

Clients are referred to us through governmental social services programs and we only provide services at the direction of a payer under a contractual arrangement. These circumstances have historically minimized any uncollectible amounts for services rendered. However, we recognize that not all amounts recorded as accounts receivable will ultimately be collected.

We record all accounts receivable amounts at their contracted amount, less an allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount we estimate to be sufficient to cover the risk that an account will not be collected. We regularly evaluate our accounts receivable, especially receivables that are past due, and reassess our allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific client collection issues. We pay particular attention to amounts outstanding for 365 days and longer. Any account receivable older than 365 days is deemed uncollectible and written off or fully reserved unless we have specific information from the payer that payment for

 

34


Table of Contents

 

those amounts is forthcoming or other evidence which we believe supports the collection of amounts older than 365 days. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific payer’s inability to meet its financial obligation, we record a specific addition to our allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably expect to collect.

Under certain of our contracts, billings do not coincide with revenue recognized on the contract due to payer administrative issues. These unbilled accounts receivable represent revenue recorded for which no amount has been invoiced and for which we expect an invoice will not be provided to the payer within the normal billing cycle. All unbilled amounts are expected to be billed within one year.

Our write-off experience for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 was approximately 1.0% of revenue.

Accounting for business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets

When we consummate an acquisition we separately value all acquired identifiable intangible assets apart from goodwill in accordance with ASC Topic 805- Business Combinations, or ASC 805. We analyze the carrying value of goodwill at the end of each fiscal year. In connection with our year-end asset impairment test, we reconcile the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our market capitalization including a reasonable control premium. As part of this annual impairment test, we also compare the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, there is an indication of impairment. If an indication of impairment is identified, the impairment loss, if any, is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amount assigned to its other identifiable assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.

Similarly conducted interim impairment tests may also be required in advance of our annual impairment test if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value, including goodwill, of one or more of our reporting units below the reporting unit’s carrying value. Such circumstances could include but are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the climate of our business, (2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

In determining whether or not we had goodwill impairment to report for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we considered both a market-based valuation approach and an income-based valuation approach when estimating the fair values of our reporting units with goodwill balances as of such dates. Under the market approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is determined using one or more methods based on current values in the market for similar businesses. Under the income approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the cash flow streams expected to be generated by the reporting unit over an appropriate period and then discounting the cash flows to present value using an appropriate discount rate. The income approach is dependent on a number of significant management assumptions, including estimates of future revenue and expenses, growth rates and discount rates. Inherent in such fair value determinations are certain judgments and estimates relating to future cash flows, including our interpretation of current economic indicators and market valuations, and assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations. To the extent additional information arises, market conditions change or our strategies change, it is possible that our conclusion regarding whether existing goodwill is impaired could change and result in a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Based on the results of our asset impairment test completed as of December 31, 2009, we determined that none of our goodwill was impaired. The fair value of one of our reporting units exceeded its carrying value by approximately 3%. As of December 31, 2009, the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit was approximately $2.2 million. The assumptions used to estimate fair value were based on estimates of future revenue and expenses

 

35


Table of Contents

 

incorporated in our current operating plans, growth rates and discounts rates, our interpretation of current economic indicators and market valuations. Significant assumptions and estimates included in our current operating plans were associated with revenue growth, profitability, and related cash flows. The discount rate used to estimate fair value was risk adjusted in consideration of the economic conditions of the reporting units. We also considered assumptions that market participants may use. By their nature, these projections and assumptions are uncertain. Potential events and circumstances that could have an adverse effect on our assumptions include the lack of sufficient funds allocated by our state and local government payers to compensate us for the level of services we currently provide or the potential increased level of service we may be required to provide in the future due to the impact of the current economic downturn, and loss of a significant contract. The fair values of our other reporting units were substantially in excess of their carrying values.

Based on the results of our impairment tests completed as of September 30, 2008 (interim) and December 31, 2008 (annual), we recorded a total goodwill impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $156.7 million, which is included in “Asset impairment charges” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Of this non-cash impairment charge, approximately $60.7 million was related to our Social Services operating segment and approximately $96.0 million was related to our NET Services operating segment.

In connection with our acquisitions, we allocate a portion of the purchase consideration to management contracts, customer relationships, restrictive covenants, software licenses and developed technology based on the direct or indirect contribution to future cash flows on a discounted cash flow basis expected from these intangible assets over their respective useful lives.

We assess whether any relevant factors limit the period over which acquired assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to future cash flows for amortization purposes and determine an appropriate useful life for acquired customer relationships based on the expected period of time we will provide services to the payer. While we use discounted cash flows to value intangible assets, we have elected to use the straight-line method of amortization to determine amortization expense. If applicable, we assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our long-lived assets based on undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the review indicates that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of any long-lived asset is recognized as an impairment loss.

Based on the results of our impairment tests completed as of September 30, 2008 (interim) and December 31, 2008 (annual), we recorded a total asset impairment charge related to other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $13.2 million, which is included in “Asset impairment charges” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. This non-cash impairment charge includes the $11.0 million recorded with respect to our NET Services operating segment as of September 30, 2008 and the $2.2 million recorded with respect to our Social Services operating segment as of December 31, 2008.

Accrued transportation costs

Transportation costs are estimated and accrued in the month the services are rendered by outsourced providers utilizing gross reservations for transportation services less cancellations, and average costs per transportation service by customer contract. Average costs per contract are derived by utilizing historical cost trends. Actual costs relating to a specific accounting period are monitored and compared to estimated accruals. Adjustments to those accruals are made based on reconciliations with actual costs incurred.

Accounting for management agreement relationships

Due to the nature of our business and the requirement or desire by certain payers to contract with not-for-profit social services organizations, we sometimes enter into management contracts with not-for-profit social services organizations where we provide them with administrative, program and other management services. These not-for-profit organizations contract directly with state and local agencies to supply a variety of community based mental health and foster care services to children and adults. Each of these organizations is separately incorporated and organized with its own independent board of directors.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

Our management agreements with these not-for-profit organizations typically:

 

   

require us to provide management, accounting, advisory, supportive, consultative and administrative services;

 

   

require us to provide the necessary resources to effectively manage the business and services provided;

 

   

require that we hire, supervise and terminate personnel, review existing personnel policies and assist in adopting and implementing progressive personnel policies; and

 

   

compensate us with a management fee in exchange for the services provided.

All of our management services are subject to the approval or direction of the managed entities’ board of directors.

We have concluded that our management agreements do not meet the provisions of ASC Topic 810, “ Consolidation ”, or ASC 810, thus the operations of these organizations are not consolidated with our operations. We will evaluate the impact of the provisions of ASC 810, if any, on future acquired management agreements.

Loss reserves for certain reinsurance and self-funded insurance programs

We reinsure a substantial portion of our general and professional liability and workers’ compensation costs under reinsurance programs through our wholly-owned subsidiary Social Services Providers Captive Insurance Company, or SPCIC. SPCIC is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State of Arizona. SPCIC maintains reserves for obligations related to our reinsurance programs for our general and professional liability and workers’ compensation coverage.

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, SPCIC had reserves of approximately $3.4 million and $4.6 million, respectively, for the general and professional liability and workers’ compensation programs.

In addition, Provado Insurance Services, Inc., or Provado, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter LCI Corporation (which, including its subsidiaries, was acquired by us in December 2007 and is referred to as LogistiCare), is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State of South Carolina. Provado provides reinsurance for policies written by a third party insurer for general liability, automobile liability, and automobile physical damage coverage to various members of the network of subcontracted transportation providers and independent third parties within our NET Services operating segment.

Provado maintains reserves for obligations related to the reinsurance programs for general liability, automobile liability, and automobile physical damage coverage. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, Provado had reserves of approximately $5.0 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

These reserves are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets as reinsurance liability reserves. We utilize analyses prepared by third party administrators and independent actuaries based on historical claims information with respect to the general and professional liability coverage, workers’ compensation coverage, automobile liability, and automobile physical damage to determine the amount of required reserves.

We also maintain a self-funded health insurance program provided to our employees. With respect to this program, we consider historical and projected medical utilization data when estimating our health insurance program liability and related expense as well as using services of a third party administrator. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, we had approximately $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in reserve for our self-funded health insurance programs.

We continually analyze our reserves for incurred but not reported claims, and for reported but not paid claims related to our reinsurance and self-funded insurance programs. We believe our reserves are adequate. However,

 

37


Table of Contents

 

significant judgment is involved in assessing these reserves such as assessing historical paid claims, average lags between the claims’ incurred date, reported dates and paid dates, and the frequency and severity of claims. We are at risk for differences between actual settlement amounts and recorded reserves and any resulting adjustments are included in expense once a probable amount is known. There were no significant adjustments recorded in the periods covered by this report. Any significant increase in the number of claims or costs associated with claims made under these programs above our reserves could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Stock-based compensation

We follow the fair value recognition provisions of ASC Topic 718- Compensation-Stock Compensation, or ASC 718, which requires companies to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share based payments at fair value. With respect to stock option awards, the fair value is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula and amortized over the option’s vesting periods. The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula requires us to make assumptions for the expected dividend yield, stock price volatility, life of options and risk-free interest rate. We adopted the requirements of ASC 718 using the modified prospective transition method in which compensation costs are recognized beginning with the effective date based on the requirements of ASC 718 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of ASC 718 that remain unvested on the effective date.

We follow the short-cut method prescribed by ASC 718 to calculate our pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of ASC 718, or APIC pool. There was no effect on our financial results for 2009 or 2008 related to the application of the short-cut method to determine our APIC pool balance.

Under ASC 718, the benefits of tax deductions in excess of the estimated tax benefit of compensation costs recognized in the statement of operations for those options are classified as financing cash flows. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2009, the amount of net excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options was approximately $680,000 and $95,000 (net of approximately $45,000 in tax shortfalls resulting from the exercise of stock options), respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we had a net tax shortfall resulting from the exercise of stock options of approximately $1.3 million (net of approximately $185,000 in excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options). The gross excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options are reflected as cash flows from financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Our 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, or 2006 Plan, allows us the flexibility to issue up to 1,800,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units including restricted stock units and performance awards to employees, directors, consultants, advisors and others who are in a position to make contributions to our success and to encourage such persons to take into account our long-term interests and the interests of our stockholders through ownership of our common stock or securities with value tied to our common stock.

Foreign currency translation

The financial position and results of operations of our foreign subsidiary are measured using the foreign subsidiary’s local currency as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of this subsidiary are translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments are recorded directly as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, unless there is a sale or complete liquidation of the underlying foreign investment. Presently, it is our intention to indefinitely reinvest the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiary in foreign operations. Therefore, we are not providing for U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes on our foreign subsidiary’s undistributed earnings. Generally, such earnings become subject to U.S. tax upon the remittance of dividends and under other circumstances. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability on such undistributed earnings due to the complexities of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or IRC, rules and regulations and the hypothetical nature of the calculations.

 

38


Table of Contents

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We hold a derivative financial instrument for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk. The type of risk hedged relates to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by movements in interest rates applied to our floating rate long-term debt. We documented our risk management strategy and hedge effectiveness at the inception of the hedge and will continue to assess its effectiveness during the term of the hedge. We have designated the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge under ASC Topic 815- Derivatives and Hedging, or ASC 815.

Derivatives that have been designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments are reported at fair value. We measure hedge effectiveness by formally assessing, at least quarterly, the correlation of the expected future cash flows of the hedged item and the derivative hedging instrument. The gain or loss on the effective portion of the hedge (i.e. change in fair value) is reported as a component of other comprehensive income. The remaining gain or loss of the ineffective portion of the hedge, if any, is recognized in earnings. The fair value of the cash flow hedging instrument was a liability of approximately $1.6 million and $372,000 as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, which was classified as “Current portion of interest rate swap” and “Other long-term liabilities” in our consolidated balance sheet with respect to the balance at December 31, 2008, and as “Current portion of interest rate swap” in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are determined by the liability method in accordance with ASC Topic 740- Income Taxes , or ASC 740. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance which includes amounts for state and federal net operating loss carryforwards for which we have concluded that it is more likely than not that these net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations. We recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense.

Results of operations

Segment reporting.     Our operations are organized and reviewed by our chief operating decision maker along our service lines in two reportable segments (i.e., Social Services and NET Services). We operate these reportable segments as separate divisions and differentiate the segments based on the nature of the services they offer. The following describes each of our segments.

Social Services

Social Services includes government sponsored social services consisting of home and community based counseling, foster care and not-for-profit management services. Our operating entities within Social Services provide services to a common customer group, principally individuals and families. All of our operating entities within Social Services follow similar operating procedures and methods in managing their operations and each operating entity works within a similar regulatory environment, primarily under Medicaid regulations. We manage our operating activities within Social Services by actual to budget comparisons within each operating entity rather than by comparison between entities.

Our actual operating contribution margins by operating entity within Social Services ranged from approximately 4% to 16% as of December 31, 2009. We believe that the long term operating contribution margins of our operating entities that comprise Social Services will approximate between 8% and 12% as the respective entities’ markets mature, we cross sell our services within markets, and standardize our operating model among entities including recent acquisitions. We also believe that our targeted contribution margin of approximately 10% is allowable by our state and local governmental payers over the long term.

 

39


Table of Contents

 

Our chief operating decision maker regularly reviews financial and non-financial information for each individual entity within Social Services. While financial performance in comparison to budget is evaluated on an entity-by-entity basis, our operating entities comprising Social Services are aggregated into one reporting segment for financial reporting purposes because we believe that the operating entities exhibit similar long term financial performance. In addition, our revenues, costs and contribution margins are not significantly affected by allocating more or less resources to individual operating entities within Social Services because the economic characteristics of our business are substantially dependent upon individualized market demographics which affect the amount and type of services in demand as well as our cost structure (primarily payroll and related costs) and contract rates with payers. In conjunction with the financial performance trends, we believe the similar qualitative characteristics of the operating entities we aggregate within Social Services and budgetary constraints of our payers in each market provide a foundation to conclude that the entities that we aggregate within Social Services have similar economic characteristics. Thus, we believe the economic characteristics of our operating entities within Social Services meet the criteria for aggregation into a single reporting segment under ASC Topic 280- Segment Reporting.

NET Services

NET Services includes managing the delivery of non-emergency transportation services. We operate NET Services as a separate division with operational management and service offerings distinct from our Social Services operating segment. Financial and operating performance reporting is conducted at a contract level and reviewed weekly at both the operating entity level as well as the corporate level by our chief operating decision maker. Gross margin performance of individual contracts is consolidated under the associated operating entity and direct general and administrative expenses are allocated to the operating entity.

The following table sets forth the percentage of consolidated total revenues represented by items in our consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2007         2008         2009    

Revenues:

      

Home and community based services

   76.0   37.3   36.1

Foster care services

   9.0      4.7      4.6   

Management fees

   7.0      2.9      1.8   

Non-emergency transportation services

   8.0      55.1      57.5   
                  

Total revenues

   100.0      100.0      100.0   

Operating expenses:

      

Client service expense

   71.5      36.7      34.3   

Cost of non-emergency transportation services

   6.9      51.5      51.9   

General and administrative expense

   10.8      7.0      5.5   

Asset impairment charge

   —        24.6      —     

Depreciation and amortization

   1.8      1.8      1.6   
                  

Total operating expenses

   91.0      121.6      93.3   
                  

Operating income (loss)

   9.0      (21.6   6.7   

Non-operating expense:

      

Interest expense, net

   0.6      2.7      2.6   
                  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   8.4      (24.3   4.1   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   3.4      (1.8   1.5   
                  

Net income (loss)

   5.0   (22.5 )%    2.6
                  

 

40


Table of Contents

 

Overview of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009

Our financial results for 2009 were positively impacted by our efforts to reduce costs that included an across-the-company wage freeze, reductions in vacation, sick and holiday pay, suspension of executive salary parity recommendations for 2009 made by an independent executive compensation consultant, workforce reductions in certain operations in Pennsylvania and North Carolina, and, in selected markets, decreased use of fixed-salaried personnel in favor of hourly employees. For 2009, utilization of our education and other school-based programs increased significantly compared to the utilization levels in 2008. In addition, we saw our payer environment begin to stabilize in our social services markets in 2009 supported by the favorable reaction to the passage of the Children’s Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act (signed into law in February 2009), the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and a Federal court decision that permanently enjoined the State of California from making Medicaid rate reductions.

With respect to our NET Services operating segment, membership increases related to new and existing contracts and negotiated rate increases throughout a number of contracts due to increased utilization, program enhancements and future projected program costs resulted in increased revenue for 2009 as compared to 2008. This coupled with lower utilization rates and membership increases under existing contracts and/or new contracts, continued and enhanced gate-keeping review process, as well as new favorable fiscal year negotiated rates for both State and HMO lines of businesses resulted in improved operating margin for 2009. In addition, our ability to gain operating efficiencies by leveraging existing infrastructure and back-office support to provide services under new contracts has also contributed to increased operating margin for 2009.

Other items that significantly impacted our 2009 results of operations included a non-recurring tax benefit resulting from the true up of our 2008 income tax provision with the actual 2008 federal and state tax returns filed in 2009, savings due to reduced stock compensation and additional expenses associated with our amended credit agreement and proxy contest.

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Percent
change
 
     2008    2009   

Home and community based services

   $ 258,003,077    $ 289,006,655    12.0

Foster care services

     32,343,247      37,283,711    15.3

Management fees

     20,217,211      14,447,586    -28.5

Non-emergency transportation services

     381,106,735      460,275,314    20.8
                

Total revenues

   $ 691,670,270    $ 801,013,266    15.8
                

Home and community based services .    The acquisition of AmericanWork, Inc, or AW, in September 2008 added approximately $10.8 million to home and community based services revenue for 2009 as compared to 2008.

Excluding the acquisition of AW noted above, our home and community based services provided additional revenue of approximately $20.2 million for 2009 as compared to 2008. This increase was primarily due to average client volume increases during the year in new and existing locations and rate increases in certain markets for services provided.

Foster care services .    The acquisition of substantially all of the assets in Illinois and Indiana of Camelot Community Care, Inc., or CCC, in September 2008 added approximately $9.5 million to foster care services revenue for 2009 as compared to 2008. Partially offsetting the increase in foster care services revenue for 2009 as compared to 2008 was the impact of our exit from the foster care market in Kentucky in January 2009 and various state foster care program restructurings, which resulted in a net decrease in foster care services revenue of approximately $4.7 million.

 

41


Table of Contents

 

Management fees .    Revenue for entities we manage but do not consolidate for financial reporting purposes (managed entity revenue) decreased to $216.6 million for 2009 as compared to $242.9 million for 2008 due to the acquisition of assets from CCC (a managed entity) in September 2008 and a managed entity for which we ceased providing significant services beginning in 2009. The decrease of approximately $5.8 million in management fees for 2009 as compared to 2008 was primarily attributable to the acquisition of assets from CCC and the effect of changes made to management services arrangements with certain of our managed entities effective January 1, 2009.

Non-emergency transportation services .    The increase in non-emergency transportation services revenue was due to additional membership related primarily to new start-up contracts which accounted for in the aggregate approximately $46 million of additional revenue. Membership increases under existing contracts and negotiated rate increases throughout a number of contracts due to increased utilization, program enhancements and future projected program costs also contributed additional revenue. A significant portion of this revenue was generated under capitated contracts where we assumed the responsibility of meeting the transportation needs of a specific geographic population. Due to the fixed revenue stream and variable expense base structure of our NET Services operating segment, expenses related to this segment vary with seasonal fluctuations. We expect our operating results will continuously fluctuate on a quarterly basis.

Operating expenses

Client service expense.     Client service expense included the following for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Percent
change
 
     2008    2009   

Payroll and related costs

   $ 177,430,175    $ 196,570,609    10.8

Purchased services

     35,636,575      34,783,887    -2.4

Other operating expenses

     37,776,122      43,606,746    15.4

Stock-based compensation

     2,809,251      165,377    -94.1
                

Total client service expense

   $ 253,652,123    $ 275,126,619    8.5
                

Payroll and related costs.     Our payroll and related costs increased for 2009 as compared to 2008, as we added new direct care providers, administrative staff and other employees or outside contractors to support our growth. In addition, we added over 300 new employees in connection with the purchase of assets from CCC and the acquisition of AW, which resulted in an increase in payroll and related costs of approximately $8.8 million in the aggregate for 2009 as compared to 2008. We also recorded bonus expense for executive management and key employees for 2009 totaling approximately $844,000. Partially offsetting the bonus expense for 2009 as compared to 2008 was a $400,000 bonus that was paid during 2008 and charged to client services expense that was not paid in 2009. As a percentage of revenue, excluding NET Services revenue, payroll and related costs increased from 57.1% for 2008 to 57.7% for 2009 due to the bonus expense and the addition of new employees to support our growth.

Purchased services.     We subcontract with a network of providers for a portion of the workforce development services we provide throughout British Columbia. For 2009, use of these services decreased by approximately $2.4 million as compared to 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to the termination of a contract in British Columbia in 2008 and the effect of imposed revenue caps. Partially offsetting the decrease in purchased services for 2009 as compared to 2008 were increases in foster parent payments amounting to approximately $1.4 million. Increases in foster parent payments were primarily attributable to the assets acquired from CCC in September 2008. As a percentage of revenue, excluding NET Services revenue, purchased services decreased from 11.5% for 2008 to 10.2% for 2009 primarily due to the effects related to our operations in British Columbia noted above.

Other operating expenses.     The assets acquired from CCC and the acquisition of AW in September 2008 added approximately $2.9 million to other operating expenses for 2009 as compared to 2008. Further, other

 

42


Table of Contents

 

operating expenses such as mileage, transportation expenses, client meals, professional fees, equipment and temporary labor for 2009 increased as compared to 2008 due to the growth in the average number of clients serviced in existing markets during the year. In addition to the effect of our efforts to reduce costs generally, our operating expenses in British Columbia have decreased approximately $1.1 million primarily due to the contract termination noted above. As a percentage of revenue, excluding NET Services revenue, other operating expenses increased to 12.8% for 2009 from 12.2% for 2008 due to the growth in the average number of clients serviced in existing markets where other operating expenses incurred have increased under various cost based service contracts.

Stock-based compensation.     Stock-based compensation of approximately $165,000 for 2009 represents the amortization of the fair value of stock options awarded to key employees beginning in January 2009 under our 2006 Plan. All stock-based compensation expense for non-corporate employees for 2009 was expensed as part of client service expense. Of the total stock-based compensation expense of approximately $8.8 million for 2008, approximately $2.8 million was expensed as part of client service expense and the remainder as general and administrative expense.

On December 30, 2008, the Compensation Committee of our board of directors, or Committee, approved the acceleration of vesting of all unvested stock-based awards outstanding on that day. The acceleration of vesting of all unvested stock-based awards in 2008 eliminated stock-based compensation expense that would have been charged in 2009 for awards granted prior to December 30, 2008 and accounted for the decrease in stock-based compensation expense for 2009 as compared to 2008.

Cost of non-emergency transportation services.

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Percent
change
 
     2008    2009   

Payroll and related costs

   $ 41,339,259    $ 49,831,942    20.5

Purchased services

     296,778,499      341,976,321    15.2

Other operating expenses

     18,153,586      23,491,549    29.4
                

Total cost of non-emergency transportation services

   $ 356,271,344    $ 415,299,812    16.6
                

Payroll and related costs.     The increase in payroll and related costs of our NET Services segment for 2009 as compared to 2008 was due to the addition of administrative staff and other employees to support our growth. In addition, approximately $661,000 of severance expense was recognized as part of key employee departures which contributed to an increase in payroll and related costs for 2009 as compared to 2008. As a percentage of NET Services revenue, payroll and related costs remained constant at 10.8% for 2008 and 2009.

Purchased services.     Through our NET Services operating segment we subcontract with a number of third party transportation providers to provide non-emergency transportation services to our clients. For 2009, purchased transportation costs increased due to services provided under new contracts as compared to 2008. As a percentage of NET Services revenue, purchased services decreased from approximately 77.9% for 2008 to approximately 74.3% for 2009. This decrease was attributed to lower than expected utilization relative to membership increases under existing contracts and/or new contracts, and more selective outsourcing. In addition, more favorable negotiated rates provided lower purchased services as a percent of revenue during 2009 as compared to 2008.

Other operating expenses.     Other operating expenses of our NET Services operating segment as a percentage of NET Services revenue increased from 4.8% for 2008 to 5.1% for 2009. The increase was primarily due to our costs associated with back-end support functions related to new contracts.

 

43


Table of Contents

 

General and administrative expense.

 

Year Ended December 31,

   Percent
change
 

2008

   2009   

$48,411,826

   $ 44,009,666    -9.1

The assets acquired from CCC and the acquisition of AW in September 2008 accounted for an increase of approximately $1.2 million in general and administrative expenses related to facilities management for 2009 as compared to 2008. Also contributing to an increase in corporate administrative expenses were arrangement, legal, accounting and other expenses related to the amended credit and guarantee agreement discussed below, legal and other fees related to the 2009 consent solicitation and 2009 proxy contest initiated by a dissident stockholder, costs related to the potential sale of assets and other expenses totaling approximately $3.3 million during 2009, as compared to only $285,000 during 2008. In addition, we recorded bonus expense in 2009 for executive management and key employees in the aggregate amount of approximately $1.9 million. The effect of this bonus accrual on general and administrative expense for 2009 as compared to 2008 was offset by bonuses that were paid to executive management during 2008 totaling $1.2 million.

Offsetting the increases in general and administrative expenses for 2009 as compared to 2008 was a decrease in payroll and related costs partially due to the reduction of employees in response to renegotiated management services fees under modified management services agreements. Due to the acceleration of vesting of all unvested stock-based awards as of December 30, 2008, stock-based compensation expense that would have been charged in 2009 for awards granted prior to December 30, 2008 was eliminated. As a result, general and administrative expense for 2009 decreased by approximately $5.9 million as compared to 2008. Additional decreases in general and administrative expenses resulted from the effect of our efforts to reduce costs generally. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense decreased from 7.0% for 2008 to 5.5% for 2009 due to the effect of lower incremental general and administrative expenses of our NET Services operating segment relative to its total revenue contribution and the decrease in stock-based compensation expense noted above.

Asset impairment charge

During 2008, we experienced a significant and sustained decline in market capitalization due to the decrease in the market price of our common stock resulting, we believe, primarily from lower than anticipated financial results during such period caused by significant changes in the climate of our business, including the uncertainty in the state payer environment and the impact of related budgetary decisions, as well as by the sharp down turn in the United States economy generally. We determined that these factors indicated an impairment loss related to goodwill as of September 30, 2008. As a result, we initiated an interim impairment analysis of the fair value of goodwill and determined that, based on this analysis, goodwill was impaired as of September 30, 2008. Accordingly, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge. In addition to the goodwill impairment charge for the three months ended September 30, 2008, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge to reduce the carrying value of customer relationships based on their estimated fair values for the same period.

We performed our annual test of impairment of goodwill and an impairment analysis of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2008, based on the same triggering events that gave rise to our interim test for impairment of goodwill and determined that an additional goodwill impairment charge of approximately $26.7 million and an intangible impairment charge of approximately $2.2 million were necessary for 2008. As a result of both our interim and annual impairment tests, we recorded a total asset impairment charge related to goodwill and other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $169.9 million. Our evaluation of goodwill completed as of December 31, 2009 resulted in no impairment losses.

 

44


Table of Contents

 

Depreciation and amortization.

 

Year Ended December 31,

   Percent
change
 

2008

   2009   

$12,721,494

   $ 12,852,107    1.0

The increase in depreciation and amortization from period to period primarily resulted from the write-down of a management contract in the amount of approximately $458,000, partially offset by a reduction in amortization and depreciation due to the write-down of intangible assets resulting from the impairment of customer relationships in 2008 as well as fully depreciated property and equipment on which no depreciation was recognized. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization decreased from approximately 1.8% for 2008 to approximately 1.6% for 2009 due to our revenue growth, which outpaced the increase in property and equipment and the impact of lower amortization resulting from the asset impairment charge for 2008.

Non-operating (income) expense

Interest expense.     Increased interest expense for 2009 as compared to 2008 was primarily due to accelerated amortization of deferred financing fees (related to the amendment of our credit and guarantee agreement with CIT) in the amount of approximately $348,000 and interest expense associated with the interest rate swap. We prepaid $20.0 million of our term loan debt under the credit and guaranty agreement, as amended, during the fourth quarter of 2009. The prepayment was made in two installments; the first of which, in the amount of $15.0 million, was made on October 9, 2009 and the second installment in the amount of $5.0 million was made on November 9, 2009. Our current and long-term debt obligations have decreased to approximately $204.2 million at December 31, 2009 from $237.8 million at December 31, 2008; however, effective March 11, 2009 (pursuant to the amendment to our credit and guaranty agreement), the interest rate related to our term loan increased from LIBOR plus 3.5% to LIBOR plus 6.5%. The impact of a decrease in the principal amount of our long-term debt (partially offset by an increase in the associated interest rate) resulted in a net decrease in the related interest expense from approximately $11.3 million for 2008 to approximately $10.6 million for 2009.

Interest income.     Interest income for 2008 and 2009 was approximately $979,000 and $366,000, respectively, and resulted primarily from interest earned on interest bearing bank and money market accounts.

Provision for income taxes

The provision for income taxes is based on our estimated annual effective income tax rate for the full fiscal year equal to approximately 36.6% for 2009 as compared to approximately 7.3% for 2008. Our estimated annual effective income tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate primarily due to nondeductible permanent differences, foreign taxes and state income taxes.

Our effective tax rate was higher than the United States federal statutory rate of 35.0% for 2009 due primarily to state income taxes, net of federal benefit and other non-deductible expenses. These items were partially offset by total tax benefits of $1.4 million recognized during the three months ended September 30, 2009 related to the true-up of our tax provision from the filing of our 2008 United States federal and state tax returns. The $1.4 million true up was primarily attributable to reconciling our estimated liabilities using a blended state tax rate to actual state tax return amounts.

At December 31, 2009, we had future tax benefits of $1.6 million related to $731,000 of available federal net operating loss carryforwards which expire in years 2011 through 2025 and $32.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards which expire in 2012 through 2029. As a result of statutory “ownership changes” (as defined for purposes of Section 382 of the IRC), our ability to utilize our net operating losses is restricted.

Our valuation allowance includes $10.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards for which we have concluded that it is more likely than not that these net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations.

 

45


Table of Contents

 

In addition, we recognized net excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options in the amount of $95,000 (net of approximately $45,000 in tax shortfalls) for the year ended December 31, 2009 and a net tax shortfall related to the exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2008 in the amount of $1.3 million (net of approximately $185,000 in excess tax benefits).

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Percent
change
 
     2007    2008   

Home and community based services

   $ 216,582,678    $ 258,003,077    19.1

Foster care services

     25,648,163      32,343,247    26.1

Management fees

     20,069,069      20,217,211    0.7

Non-emergency transportation services

     22,866,709      381,106,735    1566.6
                

Total revenues

   $ 285,166,619    $ 691,670,270    142.5
                

Home and community based services.     The acquisition of AW in September 2008 added approximately $3.2 million to home and community based services revenue for 2008 as compared to 2007. In addition, the acquisition of WCG International Ltd., or WCG, in August 2007, and Family & Children’s Services, Inc., or FCS, in October 2007, added, on an aggregate basis, approximately $17.8 million to home and community based services revenue for 2008 as compared to 2007.

Excluding the business acquisitions noted above our home and community based services provided additional revenue of approximately $20.4 million for 2008 as compared to 2007. This increase was primarily due to the net effect of client volume increases in new and existing locations, rate increases for services provided, reductions in funding from North Carolina and Indiana, and implementation of managed care initiatives in Pennsylvania.

Foster care services.     The acquisition of CCC in September 2008 added approximately $2.8 million to foster care services revenue for 2008 as compared to 2007. The operations of Maple Star Oregon, or MSO, that we consolidated effective May 1, 2007 contributed approximately $4.2 million of foster care services revenue for 2008 compared to approximately $2.2 million for 2007. Our cross-selling and recruiting efforts, offset by state budget constraints and state foster care program restructuring, resulted in an increase in foster care services revenue of approximately $1.9 million for 2008 as compared to 2007.

Management fees.     Revenue for entities we manage but do not consolidate for financial reporting purposes (managed entity revenue) increased to $242.9 million for 2008 as compared to $225.0 million for 2007. The net increase of approximately $148,000 in management fees from 2008 and 2007 was primarily attributable to the effect of business growth of the not-for-profit entities we managed and offset by decreases in fees earned due to the acquisition and consolidation of CCC in September 2008.

During 2008, British Columbia took steps to strictly enforce a contractually imposed revenue cap on a per client basis and contractually mandated pass-throughs resulting in an approximate CAD $3.0 million dispute and also provided notice of termination of one of its six provincial contracts with WCG. We are disputing these actions in accordance with the contractually mandated arbitration provision.

Non-emergency transportation services.     We generated all of our non-emergency transportation services revenue for 2007 and 2008 through our NET Services operating segment as a result of the acquisition of LogistiCare, in December 2007. A significant portion of this revenue is generated under capitated contracts where we assume the responsibility of meeting the transportation needs of a specific geographic population. Due to the fixed revenue stream and variable expense base structure of our NET Services operating segment, expenses related to this segment vary with seasonal fluctuations in demand for our non-emergency transportation services and, as a result, such expenses fluctuate on a quarterly basis.

 

46


Table of Contents

 

Budgetary issues of certain state government agencies that fund our non-emergency transportation services resulted in delays in some contract implementations and awards to provide non-emergency transportation services. In addition, as the economy worsened in 2008, our NET Services operating segment experienced a higher level of utilization which resulted in higher costs to deliver transportation services for 2008. Higher fuel prices during the summer of 2008 also contributed to higher costs to deliver transportation services. Without offsetting rate increases from our payers, these higher costs resulted in lower operating margins for 2008.

Operating expenses

Client service expense.     Client service expense included the following for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Percent
change
 
     2007    2008   

Payroll and related costs

   $ 148,566,409    $ 177,430,175    19.4

Purchased services

     25,958,751      35,636,575    37.3

Other operating expenses

     28,781,260      37,776,122    31.3

Stock-based compensation

     714,287      2,809,251    293.3
                

Total client service expense

   $ 204,020,707    $ 253,652,123    24.3
                

Payroll and related costs.     Our payroll and related costs increased for 2008 as compared to 2007, as we added new direct care providers, administrative staff and other employees to support our growth. In addition, we added over 300 new employees in connection with the acquisition of CCC and AW, which resulted in an increase in payroll and related costs of approximately $2.5 million in the aggregate for 2008 as compared to 2007. Further, we added over 100 new employees in connection with the acquisition of WCG and FCS, and the consolidation of MSO in May 2007, which resulted in an increase in payroll and related costs of approximately $9.0 million in the aggregate for 2008 as compared to 2007. As a percentage of revenue, excluding NET Services revenue, payroll and related costs increased from 56.6% for 2007 to 57.1% for 2008 due to the increase in the number of employees.

Purchased services.     Since acquiring WCG in August 2007, we subcontract with a network of providers for a portion of the workforce development services we provide throughout British Columbia. In addition, we incur a variety of other support service expenses in the normal course of placing clients in the workforce. For 2008, these services added approximately $6.7 million to purchased services as compared to 2007. Additionally, increases in foster parent payments accounted for an increase in purchased services for 2008 as compared to 2007 of approximately $3.1 million. Increases in foster parent payments are primarily attributable to the acquisition of CCC in September 2008 and the consolidation of MSO in May 2007. As a percentage of revenue, excluding NET Services revenue, purchased services increased from 9.9% for 2007 to 11.5% for 2008 primarily due to higher purchased services costs related to the operations of WCG and an increase in foster parent payments.

Other operating expenses.     The acquisition of CCC and AW in 2008 and WCG and FCS in 2007, and the consolidation of MSO in May 2007 added approximately $4.5 million to other operating expenses for 2008 as compared to 2007. In addition, increased client mileage and client transportation expense of approximately $1.6 million (due to the addition of new school-based programs and higher fuel costs during the summer season), and increased bad debt expense of $3.3 million also contributed to the increase in other operating expenses as compared to 2007. In certain of our Social Services markets we experienced collection issues related to delayed payments that have resulted from payer budget issues. Many of our troubled accounts receivable aged beyond 365 days during 2008 or were determined to be uncollectible. As a result, and in keeping with our allowance for doubtful accounts policy of reserving all amounts older than 365 days unless we have specific information from the payer that payment for those amounts is forthcoming or other evidence which we believe supports the collection of amounts older than 365 days, we reserved these amounts as uncollectible as of December 31, 2008, which accounted for the increase in bad debt expense for 2008 as compared to 2007. As a percentage of revenue, excluding NET Services

 

47


Table of Contents

 

revenue, other operating expenses increased from 11.0% for 2007 to 12.2% for 2008 primarily due to the addition of new locations resulting from our organic growth, increased bad debt expense and higher costs related to the operations of CCC, AW, WCG and FCS.

Stock-based compensation.     Stock-based compensation of approximately $2.8 million for 2008 represents the amortization of the fair value of stock options and stock grants awarded to executive officers and employees under our 2006 Plan. In addition, the Committee approved the acceleration of vesting of all outstanding unvested stock options and restricted stock awards as of December 30, 2008. Of the total stock-based compensation expense of approximately $5.8 million related to the accelerated vesting, approximately $1.9 million was expensed as part of client service expense. Of this amount approximately $721,000 was attributable to stock-based compensation awards to certain of our executive officers.

Cost of non-emergency transportation services.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2007    2008

Payroll and related costs

   $ 2,292,307    $ 41,339,259

Purchased services

     16,001,192      296,778,499

Other operating expenses

     1,276,241      18,153,586
             

Cost of non-emergency transportation services

   $ 19,569,740    $ 356,271,344
             

With the acquisition of LogistiCare in December 2007, we added over 1,000 new employees which resulted in payroll and related costs related to our NET Services operating segment of approximately $41.3 million for 2008. Through our NET Services operating segment we subcontract with a number of third party transportation providers to provide non-emergency transportation services to our clients. For 2008, purchased transportation costs amounted to approximately $296.8 million, or 77.9% of the total NET Services operating segment revenue. In addition, other operating expenses of our NET Services operating segment were approximately $18.2 million for 2008. As a percentage of NET Services revenue, the cost of non-emergency transportation services increased from 85.6% for 2007 to 93.5% for 2008. The cost of non-emergency transportation services as a percentage of NET Services revenue for 2007 reflects the impact of seasonally low costs to provide non-emergency transportation services during the holiday season relative to the revenue contribution as compared to a full year of costs for 2008 relative to revenue contribution, which accounts for most of the increase in the cost of non-emergency transportation services as a percentage of NET Services revenue from 2007 to 2008. In addition, as the economy worsened in 2008, our NET Services operating segment experienced a higher level of utilization which resulted in higher costs to deliver transportation services. Additionally, higher fuel prices during the 2008 summer season also contributed to higher costs to deliver transportation services. Without offsetting rate increases from our payers these higher costs represented a larger percentage of NET Services revenue for 2008 as compared to historical periods.

General and administrative expense.

 

Year Ended December 31,

   Percent
change
 

2007

   2008   

$30,874,910

   $ 48,411,826    56.8

The addition of corporate staff to adequately support our growth, increased costs to provide services under our management agreements and higher rates of pay for employees accounted for an increase of approximately $3.2 million of corporate administrative expenses for 2008 as compared to 2007. Stock-based compensation increased approximately $4.3 million from 2007, which represents the amortization of the fair value of stock options and stock grants awarded to executive officers and employees under our 2006 Plan. Stock-based compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting discussed above accounted for approximately $3.9 million of the increase from 2007. Of this amount, approximately $3.1 million was attributable to stock-based compensation awards to our executive officers and non-employee members of our board of directors.

 

48


Table of Contents

 

Also contributing to the increase in corporate administrative expenses were legal expense, bank service charges, insurance related expenses, professional fees, and accounting fees related to LogistiCare amounting to approximately $2.9 million. In addition, as a result of our growth during 2008, rent and facilities costs increased $6.8 million for 2008 mostly due to our acquisition activities. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense decreased from 10.8% for 2007 to 7.0% for 2008 due to the effect of lower incremental general and administrative expense of our NET Services operating segment relative to its total revenue contribution.

Asset impairment charge

During 2008, we experienced a significant and sustained decline in market capitalization due to the decrease in the market price of our common stock resulting, we believe, primarily from lower than anticipated financial results during such period caused by significant changes in the climate of our business, including the uncertainty in the state payer environment and the impact of related budgetary decisions, as well as by the sharp down turn in the United States economy generally. We determined that these factors indicated an impairment loss related to goodwill as of September 30, 2008. As a result, we initiated an interim impairment analysis of the fair value of goodwill and determined that, based on this analysis, goodwill was impaired as of September 30, 2008. Accordingly, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge. In addition to the goodwill impairment charge for the three months ended September 30, 2008, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge to reduce the carrying value of customer relationships based on their estimated fair values for the same period.

We performed our annual test of impairment of goodwill and an impairment analysis of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2008, based on the same triggering events that gave rise to our interim test for impairment of goodwill and determined that an additional goodwill impairment charge of approximately $26.7 million and an intangible impairment charge of approximately $2.2 million were necessary for 2008. As a result of both our interim and annual impairment tests, we recorded a total asset impairment charge related to goodwill and other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $169.9 million.

Depreciation and amortization.

 

Year Ended December 31,

   Percent
change
 

2007

   2008   

$4,989,095

   $ 12,721,494    155.0

The increase in depreciation and amortization from period to period primarily resulted from the depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of customer relationships and developed technology related to the acquisition of WCG, FCS and LogistiCare in 2007 and CCC and AW in 2008. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization was approximately 1.8% for 2007 and 2008.

Non-operating (income) expense

Interest expense.     Due to our acquisition of LogistiCare in December 2007, our current and long-term debt obligations were approximately $245.4 million and $237.8 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Since we acquired LogistiCare in December 2007, we recorded interest expense related to our increased long-term debt for less than one month for 2007 as compared to a full twelve months for 2008. As a result, interest expense (including the amortization of deferred financing costs) for 2008 was higher than in 2007 due to a higher level of debt during 2008 as compared to 2007.

Interest income.     Interest income for 2008 and 2007 was approximately $979,000 and $1.5 million, respectively, and resulted primarily from interest earned on interest bearing bank and money market accounts.

 

49


Table of Contents

 

Provision for income taxes

The provision for income taxes is based on our estimated annual effective income tax rate for the full fiscal year equal to approximately 7.3% for 2008 as compared to approximately 40.3% for 2007. Our estimated annual effective income tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate primarily due to nondeductible permanent differences, foreign taxes and state income taxes. For 2008, approximately $133.2 million of the total goodwill impairment charge of approximately $156.7 million is not deductible for income tax purposes as the goodwill is related to our acquisition of the equity interest in several businesses. As a result, our effective income tax rate for 2008 decreased. At December 31, 2008, we had future tax benefits of $3.0 million related to $8.8 million of available federal net operating loss carryforwards which expire in years 2011 through 2026 and $34.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards which expire in 2011 through 2028. As a result of statutory “ownership changes” (as defined for purposes of Section 382 of the IRC), our ability to utilize our net operating losses is restricted.

Our valuation allowance includes $9.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards for which we have concluded that it is more likely than not that these net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations.

In addition, we recognized certain excess tax benefits in the amount of $680,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007 and a net tax shortfall related to employee stock incentive plans for the year ended December 31, 2008 in the amount of $1.3 million (net of approximately $185,000 in excess tax benefits).

Quarterly results

The following table presents quarterly historical financial information for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2009. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited and has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report. We believe the quarterly information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present this information when read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this report. Our operating results have varied on a quarterly basis and may fluctuate significantly in the future. Results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for a full fiscal year.

 

     Quarter ended  
     March 31,
2008
   June 30,
2008
    September 30,
2008
    December 31,
2008
 

Revenues

   $ 173,664,458    $ 173,025,361      $ 166,997,038 (2)    $ 177,983,413 (5) 

Operating income (loss)

     10,947,477      10,128,512        (138,073,059 )(3)      (32,319,618 )(3)(4) 

Net income (loss)

     3,704,118      3,437,993        (140,794,194 )(3)      (21,952,590 )(3)(4) 

Earnings (loss) per share:

         

Basic

   $ 0.30    $ 0.27      $ (11.17   $ (1.74

Diluted

   $ 0.29    $ 0.27      $ (11.17   $ (1.74

Managed entity revenue

   $ 61,462,139    $ 62,783,489      $ 61,604,956      $ 57,004,142 (1) 

Management fees

   $ 5,242,427    $ 5,425,539      $ 5,537,021      $ 4,012,224 (6) 
     Quarter ended  
     March 31,
2009
   June 30,
2009
    September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2009
 

Revenues

   $ 186,712,167    $ 191,831,944     $ 206,822,781 (10)    $ 215,646,374 (10) 

Operating income

     15,041,246      13,974,315 (8)      9,791,829 (9)      14,917,672   

Net income

     5,876,656      5,250,334        4,447,924 (7)(9)      5,550,693   

Earnings per share:

         

Basic

   $ 0.45    $ 0.40      $ 0.34      $ 0.42   

Diluted

   $ 0.44    $ 0.40      $ 0.34      $ 0.42   

Managed entity revenue

   $ 54,990,303    $ 57,408,624      $ 52,416,329      $ 51,813,241   

Management fees

   $ 3,592,322    $ 3,736,046      $ 3,689,719      $ 3,429,499   

 

50


Table of Contents

 

 

(1) Managed entity revenue represents revenues of the not-for-profit social services organizations we manage. Although these revenues are not our revenues, because we provide substantially all administrative functions for these entities and a significant portion of our management fees is based on a percentage of their revenues, we believe that the presentation of managed entity revenue provides investors with an additional measure of the size of the operations under our administration and can help them understand trends in our management fee revenue. As a result of our acquisition of substantially all of the assets in Illinois and Indiana of CCC on September 30, 2008, we began consolidating the financial results of these operations on October 1, 2008, which accounts for a decrease of approximately $2.9 million in managed entity revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2008.
(2) Revenues from our home and community based services declined approximately $6.0 million as compared to the first and second quarters of 2008 due to lower client demand for our home and community based services during the summer season.
(3) Due to the significant and sustained decline in market capitalization and the uncertainty in the state payer environment as well as the impact of related budgetary decisions on our earnings during the six months ended December 31, 2008, we initiated asset impairment tests and, based on the results, we determined that a portion of our goodwill and other intangible assets were impaired and recorded an asset impairment charge for each of the three month periods ended September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2008 based on a preliminary and subsequent annual asset impairment analysis.
(4) On December 30, 2008, the Committee approved the acceleration of vesting of all outstanding unvested stock options and restricted stock awards as of December 30, 2008, which resulted in an increase to stock based compensation of approximately $5.8 million for the three months ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2008.
(5) The acquisition of CCC and AW effective September 30, 2008 added, in the aggregate, approximately $6.0 million to home and community based services and foster care services revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2008. The increase in home and community based services and foster care services revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2008 from these business acquisitions was partially offset by a seasonal decline in revenue due to lower client demand for our home and community based services during the holiday season.
(6) The decline in management fees for the three months ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2008 was primarily due to our acquisition and consolidation of substantially all of the assets in Illinois and Indiana of CCC on September 30, 2008.
(7) For the three months ended September 30, 2009, our effective tax rate was lower than the United States federal statutory rate of 35.0% due primarily to total tax benefits of $1.4 million recognized during the three months ended September 30, 2009 related to the true-up of our tax provision from the filing of our 2008 United States federal and state tax returns, partially offset by state income taxes, net of federal benefit and other non-deductible expenses.
(8) Operating income for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009 includes expenses related to the amendment of our credit and guarantee agreement with CIT, fees related to the 2009 consent solicitation and 2009 proxy contest and costs related to the potential sale of assets of approximately $2.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively.
(9) The decrease in operating income and net income for the three months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009 was partially due to bonus expense of approximately $2.6 million recorded for executive management and key personnel. Additionally, there was a decrease of approximately $5.5 million in operating income for our social services segment for the three months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009 due to lower client demand for our home and community based services during the summer season.
(10) The increase in revenue during the three months ended September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009 was partially attributable to a NET services contract that began in July 2009. The impact of this new contract resulted in an increase in non-emergency transportation services revenue of approximately $17.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and $19.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2009.

Seasonality

Our quarterly operating results and operating cash flows normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business. In our Social Services operating segment, lower client demand for our home and community based services during the holiday and summer seasons generally results in lower revenue during those periods; however,

 

51


Table of Contents

 

our expenses related to the Social Services operating segment do not vary significantly with these changes. As a result, our Social Services operating segment experiences lower operating margins during the holiday and summer seasons. Our NET Services operating segment also experiences fluctuations in demand for our non-emergency transportation services during the summer, winter and holiday seasons. Due to higher demand in the summer months and lower demand in the winter and holiday seasons, coupled with a fixed revenue stream based on a per member per month based structure, our NET Services operating segment experiences lower operating margins in the summer season and higher operating margins in the winter and holiday seasons.

We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results and operating cash flows to continue as a result of the seasonal demand for our home and community based services and non-emergency transportation services. As we enter new markets, we could be subject to additional seasonal variations along with any competitive response by other social services and transportation providers.

Liquidity and capital resources

Short-term liquidity requirements consist primarily of recurring operating expenses and debt service requirements. We expect to meet these requirements through available cash, generation of cash from our operating segments, and our revolving and term loan credit facility, as amended.

Sources of cash for 2009 were primarily from operations. Our balance of cash and cash equivalents was approximately $51.2 million at December 31, 2009, up from $29.4 million at December 31, 2008. Approximately $4.4 million of cash was held by WCG at December 31, 2009 and is not freely transferable without unfavorable tax consequences. We had restricted cash of approximately $13.0 million and $14.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, related to contractual obligations and activities of our captive insurance subsidiaries and correctional services business. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, our total debt was approximately $237.8 million and $204.2 million, respectively.

Cash flows

Operating activities.     Net income of approximately $21.1 million plus non-cash depreciation, amortization, amortization of deferred financing costs, provision for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, deferred income taxes and other items of approximately $22.9 million was partially offset by the growth of our billed and unbilled accounts receivable of $10.5 million and growth of other receivables of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The growth of our billed and unbilled accounts receivable during the year ended December 31, 2009 was mostly due to related revenue growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, net cash flow from operating activities totaled approximately $61.1 million. Decreases in management fees receivable resulted in an increase in cash provided by operations of approximately $542,000. Prepaid expenses and other assets decreased, which resulted in an increase in cash flow from operations of approximately $3.0 million. Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued transportation, deferred revenue and other long-term liabilities resulted in cash provided by operating activities of $21.0 million. Reinsurance liability reserves related to our reinsurance programs increased resulting in cash provided by operating activities of approximately $4.1 million.

Investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities totaled approximately $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. We collected approximately $600,000 from notes receivable during the year ended December 31, 2009 which brought our notes receivable balance to zero as of December 31, 2009. We spent approximately $3.7 million for property and equipment and we paid an additional amount of approximately $1.0 million related to our acquisition of AW to settle our obligation pursuant to the final determination of working capital we acquired in connection with this acquisition, certain tax related items and final cash payment required by the associated purchase agreement. Additionally, changes in restricted cash resulted in cash used in investing activities of approximately $1.2 million.

 

52


Table of Contents

 

Financing activities.     Net cash used in financing activities totaled approximately $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. We repaid approximately $33.5 million of long-term debt during this period, of which $20.0 million represented a voluntary prepayment on our term loan, and incurred additional deferred financing fees of approximately $802,000 primarily related to the amendment of our credit and guarantee agreement with CIT.

Exchange rate change.     The effect of exchange rate changes on our cash flow related to the activities of WCG for the years ended December 31, 2009 was an increase to cash of approximately $447,000.

Obligations and commitments

Convertible senior subordinated notes.     On November 13, 2007, we issued $70.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, or the Notes, under the amended note purchase agreement dated November 9, 2007 to the purchasers named therein in connection with the acquisition of LogistiCare. The proceeds of $70.0 million were used to partially fund the cash portion of the purchase price paid by us to acquire LogistiCare. The Notes are general unsecured obligations subordinated in right of payment to any existing or future senior debt including our credit facility with CIT described below.

In connection with our issuance of the Notes, we entered into an Indenture between us, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, or the Indenture.

We pay interest on the Notes in cash semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The Notes will mature on May 15, 2014.

The Notes are convertible, under certain circumstances, into common stock at a conversion rate, subject to adjustment as provided for in the Indenture, of 23.982 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. This conversion rate is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $41.698 per share. On and after the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined below), the Notes will be convertible at any time prior to the close of business on the business day before the stated maturity date of the Notes. In the event of a fundamental change as described in the Indenture, each holder of the notes shall have the right to require us to repurchase the Notes for cash. A fundamental change includes among other things: (i) the acquisition in a transaction or series of transactions of 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares our of capital stock; (ii) a merger or consolidation of our company with or into another entity, merger of another entity into our company, or the sale, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets to another entity (other than to one or more of our wholly-owned subsidiaries), other than any such transaction (A) pursuant to which holders of 50% or more of the total voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors immediately prior to such transaction have or are entitled to receive, directly or indirectly, at least 50% or more of the total voting power of the capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after such transaction or (B) which is effected solely to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of our company and results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of our common stock into solely shares of common stock; (iii) if, during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of that two-year period constituted our board of directors, together with any new directors whose election to our board of directors or whose nomination for election by our stockholders, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our board of directors then in office; (iv) if a resolution approving a plan of liquidation or dissolution of our company is approved by our board of directors or our stockholders; and (v) upon the occurrence of a termination of trading as defined in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains customary terms and provisions that provide that upon certain events of default, including, without limitation, the failure to pay amounts due under the Notes when due, the failure to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement under the Indenture, or certain defaults under other agreements or instruments, occurring and continuing, either the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest

 

53


Table of Contents

 

through the date of such declaration immediately due and payable. Upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. In the case of certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to us or any significant subsidiary of our company, the principal amount of the Notes together with any accrued interest through the occurrence of such event shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act of the Trustee or the holders of the Notes.

Credit facility.     On December 7, 2007, we entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement, or the Credit Agreement, with CIT Healthcare LLC, as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and SunTrust Bank, as co-documentation agents, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, other lenders party thereto and CIT, as sole lead arranger and bookrunner. The Credit Agreement replaced our previous credit facility with CIT Healthcare LLC.

The Credit Agreement, as amended, currently provides us with a senior secured first lien credit facility in aggregate principal amount of $213.0 million comprised of a $173.0 million, six year term loan and a $30.0 million, five year revolving credit facility, or the Credit Facility. On December 7, 2007, we borrowed the entire amount available under the term loan facility and used the proceeds of the term loan to (i) fund a portion of the purchase price paid by us to acquire LogistiCare; (ii) refinance all of the then existing indebtedness under our second amended loan agreement with CIT Healthcare LLC in the amount of approximately $17.3 million; and (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the acquisition of LogistiCare and the financing thereof. The revolving credit facility must be used to (i) provide funds for general corporate purposes of our company; (ii) fund permitted acquisitions; (iii) fund ongoing working capital requirements; (iv) collateralize letters of credit; and (v) make capital expenditures. We intend to draw down on the revolving credit facility from time-to-time for these uses.

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, yield protection, indemnities, expense reimbursement, material adverse change clauses, and events of default and other terms and conditions. In addition, we are required to maintain certain financial covenants under the Credit Agreement and the amendment thereto. Under the amendment to the Credit Agreement described below, we were in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2009. We are also prohibited from paying cash dividends if there is a default under the facility or if the payment of any cash dividends would result in default.

On March 11, 2009, we agreed with our creditors to amend certain terms in the Credit Agreement (this amendment referred to as Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement and, together with the Credit Agreement, the Amended Credit Agreement) to, among other things:

 

   

decrease the revolving credit facility from $40 million to $30 million;

 

   

increase the interest rate spread on the annual interest rate from LIBOR plus 3.5% to LIBOR plus 6.5% and, with respect to Base Rate Loans (as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement), increase the interest rate spread on the annual interest rate from Base Rate plus 2.5% to Base Rate plus 5.5% effective March 11, 2009; provided the interest rate will be adjusted upwards and we will incur a fee if certain consolidated senior leverage ratios exceed the corresponding ratio ceilings set forth in Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement determined as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009;

 

   

amend certain financial covenants to change the requirements to a level where we met the requirements for the fourth quarter of 2008 and would likely meet the requirements for 2009;

 

   

establish a new financial covenant through December 31, 2009 based upon our operations maintaining a minimum EBITDA level (as such term is defined in Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement) commencing with the three months ending March 31, 2009; and

 

   

require us to deliver to the lenders monthly consolidated financial statements and a 13-week rolling cash flow forecast each week from the effective date of Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement to December 31, 2009.

 

54


Table of Contents

 

In exchange for the amendments described above, we agreed to pay an amendment fee to certain lenders equal to $565,000 (0.40% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment and Term Loan outstanding related to those lenders (as such terms are defined in the Amended Credit Agreement)), which was capitalized as deferred financing fees and is included in “Other assets” in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009. In addition, in connection with this transaction, we incurred fees and expenses of approximately $2.0 million, including arrangement, legal, accounting and other related costs. These fees and expenses are reflected in “General and administrative expense” in the amount of approximately $1.7 million and “Interest expense” in the amount of approximately $348,000 in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

There can be no assurances that we will be able to maintain compliance with the financial and other covenants in the Amended Credit Agreement. In the event we are unable to comply with these covenants during future periods, it is uncertain whether our creditors will grant waivers for our non-compliance. See Item 1A “Risk Factors—Our increased indebtedness may harm our financial condition and results of operations.”

Under the Amended Credit Agreement the outstanding principal amount of the loans accrues interest at the per annum rate of LIBOR plus 6.5% or the Base Rate plus 5.5% at our election. We may, from time-to-time, request to convert the loan (whether borrowed under the term loan facility or the revolving credit facility) from a Base Rate Loan (subject to the per annum rate of the Base Rate plus 5.5%) to a LIBOR Loan (subject to the per annum rate of LIBOR plus 6.5%). The conversion to a LIBOR Loan may be selected for a period of one, two, three or six months with interest payable on the last day of the period selected except where a period of six months is selected by us interest is payable quarterly. If not renewed by us subject to CIT approval, the loan will automatically convert back to a Base Rate Loan at the end of the conversion period. The interest rate applied to our term loan at December 31, 2009 was 6.74%. In addition, we are subject to a 0.75% fee per annum on the unused portion of the available funds as well as other administrative fees. No amounts were borrowed under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2009, but the entire amount available under this facility may be allocated to collateralize certain letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008, there were five letters of credit in the amount of approximately $6.8 million and five letters of credit as of December 31, 2009 in the amount of approximately $7.3 million collateralized under the revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, our available credit under the revolving credit facility was $33.2 million and $22.7 million, respectively.

Our obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by all of our present and future domestic subsidiaries, or the Guarantors, other than our insurance subsidiaries and not-for-profit subsidiaries. Our and each Guarantors’ obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by a first priority lien, subject to certain permitted encumbrances, on our assets and the assets of each Guarantor, including a pledge of 100% of the issued and outstanding stock of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the issued and outstanding stock of our first tier foreign subsidiaries. If an event of default occurs, including, but not limited to, failure to pay any installment of principal or interest when due, failure to pay any other charges, fees, expenses or other monetary obligations owing to CIT when due or particular covenant defaults, as more fully described in the Credit Agreement, the required lenders may cause CIT to declare all unpaid principal and any accrued and unpaid interest and all fees and expenses immediately due. Under the Credit Agreement, the initiation of any bankruptcy or related proceedings will automatically cause all unpaid principal and any accrued and unpaid interest and all fees and expenses to become due and payable. In addition, it is an event of default under the Credit Agreement if we default on any indebtedness having a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million.

Each extension of credit under the Credit Facility is conditioned upon: (i) the accuracy in all material respects of all representations and warranties in the definitive loan documentation; and (ii) there being no default or event of default at the time of such extension of credit. Under the repayment terms of the Credit Agreement, we are obligated to repay the term loan in quarterly installments on the last day of each calendar quarter so that the following percentages of the term loan borrowed on the closing date are paid as follows: 5% in 2008, 7.5% in 2009, 10% in 2010, 12.5% in 2011, 15% in 2012 and the remaining balance in 2013. With respect to the revolving credit facility, we must repay the outstanding principal balance and any accrued but unpaid interest by December 2012. With respect to required debt repayment, our Credit Agreement with CIT requires that upon receipt of any proceeds from

 

55


Table of Contents

 

a disposition, involuntary disposition, equity issuance, or debt issuance (as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement) we must prepay principal then outstanding in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of such proceeds. In addition, we may at any time and from time-to-time prepay the Credit Facility without premium or penalty, provided that we may not re-borrow any portion of the term loan repaid.

The Credit Facility also requires us to prepay the loan in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds of any disposition, or, to the extent the applicable net cash proceeds exceed $500,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time of the receipt or application of such net cash proceeds no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing and we deliver to the administrative agent a certificate, executed by our chief financial officer, that we intend within three hundred sixty-five days after receipt thereof to use all or part of such net cash proceeds either to purchase assets used in the ordinary course of our business and our subsidiaries or to make capital expenditures, we may use all or part of such net cash proceeds in the manner set forth in such certificate; provided, however, that, (A) any such net cash proceeds not so used within the period set forth in such certificate shall, on the first business day immediately following such period, be applied as a prepayment and (B) any assets so acquired shall be subject to the security interests under the collateral documents in the same priority (subject to permitted liens) as the assets subject to such disposition or involuntary disposition.

We agreed with CIT to subordinate our management fee receivable pursuant to management agreements established with our managed entities, which have stand-alone credit facilities with CIT Healthcare LLC, to the claims of CIT in the event one of these managed entities defaults under its credit facility. As of December 31, 2008, approximately $733,000 of our management fees receivable related to these managed entities was subject to this subordination agreement. During 2009, these entities obtained stand-alone credit facilities from other lenders and, as of December 31, 2009, none of these entities had stand-alone credit facilities with CIT Healthcare LLC. As a result, as of December 31, 2009, our management fee receivable related to these managed entities was not subject to the subordination agreement.

We agreed to indemnify and hold harmless, the agents, each lender and their respective affiliates and officers, directors, employees, counsel, trustees, advisors, agents and attorneys-in-fact from and against any and all liabilities obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements to which any such indemnified party may become subject arising out of or in connection with the Credit Facility or any related transaction regardless of whether any such indemnified person is a party thereto, and to reimburse each such indemnified person upon demand for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any of the foregoing, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement.

On February 27, 2008, we entered into an interest rate swap to convert a portion of our floating rate long-term debt to fixed rate debt. The purpose of this instrument is to hedge the variability of our future earnings and cash flows caused by movements in interest rates applied to our floating rate long-term debt. We hold this derivative only for the purpose of hedging such risks, not for speculation. We entered into the interest rate swap with a notional amount of $86.5 million maturing on February 27, 2010. Under the swap agreement, we receive interest equivalent to three-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of interest of 3.026% with settlement occurring quarterly.

Upon the expiration of the interest rate swap discussed above, we entered into a new interest rate swap effective March 11, 2010, with a notional amount of $63.4 million maturing on December 13, 2010. Under this new swap agreement, we receive interest equivalent to one-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of interest of .58% with settlement occurring monthly. By entering into the interest rate swap, we effectively fixed the interest rate payable by us on $63.4 million of our floating rate long-term debt at 7.08% for the period March 11, 2010 to December 13, 2010.

Promissory notes.     We have two unsecured, subordinated promissory notes outstanding at December 31, 2009 in connection with acquisitions completed in 2005 and 2007 in the principal amount of approximately $619,000 and $1.8 million, respectively. These promissory notes bear a fixed interest rate of between 4% and 5%, and are due in 2010.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

Subject to our right to cure and our set off rights, failure to pay any installment of principal or interest when due or the initiation of bankruptcy or related proceedings by us related to the unsecured, subordinated promissory notes issued to the sellers in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2005 and 2007, constitutes an event of default under the promissory note provisions. If a failure to pay any installment of principal or interest when due remains uncured after the time provided by the promissory notes, the unpaid principal and any accrued and unpaid interest may become due immediately. In such event, a cross default could be triggered under the Amended Credit Agreement with CIT. In the case of bankruptcy or related proceedings initiated by us, the unpaid principal and any accrued and unpaid interest becomes due immediately.

Contingent obligations.     On August 13, 2007, our board of directors adopted The Providence Service Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, or the Deferred Compensation Plan, for our eligible employees and independent contractors or a participating employer (as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan). Under the Deferred Compensation Plan participants may defer all or a portion of their base salary, service bonus, performance-based compensation earned in a period of 12 months or more, commissions and, in the case of independent contractors, compensation reportable on Form 1099. The Deferred Compensation Plan is unfunded and benefits are paid from our general assets. As of December 31, 2009, there were seven participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan. We also maintain a 409(A) Deferred Compensation Rabbi Trust Plan for highly compensated employees of our NET Services operating segment. Benefits are paid from our general assets under this plan. As of December 31, 2009, 19 highly compensated employees participated in this plan.

We may be obligated to pay an amount up to $650,000 to the sellers under an earn out provision pursuant to a formula specified in an asset purchase agreement effective July 1, 2009 by which we acquired certain assets of an entity located in California. The earn out payment as such term is defined in the asset purchase agreement, if earned, will be paid in cash. The earn out period ends on December 31, 2013. If the contingency is resolved in accordance with the related provisions of the asset purchase agreement and the additional consideration becomes distributable, we will record the fair value of the consideration issued as an additional cost to acquire the associated assets, which will be charged to earnings.

Management agreements

We maintain management agreements with a number of not-for-profit social services organizations that require us to provide management and administrative services for each organization. In exchange for these services, we receive a management fee that is either based upon a percentage of the revenues of these organizations or a predetermined fee. The not-for-profit social services organizations managed by us that qualify under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, referred to as a 501(c)(3) entity, each maintain a board of directors, a majority of which are independent. All economic decisions by the board of any 501(c)(3) entity that affect us are made solely by the independent board members. Our management agreements with each 501(c)(3) entity are typically subject to third party fairness opinions from an independent appraiser retained by the independent board members of the tax exempt organizations.

Management fees generated under our management agreements represented 2.9% and 1.8% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. In accordance with our management agreements with these not-for-profit organizations, we have obligations to manage their business and services.

Management fee receivable at December 31, 2008 and 2009 totaled $7.7 million and $7.2 million, respectively, and management fee revenue was recognized on all of these receivables. In order to enhance liquidity of the entities we manage, we may allow the managed entities to defer payment of their respective management fees. In addition, since government contractors who provide social or similar services to government beneficiaries sometimes experience collection delays due to either lack of proper documentation of claims, government budgetary processes or similar reasons outside the contractors’ control (either directly or as managers of other contracting entities), we generally do not consider a management fee receivable to be uncollectible due solely to its age until it is 365 days old.

 

57


Table of Contents

 

The following is a summary of the aging of our management fee receivable balances as of December 31, 2008 and March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2009:

 

At

   Less than
30 days
   30-60 days    60-90 days    90-180 days    Over
180 days

December 31, 2008

   $ 1,143,736    $ 1,071,743    $ 1,003,070    $ 3,027,380    $ 1,456,679

March 31, 2009

   $ 1,189,600    $ 784,103    $ 746,446    $ 2,560,829    $ 2,362,554

June 30, 2009

   $ 1,254,508    $ 889,063    $ 712,056    $ 1,933,016    $ 2,559,219

September 20, 2009

   $ 1,135,520    $ 867,846    $ 772,442    $ 2,022,331    $ 2,601,141

December 31, 2009

   $ 1,018,624    $ 857,512    $ 678,124    $ 2,051,679    $ 2,554,062

Each month we evaluate the solvency, outlook and ability to pay outstanding management fees of the entities we manage. If the likelihood that we will not be paid is other than remote, we defer the recognition of these management fees until we are certain that payment is probable. We have deemed payment of all of the management fee receivables to be probable based on our collection history with these entities as the long-term manager of their operations.

Our days sales outstanding for our managed entities increased from 139 days at December 31, 2008 to 181 days at December 31, 2009.

Reinsurance and Self-Funded Insurance Programs

Reinsurance

We reinsure a substantial portion of our general and professional liability and workers’ compensation costs under reinsurance programs through our wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary, SPCIC. We also provide reinsurance for policies written by a third party insurer for general liability, automobile liability, and automobile physical damage coverage to certain members of the network of subcontracted transportation providers and independent third parties under our NET Services segment through Provado. Provado, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LogistiCare, is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State of South Carolina. The decision to reinsure our risks and provide a self-funded health insurance program to our employees was made based on current conditions in the insurance marketplace that have led to increasingly higher levels of self-insurance retentions, increasing number of coverage limitations, and fluctuating insurance premium rates.

SPCIC:

SPCIC, which is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State of Arizona, reinsures third-party insurers for general and professional liability exposures for the first dollar of each and every loss up to $1.0 million per loss and $3.0 million in the aggregate. The cumulative reserve for expected losses since inception in 2005 of this reinsurance program at December 31, 2009 was approximately $1.4 million. The excess premium over our expected losses may be used to fund SPCIC’s operating expenses, fund any deficit arising in workers’ compensation liability coverage, provide for surplus reserves, and to fund any other risk management activities.

SPCIC reinsures a third-party insurer for worker’s compensation insurance for the first dollar of each and every loss up to $250,000 per occurrence with no annual aggregate limit. The cumulative reserve for expected losses since inception in 2005 of this reinsurance program at December 31, 2009 was approximately $3.2 million.

Based on an independent actuarial report, our expected losses related to workers’ compensation and general and professional liability in excess of our liability under our associated reinsurance programs at December 31, 2009 was approximately $2.3 million. We recorded a corresponding asset and liability at December 31, 2009 for these expected losses, which would be paid by third-party insurers to the extent losses are incurred. We have an umbrella liability insurance policy providing additional coverage in the amount of $10.0 million in the aggregate in excess of the policy limits of the general and professional liability insurance policy and automobile liability insurance policy.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

SPCIC had restricted cash of approximately $5.0 million at December 31, 2008 and $5.7 million at December 31, 2009, which was restricted to secure the reinsured claims losses of SPCIC under the general and professional liability and workers’ compensation reinsurance programs. The full extent of claims may not be fully determined for years. Therefore, the estimates of potential obligations are based on recommendations of an independent actuary using historical data, industry data, and our claims experience. Although we believe that the amounts accrued for losses incurred but not reported under the terms of our reinsurance programs are sufficient, any significant increase in the number of claims or costs associated with these claims made under these programs could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Provado:

Under a reinsurance agreement with a third party insurer, Provado reinsures the third party insurer for the first $250,000 of each loss for each line of coverage, subject to an annual aggregate equal to 120% of gross written premium, and certain claims in excess of $250,000 to an additional aggregate limit of $1.1 million. The cumulative reserve for expected losses of this reinsurance program at December 31, 2009 was approximately $7.2 million.

The liabilities for expected losses and loss adjustment expenses are based primarily on individual case estimates for losses reported by claimants. An estimate is provided for losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred but not reported on the basis of our claim experience and claim experience of the industry. These estimates are reviewed at least annually by independent consulting actuaries. As experience develops and new information becomes known, the estimates are adjusted.

Providence Liability Insurance Coverages

The table below summarizes our liability insurance programs.

 

Coverage Type

  

Coverage Limit

   Reinsurance

Automobile

   $1,000,000    —  

Crime

   $5,000,000    —  

Director & Officer Liability

   $10,000,000    —  

Employed Lawyers

   $1,000,000    —  

Employment Practices Liability

   $3,000,000    —  

General & Professional Liability

  

$1,000,000 per loss; $3,000,000

aggregate

   Fully reinsured by SPCIC

Umbrella

   $10,000,000 in excess of general and professional liability and auto liability    —  

Workers’ Compensation

   Statutory amounts    Reinsured by SPCIC up to
$250,000 per claim

While we are insured for these types of claims, damages exceeding our insurance limits or outside our insurance coverage, such as a claim for fraud or punitive damages, could adversely affect our cash flow and financial condition.

Health Insurance

We offer our employees an option to participate in a self-funded health insurance program. With respect to our social services operating segment, health claims were self-funded with a stop-loss umbrella policy with a third party insurer to limit the maximum potential liability for individual claims to $150,000 per person and for a maximum potential claim liability based on member enrollment. With respect to our NET Services operating segment, we offer self-funded health insurance to our employees. Health claims under this program are self-funded with a stop-loss umbrella policy with a third party insurer to limit the maximum potential liability to $75,000 per incident and a maximum potential claim liability based on member enrollment. The aggregate maximum potential claim liability is approximately $24.7 million for our social services and NET Services operating segments.

 

59


Table of Contents

 

Health insurance claims are paid as they are submitted to the plan administrator. We maintain accruals for claims that have been incurred but not yet reported to the plan administrator and therefore have not been paid. The incurred but not reported reserve is based on an established cap and current payment trends of health insurance claims. The liability for the self-funded health plan of approximately $1.5 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, respectively, was recorded in “Reinsurance liability reserve” in our consolidated balance sheets.

We charge our employees a portion of the costs of our self-funded group health insurance programs. We determine this charge at the beginning of each plan year based upon historical and projected medical utilization data. Any difference between our projections and our actual experience is borne by us. We estimate potential obligations for liabilities under this program to reserve what we believe to be a sufficient amount to cover liabilities based on our past experience. Any significant increase in the number of claims or costs associated with claims made under this program above what we reserve could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Contractual cash obligations .

The following is a summary of our future contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2009:

 

     At December 31, 2009

Contractual cash obligations (000’s)

   Total    Less than
1 Year
   1-3
Years
   3-5
Years
   After 5
Years

Debt

   $ 204,213    $ 17,481    $ 41,421    $ 145,311    $ —  

Interest

     47,549      13,899      23,777      9,873      —  

Purchased services commitments

     982      788      50      50      94

Capital Leases

     90      23      44      23      —  

Operating Leases

     28,209      12,006      12,592      3,122      489
                                  

Total

   $ 281,043    $ 44,197    $ 77,884    $ 158,379    $ 583
                                  

Future interest payments have been calculated at rates that existed as of December 31, 2009.

Stock repurchase program

On February 1, 2007, our board of directors approved a stock repurchase program for up to one million shares of our common stock. Since inception, we have spent approximately $10.9 million to purchase 462,500 shares of our common stock on the open market. We did not purchase shares of our common stock during 2008 and 2009. During the term of the Credit Agreement we are prohibited from purchasing shares of our common stock on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.

Liquidity matters

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and Amended Credit Agreement provide funds necessary to meet our operating plan for 2010. The expected operating plan for this period provides for full operation of our businesses as well as interest and projected principal payments on our debt. In addition, we are focusing on several strategic options to reduce our debt.

We may access capital markets to raise equity financing for various business reasons, including required debt payments and acquisitions. The timing, term, size, and pricing of any such financing will depend on investor interest and market conditions, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any such financing. In addition, with respect to required debt payments, the Amended Credit Agreement with CIT requires that upon receipt of any proceeds from a disposition, involuntary disposition, equity issuance, or debt issuance (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) we must prepay principal then outstanding in an aggregate amount equal to at least 50% of such proceeds except where the disposition requires the consent of the lenders, in which case the net cash proceeds will be used to prepay outstanding principal.

 

60


Table of Contents

 

On October 7, 2009, our board of directors authorized a total voluntary prepayment on the term loan of $20.0 million. The decision by our board of directors to authorize this prepayment was based on the substantial free cash generated by our operating activities in the first half of 2009. The prepayment was made in two installments; the first of which, in the amount of $15.0 million, was made on October 9, 2009 and the second installment in the amount of $5.0 million was made on November 9, 2009. Our operating performance for 2009 and the $20.0 million prepayment noted above improved the Company’s financial covenant ratios for 2009. The $20.0 million voluntary prepayment, in addition to regularly scheduled principal payments in the aggregate amount of $12.6 million in 2009, reduced the balance of our term loan to approximately $131.8 million at December 31, 2009. Our total long-term debt obligations at December 31, 2009 were approximately $204.2 million. In addition, our board of directors authorized an additional prepayment of $5.0 million of our term loan debt under the credit and guaranty agreement, as amended, with its creditors in January 2010. The prepayment was made on January 11, 2010. The $5.0 million voluntary prepayment, in addition to regularly scheduled principal payments in the aggregate amount of $3.6 million in the first three months of 2010, is expected to bring the balance of our term loan to approximately $123.2 million at March 31, 2010. Our total long-term debt obligations at March 31, 2010 are expected to be approximately $195.6 million.

Our liquidity and financial position will continue to be affected by changes in prevailing interest rates on the portion of debt that bears interest at variable interest rates. We believe we have sufficient resources to fund our normal operations for the 12 months ending December 31, 2010.

New Accounting Pronouncements

ASC Topic 820- Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820, defines fair value and requires that the measurement thereof be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Additionally, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity and (2) the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. ASC 820 is effective for financial assets and financial liabilities for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The transition guidance of ASC 820 provides that the provisions of ASC 820 relate to all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on at least an annual basis and are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2008. We adopted ASC 820 as of January 1, 2008, with the exception of the application of this topic to non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. On January 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of ASC 820 relating to non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. Non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities for which we had not applied the provisions of ASC 820 prior to January 1, 2009 included those measured at fair value in goodwill impairment testing and indefinite life intangible assets measured at fair value for impairment testing. Although the adoption of ASC 820 related to financial assets and financial liabilities did not materially impact our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flow, we are required to provide additional disclosures as part of our financial statements. We have determined that there was no material impact of adopting the provisions of ASC 820 relating to non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

ASC 805 establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. ASC 805 also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC 805 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. On January 1, 2009, we adopted ASC 805. In addition, we determined that there was no material impact of the adoption of ASC 805 on our consolidated financial results of operations and financial condition.

ASC 810 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interest in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling

 

61


Table of Contents

 

interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. ASC 810 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interest of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. ASC 810 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of ASC 810 on January 1, 2009 and as a result reclassified the ownership interest in PSC (represented by the Exchangeable Shares) held by the sellers related to our acquisition of WCG of approximately $7.3 million and $7.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, as equity. Prior to January 1, 2009, we classified this ownership interest as “Non-controlling interest” in our consolidated balance sheets. We determined that the adoption of the other provisions of ASC 810 did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

In March 2008, the FASB expanded the current disclosure framework in ASC 815. This amendment requires companies with derivative instruments to disclose information about how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under ASC 815, and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The required disclosures include the fair value of derivative instruments and their gains or losses in tabular format, information about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements, counterparty credit risk, and the company’s strategies and objectives for using derivative instruments. The expanded disclosure framework provisions of ASC 815 are effective prospectively for periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. On January 1, 2009, we adopted these provisions and determined that, other than the additional disclosures related to our interest rate swap we are now required to make, the adoption of the expanded disclosure framework in ASC 815 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB amended the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC Topic 350- Intangibles-Goodwill and Other , or ASC 350. In developing assumptions about renewal or extension used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset, an entity may consider its own historical experience in renewing or extending similar arrangements; however, these assumptions should be adjusted for the entity-specific factors set forth in ASC Section 350-30-35- Determining the Useful Life of an Intangible Asset . In addition, the amendment to ASC 350 requires disclosure of information that enables users of financial statements to assess the extent to which the expected future cash flows associated with the asset are affected by the entity’s intent and/or ability to renew or extend the arrangement for a recognized intangible asset. The amended requirements of ASC 350 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. On January 1, 2009, we adopted the amended requirements of ASC 350 noted above. The adoption of these requirements did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

In June 2008, the FASB amended the guidance in ASC 815 regarding evaluating whether an instrument involving a contingency is considered indexed to an entity’s own stock. The amended guidance in ASC 815 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is not permitted. Paragraph 815-10-15-74(a) of ASC 815 specifies that a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative but is both (a) indexed to the company’s own stock and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in the statement of financial position would not be considered a derivative financial instrument. The amended guidance in ASC 815 provides a new two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument or an embedded feature is indexed to an issuer’s own stock and thus able to qualify for the scope exception provided for in paragraph ASC 815-10-15-74(a). Our 6.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) are subject to the amended guidance in ASC 815 since the notes are indexed to our own stock and are convertible, under certain circumstances, into common stock at a specified conversion rate. Based on our analysis of the Notes under ASC 815 and other related guidance, we concluded that the embedded conversion option qualifies for the scope exception in paragraph ASC 815-10-15-74(a) because it is both (1) indexed to our own stock because all of the triggering conversion events are contingencies that are not based on an observable market or an observable index and that the only variables that affect the settlement amount

 

62


Table of Contents

 

of the conversion in each case would be inputs to the fair value of a fixed-for-fixed option on equity shares as they relate to stock price and (2) would be classified in stockholders’ equity if it were a freestanding instrument. The Notes including the embedded conversion option are classified as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. ASC 815 requires issuers of convertible notes that protect holders from declines in the issuer’s stock price (“down-round” protection) to account for these instruments as derivatives. The Notes do not contain any “down-round” protection, therefore the adoption of the amended guidance in ASC 815 as of January 1, 2009 did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, FASB amended the provisions of ASC 805 related to the initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosures for assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations. No subsequent accounting guidance is provided in the amended guidance, and the FASB expects an acquirer to develop a systematic and rational basis for subsequently measuring and accounting for acquired contingencies depending on their nature. The amended provisions of ASC 805 noted above are effective for contingent assets or contingent liabilities acquired in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We have determined that the adoption of the amended provisions of ASC 805 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

On April 9, 2009, FASB provided additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with ASC 820 when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. In addition, this supplemental guidance includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. Further, the supplemental guidance emphasizes that even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability and regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement remains the same. The supplemental guidance in ASC 820 described above is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and is to be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted the supplemental guidance in ASC 820 beginning with the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009 and determined that the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

On April 9, 2009, FASB amended ASC Topic 825- Financial Instruments , or ASC 825, to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. This guidance also amends ASC Topic 270- Interim Reporting to require those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods. The amended requirements of ASC 825 described above are effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. We adopted the amended requirements of ASC 825 beginning with the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009 and determined that, other than the additional disclosures related to the fair value of financial instruments we are now required to make, the adoption of the amended requirements of ASC 825 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

ASC 855- Subsequent Events , or ASC 855, establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Specifically, ASC 855 sets forth the period and circumstances during and under which an entity should evaluate events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date for potential recognition and disclosure in the financial statements. ASC 855 also provides guidance regarding the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. We adopted the provisions of ASC 855 beginning with the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 855’s effective date and we conducted an evaluation of the effects of subsequent events through the date on which our reports on Forms 10-Q and 10-K are filed. The adoption of ASC 855 impacts only disclosures in our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2010-09- Subesequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements, or ASU 2010-09. The amendments in ASU 2010-09 remove the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date through which subsequent events have

 

63


Table of Contents

 

been evaluated in both issued and revised financial statements. Revised financial statements include financial statements revised as a result of either correction of an error or retrospective application of GAAP. The FASB also clarified that if the financial statements have been revised, then an entity that is not an SEC filer should disclose both the date that the financial statements were issued or available to be issued and the date the revised financial statements were issued or available to be issued. The FASB believes these amendments remove potential conflicts with the SEC’s literature. All of the amendments in ASU 2010-09 were effective upon issuance except for the use of the issued date for conduit debt obligors. That amendment is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2010. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-09 upon issuance. The adoption only impacted disclosures in our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued ASU, 2009-01- Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , or ASU 2009-01. FASB issued ASU 2009-01 (ASC Topic 105) to establish the ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to identify the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP. ASU 2009-01 does not affect the rules and interpretive releases of the SEC, which are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. ASU 2009-01 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-01 beginning with the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009 and determined that the adoption of ASU 2009-01 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements because it only codifies existing non-SEC accounting literature.

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-05- Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value , or ASU 2009-05, an amendment of ASC 820. ASU 2009-05 addresses practice difficulties caused by the tension between fair value measurements based on the price that would be paid to transfer a liability to a new obligor and contractual or legal requirements that prevent such transfers from taking place. ASU 2009-05 provides clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using valuation techniques that incorporate: (1) the quoted price of the identical liability when the liability is traded as an asset; (2) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when the liabilities are traded as assets; or (3) other valuation techniques that are consistent with the principles of ASC 820 (e.g. a present value technique based on the income approach). The guidance provided in ASU 2009-05 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after August 27, 2009. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-05 beginning with the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009 and determined that the adoption of ASU 2009-05 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Pending Accounting Pronouncements

In October, 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13- Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, or ASU 2009-13. ASU 2009-13 amends ASC Subtopic 650-25 to eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, or third party evidence, or TPE, before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated selling price. Application of the “residual method” of allocating an overall arrangement fee between delivered and undelivered elements will no longer be permitted upon adoption of ASU 2009-13. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose more information about their multiple-element revenue arrangements. The ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. If a company elects early adoption and the period of adoption is not the beginning of its fiscal year, the requirements must be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the fiscal year. Retrospective application to prior years is an option, but is not required. In the initial year of application, companies

 

64


Table of Contents

 

are required to make qualitative and quantitative disclosures about the impact of the changes. We are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of ASU 2009-13 on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17- Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities , or ASU 2009-17. ASU 2009-17 amends the guidance on variable interest entities in ASC Topic 810 related to the consolidation of variable interest entities. It requires reporting entities to evaluate former qualifying special purpose entities, or QSPEs, for consolidation, changes the approach to determining a variable interest entities, or VIEs, primary beneficiary from a quantitative assessment to a qualitative assessment designed to identify a controlling financial interest, and increases the frequency of required reassessments to determine whether a company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. It also clarifies, but does not significantly change, the characteristics that identify a VIE. This ASU requires additional year-end and interim disclosures for public and nonpublic companies that are similar to the disclosures required by ASC paragraphs 810-10-50-8 through 50-19 and 860-10-50-3 through 50-9. ASU No. 2009-17 is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting period thereafter. We are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of ASU 2009-17 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06- Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, or ASU 2010-06. ASU 2010-06 amends certain disclosure requirements of Subtopic 820-10 and provides additional disclosures for transfers in and out of Levels I and II and for activity in Level III. This ASU also clarifies certain other existing disclosure requirements including level of desegregation and disclosures around inputs and valuation techniques. The final amendments to the ASC will be effective for annual or interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis. That requirement will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2010-06 does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. We believe that ASU 2010-06 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-08- Technical Corrections to Various Topics, or ASU 2010-08. ASU 2010-08 is the result of the FASB’s review of its standards to determine if any provisions are outdated, contain inconsistencies, or need clarifications to reflect the FASB’s original intent. The FASB believes the amendments do not fundamentally change GAAP. However, certain clarifications on embedded derivatives and hedging (Subtopic 815-15) may cause a change in the application of that Subtopic and special transition provisions are provided for those amendments. The ASU contains various effective dates. The clarifications of the guidance on embedded derivatives and hedging (Subtopic 815-15) are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2009. The amendments to the guidance on accounting for income taxes in a reorganization (Subtopic 852-740) applies to reorganizations for which the date of the reorganization is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. All other amendments are effective as of the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after February 2, 2010. We do not believe that ASU 2010-08 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this report on Form 10-K, such as any statements about our confidence or strategies or our expectations about revenues, liabilities, results of operations, cash flows, ability to fund operations, profitability, ability to meet financial covenants, contracts or market opportunities, constitute forward-looking

 

65


Table of Contents

 

statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our business and our industry. You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “should,” “will,” “could,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “future,” and “intends” and similar expressions which are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements contained herein are not guarantees of our future performance and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause our actual results or achievements to differ materially from those expressed, implied or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to the risks described under Part I Item 1A of this report.

All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained above and throughout this report. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date the statement was made. We do not intend to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Foreign currency translation

We conduct business in Canada through our wholly-owned subsidiary WCG, and as such, our cash flows and earnings are subject to fluctuations from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We believe that the impact of currency fluctuations does not represent a significant risk to us given the size and scope of our current international operations. Therefore, we do not hedge against the possible impact of this risk. A 10% adverse change in the foreign currency exchange rate would not have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

Interest rate and market risk

As of December 31, 2009, we had borrowings under our term loan of approximately $131.8 million and no borrowings under our revolving line of credit. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement accrued interest at LIBOR plus 6.5% per annum as of December 31, 2009. An increase of 1% in the LIBOR rate would cause an increase in interest expense of up to $3.7 million over the remaining term of the Amended Credit Agreement, which expires in 2013.

We have convertible senior subordinated notes of $70 million outstanding at December 31, 2009 in connection with an acquisition completed in 2007. These notes bear a fixed interest rate of 6.5%.

We have two unsecured, subordinated promissory notes outstanding at December 31, 2009 in connection with acquisitions completed in 2005 and 2007. The principal amounts of the notes approximate $619,000 and $1.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2009. These promissory notes bear fixed interest rates of 5% and 4%, respectively.

Effective February 27, 2008, we entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $86.5 million maturing on February 27, 2010. Under the swap agreement, we receive interest equivalent to three-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of interest of 3.026% with settlement occurring quarterly. By entering into the interest rate swap, we effectively fixed the interest rate payable by us on $86.5 million of our floating rate senior term debt at 6.526% for the period February 27, 2008 to March 10, 2009. Concurrent with the effective date of Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement (March 11, 2009), the interest rate payable by us on $86.5 million of our floating rate senior term debt was fixed at 9.526% for the period March 11, 2009 to February 27, 2010.

 

66


Table of Contents

 

Upon the expiration of the interest rate swap discussed above, we entered into a new interest rate swap effective March 11, 2010, with a notional amount of $63.4 million maturing on December 13, 2010. Under this new swap agreement, we receive interest equivalent to one-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of interest of .58% with settlement occurring monthly. By entering into the interest rate swap, we effectively fixed the interest rate payable by us on $63.4 million of our floating rate long-term debt at 7.08% for the period March 11, 2010 to December 13, 2010.

We assess the significance of interest rate market risk on a periodic basis and may implement strategies to manage such risk as we deem appropriate.

Concentration of credit risk

We provide and manage government sponsored social services to individuals and families pursuant to over 1,000 contracts as of December 31, 2009. Contracts we enter into with governmental agencies and with other entities that contract with governmental agencies accounted for approximately 85% and 82% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The related contracts are subject to possible statutory and regulatory changes, rate adjustments, administrative rulings, rate freezes and funding reductions. Reductions in amounts paid under these contracts for our services or changes in methods or regulations governing payments for our services could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we conducted a portion of our operations in Canada through WCG. At December 31, 2009, approximately $13.9 million, or 22.2%, of our net assets were located in Canada. We are subject to the risks inherent in conducting business across national boundaries, any one of which could adversely impact our business. In addition to currency fluctuations, these risks include, among other things: (i) economic downturns; (ii) changes in or interpretations of local law, governmental policy or regulation; (iii) restrictions on the transfer of funds into or out of the country; (iv) varying tax systems; (v) delays from doing business with governmental agencies; (vi) nationalization of foreign assets; and (vii) government protectionism. We intend to continue to evaluate opportunities to establish additional operations in Canada. One or more of the foregoing factors could impair our current or future operations and, as a result, harm our overall business.

 

67


Table of Contents

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

  69

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

  70

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2009

  73

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009:

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  74

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  75

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  76

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  78

 

68


Table of Contents

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management has the responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the registrant, as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an assessment, as of December 31, 2009, of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control–Integrated Framework.

We designed our internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on our assessment, we concluded our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2009.

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which audited our consolidated financial statements included in this report on Form 10-K has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. KPMG LLP’s attestation report is also included in this report on Form 10-K.

 

69


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

The Providence Service Corporation:

We have audited The Providence Service Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Providence Service Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of The Providence Service Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, The Providence Service Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of The Providence Service Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009, and our report dated March 12, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 12, 2010

 

70


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

The Providence Service Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Providence Service Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedules contained in Item 15(a)(2). These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Providence Service Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (included in FASB ASC Topic 320, Investments-Debt and Equity Securities ).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 12, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 12, 2010

 

71


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors

The Providence Service Corporation and Subsidiaries

Tucson, Arizona

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows of The Providence Service Corporation and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our audit also included the financial statement schedules for the year ended December 31, 2007 of The Providence Service Corporation and Subsidiaries contained in Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of The Providence Service Corporation and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2007, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 13, 2008

 

72


Table of Contents

 

The Providence Service Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2009  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29,364,247      $ 51,157,429   

Accounts receivable—billed, net of allowance of $3.4 million in 2008 and $2.9 million in 2009

     72,617,418        80,458,245   

Accounts receivable—unbilled

     423,817        329,577   

Management fee receivable(1)

     7,702,608        7,160,001   

Other receivables

     3,148,970        4,118,213   

Notes receivable

     467,682        —     

Restricted cash

     7,803,808        8,153,610   

Prepaid expenses and other(2)

     15,377,639        12,439,613   

Deferred tax assets

     4,757,535        3,558,034   
                

Total current assets

     141,663,724        167,374,722   

Property and equipment, net

     11,983,368        11,166,272   

Notes receivable, less current portion

     132,159        —     

Goodwill

     112,770,566        113,672,945   

Intangible assets, net

     81,555,587        73,963,261   

Restricted cash, less current portion

     5,207,132        5,941,924   

Other assets

     12,350,697        10,987,542   
                

Total assets

   $ 365,663,233      $ 383,106,666   
                

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term obligations

   $ 14,264,925      $ 17,480,918   

Accounts payable

     3,004,608        4,010,560   

Accrued expenses

     27,232,740        33,389,729   

Accrued transportation costs

     32,051,325        40,907,527   

Deferred revenue

     3,375,231        8,347,258   

Current portion of interest rate swap

     1,431,036        372,408   

Reinsurance liability reserve

     8,846,910        12,644,670   
                

Total current liabilities

     90,206,775        117,153,070   

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     223,493,680        186,732,342   

Other long-term liabilities

     3,975,278        5,143,322   

Deferred tax liabilities

     10,096,297        11,740,340   
                

Total liabilities

     327,772,030        320,769,074   

Commitments, contingencies and subsequent events (Notes 15, 18 and 20)

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Common stock: Authorized 40,000,000 shares; $0.001 par value; 13,462,356 and 13,521,959 issued and outstanding (including treasury shares)

     13,462        13,522   

Additional paid-in capital

     169,698,598        170,551,301   

Retained deficit

     (123,253,836     (102,128,229

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (4,449,547     (1,675,572

Treasury shares, at cost, 619,768 shares

     (11,383,967     (11,383,967
                

Total Providence stockholders’ equity

     30,624,710        55,377,055   

Non-controlling interest

     7,266,493        6,960,537   
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     37,891,203        62,337,592   
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 365,663,233      $ 383,106,666   
                

 

(1) Includes related party management fee receivable of approximately $448,000 and $281,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
(2) Includes related party prepaid travel expenses of approximately $108,000 at December 31, 2009.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

73


Table of Contents

 

The Providence Service Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Revenues:

      

Home and community based services

   $ 216,582,678      $ 258,003,077      $ 289,006,655   

Foster care services

     25,648,163        32,343,247        37,283,711   

Management fees(1)

     20,069,069        20,217,211        14,447,586   

Non-emergency transportation services

     22,866,709        381,106,735        460,275,314   
                        
     285,166,619        691,670,270        801,013,266   

Operating expenses:

      

Client service expense(2)

     204,020,707        253,652,123        275,126,619   

Cost of non-emergency transportation services

     19,569,740        356,271,344        415,299,812   

General and administrative expense(2)

     30,874,910        48,411,826        44,009,666   

Asset impairment charges

     —          169,930,171        —     

Depreciation and amortization

     4,989,095        12,721,494        12,852,107   
                        

Total operating expenses

     259,454,452        840,986,958        747,288,204   
                        

Operating income (loss)

     25,712,167        (149,316,688     53,725,062   

Other (income) expense:

      

Interest expense

     3,071,537        19,578,404        20,798,250   

Interest income

     (1,470,025     (978,877     (365,853
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     24,110,655        (167,916,215     33,292,665   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     9,721,981        (12,311,542     12,167,058   
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 14,388,674      $ (155,604,673   $ 21,125,607   
                        

Earnings (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 1.21      $ (12.42   $ 1.61   
                        

Diluted

   $ 1.19      $ (12.42   $ 1.60   
                        

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     11,865,402        12,531,869        13,130,092   

Diluted

     12,047,121        12,531,869        13,211,393   

 

(1) Includes related party management fees of approximately $393,000, $509,000 and $292,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
(2) Includes related party expenses of approximately $363,000, $321,000 and $119,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

74


Table of Contents

 

The Providence Service Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

    Common Stock   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Common
Stock

Subscription
Receivable
    Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
(Loss)
    Treasury Stock     Non-Controlling
Interest
    Total  
    Shares   Amount           Shares   Amount      

Balance at December 31, 2006

  12,171,127   $ 12,171   $ 141,380,761      $ —        $ 17,962,163      $ —        146,905   $ (298,746   $ —        $ 159,056,349   

Stock based compensation

  —       —       2,406,616        —          —          —        —       —          —          2,406,616   

Exercise of employee stock options including tax benefit of $680,000

  123,546     124     3,033,609        —          —          —        —       —          —          3,033,733   

Restricted stock issued

  54,468     54     —          —          —          —        2,621     (73,744       (73,690

Issuance of PSC of Canada Exchange Corp. shares

  —       —       —          —          —          —        —       —          7,648,946        7,648,946   

Stock option cancellation & exchange—Logisticare

  407,251     407     12,346,108        —          —          —        —       —          —          12,346,515   

Capital contribution

  —       —       9,500        —          —          —        —       —          —          9,500   

Stock repurchase

  —       —       —          —          —          —        462,500     (10,886,717       (10,886,717

Common stock subscription receivable

  —       —       —          (714,654     —          —        —       —          —          (714,654

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —       —          —          —          1,093,367      —       —          —          1,093,367   

Net income

  —       —       —          —          14,388,674        —        —       —          —          14,388,674   
                         

Total comprehensive income

                      15,482,041   
                                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2007

  12,756,392     12,756     159,176,594        (714,654     32,350,837        1,093,367      612,026     (11,259,207     7,648,946        188,308,639   

Stock-based compensation

  —       —       8,760,435        —          —          —        —       —          —          8,760,435   

Restricted stock issued/withheld

  567,645     567     (567     —          —          —        7,742     (124,760       (124,760

Exercise of employee stock options including income tax shortfall of $1.3 million

  33,504     34     (843,672     —          —          —        —       —          —          (843,638

Unregistered stock issued to former members of WD Management, L.L.C.

  78,740     79     2,223,381        —          —          —        —       —          —          2,223,460   

PSC of Canada Exchange Corp. shares exchanged

  14,379     14     382,439        —          —          —        —       —          (382,453     —     

Stock option cancellation and exchange—Logisticare

  11,696     12     (12     —          —          —        —       —          —          —     

Common stock subscription receivable

  —       —       —          714,654        —          —        —       —          —          714,654   

Change in fair value of derivative, net of income tax benefit of $653,241

  —       —       —          —          —          (991,091   —       —          —          (991,091

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —       —       —          —          —          (4,551,823   —       —          —          (4,551,823

Net loss

  —       —       —          —          (155,604,673     —        —       —          —          (155,604,673
                         

Total comprehensive loss

                      (161,147,587
                                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2008

  13,462,356     13,462     169,698,598        —          (123,253,836     (4,449,547   619,768     (11,383,967     7,266,493        37,891,203   

Stock-based compensation

  —       —       302,071        —          —          —        —       —          —          302,071   

Exercise of employee stock options, including net tax benefit of $95,068

  48,100     48     244,688          —          —        —       —          —          244,736   

PSC of Canada Exchange Corp. shares exchanged

  11,503     12     305,944        —          —          —        —       —          (305,956     —     

Change in fair value of derivative and impact of de-designation, net of income tax of $543,929

  —       —       —          —          —          820,121      —       —          —          820,121   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —       —       —          —          —          1,953,854      —       —          —          1,953,854   

Net income

  —       —       —          —          21,125,607        —        —       —          —          21,125,607   
                         

Total comprehensive income

                      23,899,582   
                                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2009

  13,521,959   $ 13,522   $ 170,551,301      $ —        $ (102,128,229   $ (1,675,572   619,768   $ (11,383,967   $ 6,960,537      $ 62,337,592   
                                                                     

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

75


Table of Contents

 

The Providence Service Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 14,388,674      $ (155,604,673   $ 21,125,607   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     1,577,675        4,505,214        4,689,709   

Amortization

     3,411,420        8,216,280        8,162,398   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     291,529        2,698,184        2,979,515   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     702,071        4,084,333        4,479,094   

Deferred income taxes

     (501,657     (14,553,560     2,299,614   

Stock based compensation

     2,406,616        8,760,435        302,071   

Excess tax benefit upon exercise of stock options

     (680,115     (184,908     (140,312

Asset impairment charges

     —          169,930,171        —     

Other

     100,000        27,878        109,212   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

      

Billed and unbilled accounts receivable

     (944,952     (9,276,794     (10,542,465

Management fee receivable

     (3,594,613     (2,364,483     542,357   

Other receivables

     (157,394     (417,295     (1,109,999

Restricted cash

     —          (214,098     112,043   

Reinsurance liability reserve

     1,165,655        2,621,087        4,114,560   

Prepaid expenses and other

     (823,048     (5,828,653     3,005,629   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     9,146,327        (6,680,776     7,046,947   

Accrued transportation costs

     (6,292,737     7,474,815        8,856,202   

Deferred revenue

     (1,991,172     (702,259     4,885,641   

Other long-term liabilities

     —          (104,912     183,519   
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     18,204,279        12,385,986        61,101,342   

Investing activities

      

Purchase of property and equipment, net

     (1,949,038     (4,664,007     (3,699,385

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (233,876,782     (3,597,766     (1,037,650

Acquisition of management agreement

     —          (418,462     (100,000

Acquisition earnout payments

     (8,299,460     (6,670,655     —     

Restricted cash for contract performance

     (1,287,401     2,506,353        (1,196,637

Purchase of short-term investments, net

     (320,368     (185,515     (194,304

Advances to related parties

     (2,533,882     —          —     

Collection of notes receivable

     685,435        3,291,943        599,841   
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (247,581,496     (9,738,109     (5,628,135

Financing activities

      

Repurchase of common stock, for treasury

     (10,960,461     (124,760     —     

Proceeds from common stock issued pursuant to stock option exercise

     2,363,172        469,320        149,667   

Excess tax benefit upon exercise of stock options

     680,115        184,908        140,312   

Proceeds from long-term debt

     243,000,000        —          —     

Repayment of long-term debt

     (332,379     (8,650,000     (33,545,345

Debt financing costs

     (10,887,536     (88,775     (802,329

Capital lease payments

     —          (1,012     (69,413
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     223,862,911        (8,210,319     (34,127,108
                        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     190,221        (451,956     447,083   
                        

Net change in cash

     (5,324,085     (6,014,398     21,793,182   

Cash at beginning of period

     40,702,730        35,378,645        29,364,247   
                        

Cash at end of period

   $ 35,378,645      $ 29,364,247      $ 51,157,429   
                        

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

76


Table of Contents

 

The Providence Service Corporation

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

     Year ended December 31,
       2007     2008     2009

Supplemental cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,377,676      $ 16,773,008      $ 17,789,734
                      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 9,222,405      $ 4,177,798      $ 7,066,871
                      

Note receivable issued for management fees receivable

   $ 299,917      $ —        $ —  
                      

Note payable obtained to finance prepaid insurance

   $ —        $ 989,925      $ —  
                      

Stock issued to former members of WD Management, L.L.C.

   $ —        $ 2,223,460      $ —  
                      

PSC of Canada Exchange Corp. shares exchanged

   $ —        $ 382,453      $ 305,956
                      

Change in fair value of derivative and impact of de-designation

   $ —        $ (991,091   $ 820,121
                      

Business acquisitions:

      

Purchase price

   $ 251,536,092      $ 8,900,000      $ 29,478

Costs of acquisition

     6,998,826        599,291        213,193

Less:

      

Notes payable issued for acquisition of business

     (1,800,000     —          —  

Common stock issued for acquisition of business

     (12,346,515     —          —  

Exchangeable shares of subsidiary issued for acquisition of business

     (7,648,946     —          —  

Cash (received) paid for working capital adjustment

     —          (479,716     269,979

Amount due to former shareholder

     —          (525,000     525,000

Credit for indebtedness of management fees

     —          (4,827,425     —  

Cash acquired

     (2,862,675     (69,384     —  
                      

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

   $ 233,876,782      $ 3,597,766      $ 1,037,650
                      

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

77


Table of Contents

 

The Providence Service Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2009

1.    Description of Business and Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Description of Business

The Providence Service Corporation (the “Company”) is a government outsourcing privatization company. The Company operates in the following two segments: Social Services and Non-Emergency Transportation Services (“NET Services”). As of December 31, 2009, the Company operated in 43 states, and the District of Columbia, United States, and British Columbia, Canada.

The Social Services operating segment responds to governmental privatization initiatives in adult and juvenile justice, corrections, social services, welfare systems, education and workforce development by providing home-based and community-based counseling services and foster care services to at-risk families and children. These services are purchased primarily by state, county and city levels of government, and are delivered under block purchase, cost based and fee-for-service arrangements. The Company also contracts with not-for-profit organizations to provide management services for a fee.

The NET Services operating segment provides non-emergency transportation management services, primarily to Medicaid beneficiaries. The entities that pay for non-emergency medical transportation services primarily include state Medicaid programs, health maintenance organizations and commercial insurers. Most of the Company’s non-emergency medical transportation services are delivered under capitated contracts where the Company assumes the responsibility of meeting the transportation needs of a specific geographic population.

Seasonality

The Company’s quarterly operating results and operating cash flows normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in its business. In the Company’s Social Services operating segment, lower client demand for its home and community based services during the holiday and summer seasons generally results in lower revenue during those periods; however, the Company’s expenses related to the Social Services operating segment do not vary significantly with these changes. As a result, the Company’s Social Services operating segment experiences lower operating margins during the holiday and summer seasons. The Company’s NET Services operating segment also experiences fluctuations in demand for its non-emergency transportation services during the summer, winter and holiday seasons. Due to higher demand in the summer months and lower demand in the winter and holiday seasons, coupled with a fixed revenue stream based on a per member per month base structure, the Company’s NET Services operating segment experiences lower operating margins in the summer season and higher operating margins in the winter and holiday seasons.

The Company expects quarterly fluctuations in operating results and operating cash flows to continue as a result of the seasonal demand for its home and community based services and non-emergency transportation services. As the Company enters new markets, it could be subject to additional seasonal variations along with any competitive response by other social services and transportation providers.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, including its foreign wholly-owned subsidiary WCG International Ltd. (“WCG”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

78


Table of Contents

 

Basis of Presentation

The Company follows accounting standards set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). The FASB establishes accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) that the Company follows. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants, which the Company is required to follow. References to GAAP issued by the FASB in these footnotes are to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), which serves as a single source of authoritative non-SEC accounting and reporting standards to be applied by nongovernmental entities. The FASB finalized the ASC effective for periods ending on or after September 15, 2009. Prior FASB standards like FASB Statement of Accounting Standards and FASB Staff Positions are no longer being issued by the FASB. For further discussion of the ASC, see “FASB Codification Discussion” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations elsewhere in this report.

Liquidity Matters

On March 11, 2009, the Company entered into an amendment to the credit and guaranty agreement with its creditors to, among other things, change the financial covenant requirements to address its liquidity concerns related to the Company’s ability to meet its financial covenant obligations related to its long-term debt for the three months ended December 31, 2008 and year ended December 31, 2009. Accordingly, the Company met the financial covenant requirements under the amended credit and guaranty agreement for the three months ended December 31, 2008 and was in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2009. The amendment provisions are more fully described in note 9 below.

The Company’s board of directors (“Board”) authorized a prepayment of $20.0 million of the Company’s term loan debt under the credit and guaranty agreement, as amended, with its creditors in October 2009. The prepayment was made in two installments; the first of which, in the amount of $15.0 million, was made on October 9, 2009 and the second installment in the amount of $5.0 million was made on November 9, 2009. The Company’s operating performance for 2009 and the $20.0 million prepayment noted above improved the Company’s financial covenant ratios for 2009. In addition, the Board authorized an additional prepayment of $5.0 million of the Company’s term loan debt under the credit and guaranty agreement, as amended, with its creditors in January 2010. The additional prepayment was made on January 11, 2010.

The Company believes that it will meet the financial covenant requirements for 2010 and that the Company has sufficient resources to fund its normal operations for the year ending December 31, 2010.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial position and results of operations of WCG are measured using WCG’s local currency (Canadian Dollar) as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of WCG have been translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments are recorded directly as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. At present and for the foreseeable future, the Company intends to reinvest any undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiary in foreign operations. As a result, the Company is not providing for U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes on its foreign subsidiary’s undistributed earnings. Generally, such earnings become subject to U.S. tax upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability for temporary differences that are essentially permanent in duration on such undistributed earnings.

 

79


Table of Contents

 

Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of three months or less. Investments in cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions. At times such investments may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation (CDIC) insurance limits.

At December 31, 2009, approximately $4.4 million of cash was held by WCG and is not freely transferable without unfavorable tax consequences between the Company and WCG.

Restricted Cash

The Company had approximately $13.0 million and $14.1 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2008 and 2009 as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2008    2009

Collateral for letters of credit—Contractual obligations

   $ 175,000    $ 418,000

Contractual obligations

     898,844      786,801
             

Subtotal restricted cash for contractual obligations

     1,073,844      1,204,801
             

Collateral for letters of credit—Reinsured claims losses

     3,311,000      4,041,000

Escrow—Reinsured claims losses

     8,626,096      8,849,733
             

Subtotal restricted cash for reinsured claims losses

     11,937,096      12,890,733
             

Total restricted cash

     13,010,940      14,095,534

Less current portion

     7,803,808      8,153,610
             
   $ 5,207,132    $ 5,941,924
             

Of the restricted cash amount at December 31, 2008 and 2009:

 

   

$175,000 and $418,000 served as collateral for irrevocable standby letters of credit that provide financial assurance that the Company will fulfill certain contractual obligations;

 

   

approximately $899,000 and $787,000 was held to fund the Company’s obligations under arrangements with various governmental agencies through the correctional services business acquired by the Company in 2006 (“Correctional Services”);

 

   

approximately $3.3 million and $4.0 million served as collateral for irrevocable standby letters of credit to secure any reinsured claims losses under the Company’s general and professional liability and workers’ compensation reinsurance programs and was classified as noncurrent assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets;

 

   

approximately $1.6 million was restricted and held in trust for reinsurance claims losses under the Company’s general and professional liability reinsurance program; and

 

   

approximately $7.0 million and $7.2 million was restricted in relation to the services provided by a captive insurance subsidiary (acquired by the Company in connection with the acquisition of Charter LCI Corporation in 2007).

At December 31, 2009, approximately $4.5 million, $1.7 million, $6.9 million and $250,000 of the restricted cash was held in custody by the Bank of Tucson, Wells Fargo, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America. The cash is restricted as to withdrawal or use and is currently invested in certificates of deposit or short-term marketable securities. The remaining balance of approximately $787,000 is also restricted as to withdrawal or use, and is currently held in various non-interest bearing bank accounts related to Correctional Services.

 

80


Table of Contents

 

Short-Term Investments

As part of its cash management program, the Company from time to time maintains short-term investments. These investments have a term to earliest maturity of less than one year and are comprised of certificates of deposit. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates market and are classified as “Prepaid expenses and other” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company holds a derivative financial instrument for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk. The type of risk hedged relates to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by movements in interest rates applied to the Company’s floating rate long-term debt. The Company documented its risk management strategy and hedge effectiveness at the inception of the hedge and will continue to assess its effectiveness during the term of the hedge. The Company has designated the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge under ASC Topic 815- Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”).

Derivatives that have been designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments are reported at fair value. The Company measures hedge effectiveness by formally assessing, at least quarterly, the correlation of the expected future cash flows of the hedged item and the derivative hedging instrument. The gain or loss on the effective portion of the hedge (i.e. change in fair value) is reported as a component of other comprehensive loss. The remaining gain or loss of the ineffective portion of the hedge, if any, is recognized in earnings. The fair value of the cash flow hedging instrument was a liability of approximately $1.6 million and $372,000 as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, which was classified as “Current portion of interest rate swap” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet with respect to the balance at December 31, 2008 and as “Current portion of interest rate swap” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Contracts with governmental agencies and other entities that contract with governmental agencies accounted for approximately 79%, 85% and 82% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The related contracts are subject to possible statutory and regulatory changes, rate adjustments, administrative rulings, rate freezes and funding reductions. Reductions in amounts paid under these contracts for the Company’s services or changes in methods or regulations governing payments for the Company’s services could materially adversely affect its revenue and profitability.

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company conducted a portion of its operations in Canada through WCG. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, approximately $11.3 million, or 29.7%, and $13.9 million, or 22.2%, of the Company’s net assets, respectively, were located in Canada. Additionally, approximately $13.3 million, or 4.7%, $28.0 million, or 4.0%, and $22.5 million, or 2.8%, of the Company’s consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, was generated from the Company’s Canadian operations. The Company is subject to the risks inherent in conducting business across national boundaries, any one of which could adversely impact its business. In addition to currency fluctuations, these risks include, among other things: (i) economic downturns; (ii) changes in or interpretations of local law, governmental policy or regulation; (iii) restrictions on the transfer of funds into or out of the country; (iv) varying tax systems; (v) delays from doing business with governmental agencies; (vi) nationalization of foreign assets; and (vii) government protectionism. The Company intends to continue to evaluate opportunities to establish additional operations in Canada. One or more of the foregoing factors could impair the Company’s current or future operations and, as a result, harm its overall business.

 

81


Table of Contents

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, notes receivable, management fee receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value because of the relatively short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of the Company’s long-term obligations is estimated based on interest rates for the same or similar debt offered to the Company having same or similar remaining maturities and collateral requirements. The carrying amount of the long-term obligations approximates its fair value.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Clients are referred to the Company through governmental social services programs and it only provides services at the direction of a payer under a contractual arrangement. These circumstances have historically minimized any uncollectible amounts for services rendered. However, the Company recognizes that not all amounts recorded as accounts receivable will ultimately be collected.

The Company records all accounts receivable amounts at their contracted amount, less an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount it estimates to be sufficient to cover the risk that an account will not be collected. The Company regularly evaluates its accounts receivable, especially receivables that are past due, and reassesses its allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific client collection issues. The Company pays particular attention to amounts outstanding for 365 days and longer. Any account receivable older than 365 days is generally deemed uncollectible and written off or fully reserved unless the Company has specific information from the payer that payment for those amounts is forthcoming or has other evidence which the Company believes supports that amounts older than 365 days will be collected. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific payer’s inability to meet its financial obligation, the Company records a specific addition to its allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount the Company reasonably expects to collect.

Under certain of the Company’s contracts, billings do not coincide with revenue recognized on the contract due to payer administrative issues. These unbilled accounts receivable represent revenue recorded for which no amount has been invoiced and for which the Company expects an invoice will not be provided to the payer within the normal billing cycle. Unbilled amounts are considered current when billed, which generally occurs within one year from the date of service.

The Company’s write-off experience for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was approximately 2%, 1% and 1%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost, or at fair value if acquired by acquisition. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when they are incurred. Upon the disposition of any asset, its accumulated depreciation is deducted from the original cost, and any gain or loss is reflected in operating expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill

The Company analyzes the carrying value of goodwill at the end of each fiscal year and between annual valuations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. In connection with its analysis of the carrying value of goodwill, the Company reconciles the aggregate fair value of its reporting units to the Company’s market capitalization including a reasonable control

 

82


Table of Contents

 

premium. When determining whether goodwill is impaired, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the amount of the impairment loss must be measured. The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill to its carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The Company’s annual evaluation of goodwill completed as of December 31, 2009 resulted in no impairment loss.

Intangible assets subject to amortization

The Company separately values all acquired identifiable intangible assets apart from goodwill. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase consideration to management contracts, customer relationships, restrictive covenants, software licenses and developed technology acquired in the years 2006—2008 based on the expected direct or indirect contribution to future cash flows on a discounted cash flow basis over the useful life of the assets.

The Company assesses whether any relevant factors limit the period over which acquired assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to future cash flows for amortization purposes. With respect to acquired management contracts, the useful life is limited by the stated terms of the agreements. The Company determines an appropriate useful life for acquired customer relationships based on the expected period of time it will provide services to the payer.

While the Company uses discounted cash flows to value the acquisition of intangible assets, the Company has elected to use the straight-line method of amortization to determine amortization expense. If applicable, the Company assesses the recoverability of the unamortized balance of its long-lived assets based on undiscounted expected future cash flows. Should this analysis indicate that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of any intangible asset is recognized as an impairment loss.

Accrued Transportation Costs

Transportation costs are estimated and accrued in the month the services are rendered by outsourced providers utilizing gross reservations for transportation services less cancellations and average costs per transportation service by customer contract. Average costs per contract are derived by utilizing historical cost trends. Actual costs relating to a specific accounting period are monitored and compared to estimated accruals. Adjustments to those accruals are made based on reconciliations with actual costs incurred. Accrued transportation costs amounted to approximately $32.1 million and $40.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company capitalizes expenses incurred in connection with its long-term debt obligations and amortizes them over the term of the respective debt agreements. The Company incurred approximately $10.6 million in deferred financing costs in connection with the credit facility with its senior creditor entered into in December 2007 and the amendment to the credit facility in March 2009, as described in note 9 below. In addition, the Company incurred approximately $2.3 million in deferred financing costs in connection with its senior subordinated notes issued in November 2007. Deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis or the effective interest method over the term of the credit facility. Deferred financing costs, net of amortization, totaling approximately $9.7 million and $7.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, are included in “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue at the time services are rendered at predetermined amounts stated in its contracts and when the collection of these amounts is considered to be reasonably assured.

 

83


Table of Contents

 

At times the Company may receive funding for certain services in advance of services actually being rendered. These amounts are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue until the actual services are rendered.

As services are rendered, documentation is prepared describing each service, time spent, and billing code under each contract to determine and support the value of each service provided. This documentation is used as a basis for billing under the Company’s contracts. The billing process and documentation submitted under its contracts vary among payers. The timing, amount and collection of the Company’s revenues under these contracts are dependent upon its ability to comply with the various billing requirements specified by each payer. Failure to comply with these requirements could delay the collection of amounts due to the Company under a contract or result in adjustments to amounts billed.

The performance of the Company’s contracts is subject to the condition that sufficient funds are appropriated, authorized and allocated by each state, city or other local government. If sufficient appropriations, authorizations and allocations are not provided by the respective state, city or other local government, we are at risk of immediate termination or renegotiation of the financial terms of the Company’s contracts.

Social Services segment

Fee-for-service contracts.     Revenues related to services provided under fee-for-service contracts are recognized as revenue at the time services are rendered and collection is determined to be probable. Such services are provided at established billing rates.

Cost based service contracts.     Revenues from the Company’s cost based service contracts are recorded based on a combination of direct costs, indirect overhead allocations, and stated contractual margins on those incurred costs. These revenues are compared to annual contract budget limits and, depending on reporting requirements, allowances may be recorded for certain contingencies such as projected costs not incurred, excess cost per service over the allowable contract rate and/or insufficient encounters. This policy results in recognizing revenue from these contracts based on allowable costs incurred. The annual contract amount is based on projected costs to provide services under the contracts with adjustments for changes in the total contract amount. The Company annually submits projected costs for the coming year, which assist the contracting payers in establishing the annual contract amount to be paid for services provided under the contracts. After the contracting payers’ year end, the Company submits cost reports which are used by the contracting payers to determine the amount, if any, by which funds paid to the Company for services provided under the contracts were greater than the allowable costs to provide these services. Completion of this review process may range from one month to several years from the date the Company submits the cost report. In cases where funds paid to the Company exceed the allowable costs to provide services under contract, the Company may be required to pay back the excess funds.

The Company’s cost reports are routinely audited by payers on an annual basis. The Company periodically reviews its provisional billing rates and allocation of costs and provides for estimated adjustments from the contracting payers. The Company believes that adequate provisions have been made in its consolidated financial statements for any adjustments that might result from the outcome of any cost report audits. Differences between the amounts provided and the settlement amounts, which historically have not been material, are recorded in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations in the year of settlement.

Annual block purchase contract.     The Company’s annual block purchase contract with CPSA requires it to provide or arrange for behavioral health services to eligible populations of beneficiaries as defined in the contract. The Company must provide a complete range of behavioral health clinical, case management, therapeutic and administrative services. The Company is obliged to provide services only to those clients with a demonstrated medical necessity. The annual funding allocation amount is subject to increase when the Company’s encounters exceed the contract amount; however, such increases in the annual funding allocation amount are subject to government appropriation and may not be approved. There is no contractual limit to the number of eligible

 

84


Table of Contents

 

beneficiaries that may be assigned to the Company, or a specified limit to the level of services that may be provided to these beneficiaries if the services are deemed to be medically necessary. Therefore, the Company is at-risk if the costs of providing necessary services exceed the associated reimbursement.

The Company is required to regularly submit service encounters to CPSA electronically. On an on-going basis and at the end of CPSA’s June 30 fiscal year, CPSA is obligated to monitor the level of service encounters. If the encounter data is not sufficient to support the year-to-date payments made to the Company, unless waived, CPSA has the right to prospectively reduce or suspend payments to the Company.

For revenue recognition purposes, the Company’s service encounter value (which represents the value of actual services rendered) must equal or exceed 90% of the revenue recognized under its annual block purchase contract for the contract year. The remaining 10% of revenue recognized in each reporting period represents payment for network overhead administrative costs incurred in order to fulfill the Company’s obligations under the contract. Administrative costs include, but are not limited to, intake services, clinical liaison oversight for each behavioral health recipient, cultural liaisons, financial assessments and screening, data processing and information systems, staff training, quality and utilization management functions, coordination of care and subcontract administration.

The Company recognizes revenue from its annual block purchase contract corresponding to the service encounter value. If the Company’s service encounter value is less than 90% of the amounts received from CPSA for the contract year, unless waived, the Company recognizes revenue equal to the service encounter value and defers revenue for any excess amounts received. CPSA has not reduced, withheld, or suspended any payments that have not been subsequently reimbursed. The Company believes its encounter data is sufficient to have earned all amounts recorded as revenue under this contract.

If the Company’s service encounter value equals 90% of the amounts received from CPSA for the contract year, the Company recognizes revenue at the contract amount, which is one-twelfth of the established annual contract amount each month.

If the Company’s service encounter value exceeds 90% of the contract amount, the Company recognizes revenue in excess of the annual funding allocation amount if collection is reasonably assured. The Company evaluates factors such as cash receipt and written confirmation regarding payment probability related to the determination of whether any such additional revenue over the contractual amount is considered to be reasonably assured. The terms of the contract may be reviewed prospectively and amended as necessary to ensure adequate funding of the Company’s contractual obligations, however, we cannot guaranty that amendments will be completed.

Management agreements.     The Company maintains management agreements with a number of not-for-profit social services organizations whereby it provides certain management services for these organizations. In exchange for the Company’s services, the Company receives a management fee that is either based on a percentage of the revenues of these organizations or a predetermined fee.

The Company recognizes management fees revenue from its management agreements as such amounts are earned, as defined by the respective management agreements, and collection of such amount is considered reasonably assured. The Company assesses the likelihood of whether any of its management fees may need to be returned to help the Company’s managed entities fund their working capital needs. If the likelihood is other than remote, the Company defers the recognition of all or a portion of the management fees received. To the extent the Company defers management fees as a means of funding any of its managed entities’ losses from operations, such amounts are not recognized as management fees revenue until they are ultimately collected from the operating income of the managed entities.

The costs associated with generating the Company’s management fee revenue are accounted for in client service expense and in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

85


Table of Contents

 

NET Services segment

Capitation contracts.     Approximately 89% of the Company’s non-emergency transportation services revenue is generated under capitated contracts where the Company assumes the responsibility of meeting the transportation needs of a specific geographic population. Revenues under capitation contracts with the Company’s payers result from per-member monthly fees based on the number of participants in its payer’s program.

Fee-for-service contracts.     Revenues earned under fee-for-service contracts are recognized when the service is provided. Revenues under these types of contracts are based upon contractually established billing rates less allowance for contractual adjustments. Estimates of contractual adjustments are based upon payment terms specified in the related agreements.

Non-Controlling Interest

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of WCG in August 2007, PSC of Canada Exchange Corp. (“PSC”), a subsidiary established by the Company to facilitate the purchase of all of the equity interest in WCG, issued 287,576 exchangeable shares as part of the purchase price consideration. The exchangeable shares were valued at approximately $7.8 million in accordance with the provisions of the purchase agreement ($7.6 million for accounting purposes). For accounting purposes, the value of the exchangeable shares issued by PSC was determined based upon the product of the average market price for the Company’s common stock for the five trading days ended August 3, 2007 of $26.59 and 287,576 shares issued. The shares are exchangeable at each shareholder’s option, for no additional consideration, into shares of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis (“Exchangeable Shares”). Of the 287,576 Exchangeable Shares, 25,882 were exchanged as of December 31, 2009.

The Exchangeable Shares are non-participating such that they are not entitled to any allocation of income or loss of PSC. The Exchangeable Shares represent ownership in PSC and are accounted for as “Non-controlling interest” included in stockholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2009. In accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 810- Consolidation (“ASC 810”) as they relate to non-controlling interest in consolidated financial statements (adopted by the Company on January 1, 2009), the Company reclassified the ownership interest in PSC (represented by the Exchangeable Shares) held by the WCG sellers of approximately $7.3 million and $7.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, as equity. Prior to January 1, 2009, the Company classified this ownership interest as “Non-controlling interest” included in liabilities and stockholders’ equity in its consolidated balance sheets.

The Exchangeable Shares and the 25,882 shares of the Company’s common stock issued upon the exchange of the same number of Exchangeable Shares noted above are subject to a Settlement and Indemnification Agreement dated November 17, 2009 (“Indemnification Agreement”) by and between the Company and the sellers of WCG. The Indemnification Agreement secures the Company’s claims for indemnification and associated rights and remedies provided by the Share Purchase Agreement (under which the Company acquired all of the equity interest in WCG on August 1, 2007) arising from actions taken by British Columbia to strictly enforce a contractually imposed revenue cap on a per client basis and contractually mandated pass-throughs subsequent to August 1, 2007. The actions taken by British Columbia resulted in an approximate CAD $3.0 million dispute and termination of one of its six provincial contracts with WCG, which the Company is disputing. Under the Indemnification Agreement, the sellers have agreed to transfer their rights to the Exchangeable Shares and 25,882 shares of the Company’s common stock issued upon the exchange of the same number of Exchangeable Shares to the Company to indemnify the Company against any losses suffered by the Company as the result of an unfavorable ruling upon the conclusion of arbitration.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company follows the fair value recognition provisions of ASC Topic 718- Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires companies to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share based payments at fair value.

 

86


Table of Contents

 

Other Comprehensive Loss

Other comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including foreign currency translation adjustments. Other comprehensive loss was derived from foreign currency translation adjustments and the change in fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap (as more fully described in note 10 below). The components of the ending balances of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2009  

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments

   $ (3,458,456   $ (1,504,602

Unrealized losses on cash flow derivative hedges, net

     (991,091     (170,970
                
   $ (4,449,547   $ (1,675,572
                

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are determined by the liability method in accordance with ASC Topic 740- Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance which includes amounts for state net operating loss carryforwards, as more fully described in note 17 below, for which the Company has concluded that it is more likely than not that these net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense.

Loss Reserves for Certain Reinsurance and Self-funded Insurance Programs

The Company reinsures a substantial portion of its general and professional liability and workers’ compensation costs under reinsurance programs though the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Social Services Providers Captive Insurance Company (“SPCIC”). SPCIC is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State of Arizona. SPCIC maintains reserves for obligations related to the Company’s reinsurance programs for its general and professional liability and workers’ compensation coverage.

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had reserves of approximately $3.4 million and $4.6 million, respectively, for the general and professional liability and workers’ compensation programs.

In addition, Provado Insurance Services, Inc., (“Provado”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter LCI Corporation that was acquired by the Company in December 2007, is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State of South Carolina. Provado provides reinsurance for policies written by a third party insurer for general liability, automobile liability, and automobile physical damage coverage to various members of the network of subcontracted transportation providers and independent third parties within the Company’s NET Services operating segment.

Provado maintains reserves for obligations related to the reinsurance programs for general liability, automobile liability, and automobile physical damage coverage. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, Provado had reserves of approximately $5.0 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

These reserves are reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as reinsurance liability reserves. The Company utilizes analyses prepared by third party administrators and independent actuaries based on historical claims information with respect to the general and professional liability coverage, workers’ compensation coverage, automobile liability, automobile physical damage, and health insurance coverage to determine the amount of required reserves.

 

87


Table of Contents

 

The Company also maintains a self-funded health insurance program provided to its employees. With respect to this program, the Company considers historical and projected medical utilization data when estimating its health insurance program liability and related expense. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had approximately $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in reserve for its self-funded health insurance programs.

The Company continually analyzes its reserves for incurred but not reported claims, and for reported but not paid claims related to its reinsurance and self-funded insurance programs. The Company believes its reserves are adequate. However, significant judgment is involved in assessing these reserves such as assessing historical paid claims, average lags between the claims’ incurred date, reported dates and paid dates, and the frequency and severity of claims. The Company is at risk for differences between actual settlement amounts and recorded reserves and any resulting adjustments are included in expense once a probable amount is known. There were no significant adjustments recorded in the periods covered by this report. Any significant increase in the number of claims or costs associated with claims made under these programs above the Company’s reserves could have a material adverse effect on its financial results.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Company has made a number of estimates relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The Company based its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Some of the more significant estimates impact revenue recognition, accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts, accounting for business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets, accrued transportation costs, accounting for management agreement relationships, loss reserves for reinsurance and self-funded insurance programs, stock-based compensation, foreign currency translation, derivative instruments and hedging activities and income taxes.

New Accounting Pronouncements

ASC Topic 820- Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) defines fair value and requires that the measurement thereof be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Additionally, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity and (2) the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. ASC 820 is effective for financial assets and financial liabilities for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The transition guidance of ASC 820 provides that the provisions of ASC 820 relate to all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on at least an annual basis and are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2008. The Company adopted ASC 820 as of January 1, 2008, with the exception of the application of this topic to non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, which was subsequently adopted by the Company on January 1, 2009. Non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities for which the Company had not applied the provisions of ASC 820 prior to January 1, 2009 included those measured at fair value in goodwill impairment testing and indefinite life intangible assets measured at fair value for impairment testing. Although the adoption of ASC 820 related to financial assets and financial liabilities did not materially impact its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flow, the Company is required to provide additional disclosures as part of its financial statements. The Company has determined that there was no material impact of adopting the provisions of ASC 820 relating to non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on its financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

ASC Topic 805- Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed,

 

88


Table of Contents

 

any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. ASC 805 also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC 805 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted ASC 805. In addition, the Company determined that there was no material impact of the adoption of ASC 805 on its consolidated financial results of operations and financial condition.

ASC 810 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interest in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. ASC 810 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interest of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. ASC 810 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 810 on January 1, 2009 and as a result reclassified the ownership interest in PSC (represented by the Exchangeable Shares) held by the sellers related to the Company’s acquisition of WCG of approximately $7.3 million and $7.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, as equity. Prior to January 1, 2009, the Company classified this ownership interest as “Non-controlling interest” in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company determined that the adoption of the other provisions of ASC 810 did not have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

In March 2008, the FASB expanded the current disclosure framework in ASC 815. This amendment requires companies with derivative instruments to disclose information about how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under ASC 815, and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The required disclosures include the fair value of derivative instruments and their gains or losses in tabular format, information about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements, counterparty credit risk, and the company’s strategies and objectives for using derivative instruments. The expanded disclosure framework provisions of ASC 815 are effective prospectively for periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted these provisions and determined that, other than the additional disclosures related to its interest rate swap the Company is now required to make, the adoption of the expanded disclosure framework in ASC 815 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB amended the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC Topic 350- Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). In developing assumptions about renewal or extension used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset, an entity may consider its own historical experience in renewing or extending similar arrangements; however, these assumptions should be adjusted for the entity-specific factors set forth in ASC Section 350-30-35- Determining the Useful Life of an Intangible Asset . In addition, the amendment to ASC 350 requires disclosure of information that enables users of financial statements to assess the extent to which the expected future cash flows associated with the asset are affected by the entity’s intent and/or ability to renew or extend the arrangement for a recognized intangible asset. The amended requirements of ASC 350 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the amended requirements of ASC 350 noted above. The adoption of these requirements did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

In June 2008, the FASB amended the guidance in ASC 815 regarding evaluating whether an instrument involving a contingency is considered indexed to an entity’s own stock. The amended guidance in ASC 815 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is not permitted. Paragraph 815-10-15-74(a) of ASC 815 specifies that a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative but is both (a) indexed to the company’s own stock and (b) classified in stockholders’ equity in the statement of financial position would not be considered a derivative financial instrument. The amended guidance in ASC 815 provides a new two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument or an embedded feature is indexed to an issuer’s own stock and thus able

 

89


Table of Contents

 

to qualify for the scope exception provided for in paragraph ASC 815-10-15-74(a). The Company’s 6.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) are subject to the amended guidance in ASC 815 since the notes are indexed to the Company’s own stock and are convertible, under certain circumstances, into common stock at a specified conversion rate. Based on the Company’s analysis of the Notes under ASC 815 and other related guidance, the Company concluded that the embedded conversion option qualifies for the scope exception in paragraph ASC 815-10-15-74(a) because it is both (1) indexed to the Company’s own stock because all of the triggering conversion events are contingencies that are not based on an observable market or an observable index and that the only variables that affect the settlement amount of the conversion in each case would be inputs to the fair value of a fixed-for-fixed option on equity shares as they relate to stock price and (2) would be classified in stockholders’ equity if it were a freestanding instrument. The Notes including the embedded conversion option are classified as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. ASC 815 requires issuers of convertible notes that protect holders from declines in the issuer’s stock price (“down-round” protection) to account for these instruments as derivatives. The Notes do not contain any “down-round” protection, therefore the adoption of the amended guidance in ASC 815 as of January 1, 2009 did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, FASB amended the provisions of ASC 805 related to the initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosures for assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations. No subsequent accounting guidance is provided in the amended guidance, and the FASB expects an acquirer to develop a systematic and rational basis for subsequently measuring and accounting for acquired contingencies depending on their nature. The amended provisions of ASC 805 noted above are effective for contingent assets or contingent liabilities acquired in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company has determined that the adoption of the amended provisions of ASC 805 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

On April 9, 2009, FASB provided additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with ASC 820 when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. In addition, this supplemental guidance includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. Further, the supplemental guidance emphasizes that even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability and regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement remains the same. The supplemental guidance in ASC 820 described above is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and is to be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the supplemental guidance in ASC 820 beginning with the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009 and determined that the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

On April 9, 2009, FASB amended ASC Topic 825- Financial Instruments (“ASC 825”) to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. This guidance also amends ASC Topic 270- Interim Reporting to require those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods. The amended requirements of ASC 825 described above are effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company adopted the amended requirements of ASC 825 beginning with the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009 and determined that, other than the additional disclosures related to the fair value of financial instruments the Company is now required to make, the adoption of the amended requirements of ASC 825 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

ASC 855- Subsequent Events (“ASC 855”) establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Specifically, ASC 855 sets forth the period and circumstances during and under which an entity should evaluate events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date for potential recognition and disclosure in the financial statements. ASC 855 also provides guidance regarding the disclosures that an entity should make about events or

 

90


Table of Contents

 

transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 855 beginning with the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 855’s effective date and the effects of subsequent events have been evaluated by the Company through the date on which the Company’s reports on Forms 10-Q and 10-K are filed. The adoption of ASC 855 impacts only disclosures in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-09- Subesequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements (“ASU 2010-09”) . The amendments in ASU 2010-09 remove the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date through which subsequent events have been evaluated in both issued and revised financial statements. Revised financial statements include financial statements revised as a result of either correction of an error or retrospective application of GAAP. The FASB also clarified that if the financial statements have been revised, then an entity that is not an SEC filer should disclose both the date that the financial statements were issued or available to be issued and the date the revised financial statements were issued or available to be issued. The FASB believes these amendments remove potential conflicts with the SEC’s literature. All of the amendments in ASU 2010-09 were effective upon issuance except for the use of the issued date for conduit debt obligors. That amendment is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2010. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-09 upon issuance. The adoption only impacted disclosures in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-01- Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“ASU 2009-01”). FASB issued ASU 2009-01 (ASC Topic 105) to establish the ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to identify the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP. ASU 2009-01 does not affect the rules and interpretive releases of the SEC, which are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. ASU 2009-01 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-01 beginning with the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009 and determined that the adoption of ASU 2009-01 did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements because it only codifies existing non-SEC accounting literature.

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-05- Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value (“ASU 2009-05”), an amendment of ASC 820. ASU 2009-05 addresses practice difficulties caused by the tension between fair value measurements based on the price that would be paid to transfer a liability to a new obligor and contractual or legal requirements that prevent such transfers from taking place. ASU 2009-05 provides clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using valuation techniques that incorporate: (1) the quoted price of the identical liability when the liability is traded as an asset; (2) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when the liabilities are traded as assets; or (3) other valuation techniques that are consistent with the principles of ASC 820 (e.g. a present value technique based on the income approach). The guidance provided in ASU 2009-05 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after August 27, 2009. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-05 beginning with the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009 and determined that the adoption of ASU 2009-05 did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Pending Accounting Pronouncements

In October, 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13- Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“ ASU 2009-13’). ASU 2009-13 amends ASC Subtopic 650-25 to eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or third party evidence (“TPE”) before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee

 

91


Table of Contents

 

will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated selling price. Application of the “residual method” of allocating an overall arrangement fee between delivered and undelivered elements will no longer be permitted upon adoption of ASU 2009-13. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose more information about their multiple-element revenue arrangements. The ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. If a company elects early adoption and the period of adoption is not the beginning of its fiscal year, the requirements must be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the fiscal year. Retrospective application to prior years is an option, but is not required. In the initial year of application, companies are required to make qualitative and quantitative disclosures about the impact of the changes. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of ASU 2009-13 on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17- Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities (“ASU 2009-17”). ASU 2009-17 amends the guidance on variable interest entities in ASC Topic 810 related to the consolidation of variable interest entities. It requires reporting entities to evaluate former qualifying special purpose entities (“ QSPEs”) for consolidation, changes the approach to determining a variable interest entities (“VIEs”) primary beneficiary from a quantitative assessment to a qualitative assessment designed to identify a controlling financial interest, and increases the frequency of required reassessments to determine whether a company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. It also clarifies, but does not significantly change, the characteristics that identify a VIE. This ASU requires additional year-end and interim disclosures for public and nonpublic companies that are similar to the disclosures required by ASC paragraphs 810-10-50-8 through 50-19 and 860-10-50-3 through 50-9. ASU No. 2009-17 is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting period thereafter. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of ASU 2009-17 on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06- Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”). ASU 2010-06 amends certain disclosure requirements of Subtopic 820-10 and provides additional disclosures for transfers in and out of Levels I and II and for activity in Level III. This ASU also clarifies certain other existing disclosure requirements including level of desegregation and disclosures around inputs and valuation techniques. The final amendments to the ASC will be effective for annual or interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis. That requirement will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2010-06 does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. The Company does not believe that ASU 2010-06 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-08- Technical Corrections to Various Topics (“ASU 2010-08”). ASU 2010-08 is the result of the FASB’s review of its standards to determine if any provisions are outdated, contain inconsistencies, or need clarifications to reflect the FASB’s original intent. The FASB believes the amendments do not fundamentally change U.S. GAAP. However, certain clarifications on embedded derivatives and hedging (Subtopic 815-15) may cause a change in the application of that Subtopic and special transition provisions are provided for those amendments. The ASU contains various effective dates. The clarifications of the guidance on embedded derivatives and hedging (Subtopic 815-15) are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2009. The amendments to the guidance on accounting for income taxes in a reorganization (Subtopic 852-740) applies to reorganizations for which the date of the reorganization is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. All other amendments are effective as of the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after February 2, 2010. The Company does not believe that ASU 2010-08 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

92


Table of Contents

 

2.    Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs to valuation used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table provides the assets and liabilities carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis at December 31, 2009:

 

     Total
Carrying
Value
    Fair Value Measurement Using
     Quoted prices in
active

markets
(Level 1)
   Significant other
observable
inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)

Interest rate swap

   $ (372,408   $ —      $ (372,408   $ —  

The Company’s interest rate swap is carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis. The Company has elected to use the income approach to value the derivatives, using observable Level 2 market expectations at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount assuming that participants are motivated, but not compelled to transact. Level 2 inputs for the swap valuations are limited to quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (specifically futures contracts) and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., LIBOR cash and swap rates and credit risk at commonly quoted intervals as published by Bloomberg on the last day of the period for financial institutions with the same credit rating as the counterparty). Mid-market pricing is used as a practical expedient for fair value measurements. Key inputs, including the cash rates for short term, futures rates and swap rates beyond the derivative maturity are used to interpolate the spot rates at the three month rate resets specified by each swap. A credit default swap rate based on the current credit rating of the counterparty is applied to all cash flows when the swap is in an asset position. The Company uses the floating rate factor related to its variable rate debt (6.5%) to discount all cash flows when the derivative is in a liability position to reflect the potential credit risk to lenders.

3.    Other Receivables

At December 31, 2008 and 2009, insurance premiums of approximately $2.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively, were receivable from third parties related to the reinsurance activities of the Company’s two captive subsidiaries. The insurance premiums receivable is classified as “Other receivables” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the Company’s expected losses related to workers’ compensation and general and professional liability in excess of the Company’s liability under its associated reinsurance programs at December 31, 2009 were approximately $2.3 million, of which approximately $805,000 was classified as “Other receivables” and approximately $1.5 million was classified as “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s expected losses related to workers’ compensation and general and professional liability in excess of the Company’s liability under its associated reinsurance programs at December 31, 2008 was approximately $1.4 million, of which approximately $446,000 was classified as “Other receivables” and approximately $1.0 million was classified as “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company recorded a corresponding liability, which offset these expected losses. This liability was classified as “Reinsurance liability reserve” in current liabilities and “Other long-term liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

93


Table of Contents

 

4.    Prepaid Expenses and Other

Prepaid expenses and other comprised the following:

 

     December 31,
     2008    2009

Prepaid payroll

   $ 2,703,503    $ 2,578,670

Prepaid insurance

     3,381,451      2,242,499

Prepaid taxes

     3,978,742      1,576,956

Prepaid rent

     737,847      743,402

Provider advances

     285,020      83,265

Prepaid maintenance agreements and copier leases

     608,075      634,474

Prepaid bus tokens and passes

     1,133,290      1,076,377

Prepaid commissions and brokerage fees

     548,446      608,566

Interest receivable—certificates of deposit

     694,852      889,156

Other

     1,306,413      2,006,248
             

Total prepaid expenses and other

   $ 15,377,639    $ 12,439,613
             

5.    Notes Receivable

Notes receivable included the following:

 

     Interest
Rate
    December 31,
     2008    2009

Unsecured promissory note from The ReDCo Group, a managed entity, with principal and interest due in eight equal quarterly installments beginning October 2007 through September 2009

   5.0   $ 225,000    $ —  

Unsecured promissory note from Family Preservation Community Services, Inc., a managed entity, with principal and interest due in sixty equal monthly installments beginning November 2007 through October 2012

   4.5     272,660      —  

Unsecured promissory note from FCP, Inc., a managed entity, with principal and interest due in thirty-six equal monthly installments beginning February 2007 through January 2010

   9.5     98,559      —  

Unsecured promissory note from Clearfield Jefferson Community Mental Health Center, Inc., a third-party entity, with principal and accrued but unpaid interest due July 2011

   5.0     3,622      —  
               
       599,841      —  

Less current portion

       467,682      —  
               
     $ 132,159    $ —  
               

Accrued interest receivable related to these notes totaled approximately $33,000 at December 31, 2008, and was classified as “Prepaid expenses and other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

6.    Acquisitions

The following acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the results of operations are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

The synergistic benefits realized in the following acquisitions are the primary drivers for the premium paid by the Company based on the expected increase in cash flow resulting from revenue enhancements and potential cost savings achievable through the acquisitions. These synergies are also the primary driver in the amount of goodwill recognized as a result of these acquisitions.

 

94


Table of Contents

 

A final valuation was performed in 2008 with respect to the assets and liabilities acquired for Camelot Community Care, Inc. (“CCC”) and in 2009 with respect to the assets and liabilities acquired for AmericanWork, Inc. (“AW”) and the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets has been allocated to goodwill.

On September 30, 2008, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets in Illinois and Indiana of CCC. CCC is a Florida not-for-profit tax exempt corporation with operations in Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Ohio and Texas that provides home and community based services and foster care services. The purchase price of approximately $5.4 million consisted of cash in the amount of approximately $573,000 with the remaining $4.8 million credited against the purchase price for all of CCC’s indebtedness to the Company for management services rendered by the Company to CCC under several management services agreements.

Historically, the Company provided various management services to CCC for a fee under separate management services agreements for each state in which CCC operated. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of the assets of CCC’s Illinois and Indiana operations, the Company consolidated its remaining management services agreements with CCC (i.e., Florida, Ohio and Texas) into one administrative service agreement under which the Company will provide a more narrow range of services to CCC as compared to the services historically provided by the Company.

The Company believes this acquisition expands its home and community based services and foster care services into Illinois and further expands its presence in Indiana. The cash portion of the purchase price was funded by the Company’s cash generated from operations.

The following represents the Company’s allocation of the purchase price and associated acquisition costs:

 

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 572,575

Credit for indebtedness of CCC to the Company for management services provided by the Company to CCC

     4,827,425

Estimated cost of acquisition

     20,832
      
   $ 5,420,832
      

Allocated to:

  

Goodwill

   $ 1,936,415

Intangibles

     3,419,539

Fixed assets

     39,402

Other assets

     25,476
      
   $ 5,420,832
      

The above goodwill is tax deductible.

Effective September 30, 2008, the Company acquired all of the equity interest in AW, a community based mental health provider operating in 19 Georgia locations as of December 31, 2009. AW provides, among other things, independent living services and training in support of individuals with mental illness, outpatient individual and group behavioral health services, and community based vocational and peer supported vocational and employment services. The total purchase price consisted of cash in the amount of approximately $3.5 million, with approximately $3.0 million paid by the Company at closing on October 14, 2008 and the balance held by the Company for one year to secure potential indemnity obligations. The remaining balance was paid by the Company on November 24, 2009.

In April 2009, the purchase price adjustment as provided for in the associated purchase agreement was finalized resulting in an additional amount payable by the Company of approximately $270,000, which the

 

95


Table of Contents

 

Company paid to the seller on April 14, 2009. In addition, the Company paid amounts to the seller during the three months ended September 30, 2009 totaling approximately $196,000 for tax related items. The Company believes this acquisition enhances its community based social services offering, expands its presence in Georgia, and further positions the Company for growth. The purchase price and the additional amount resulting from the final working capital adjustment were funded by cash generated from the Company’s operations.

The following represents the Company’s allocation of the purchase price and associated acquisition costs:

 

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 3,966,048

Estimated cost of acquisition

     59,790
      
   $ 4,025,838
      

Allocated to:

  

Goodwill

   $ 1,045,621

Intangibles

     1,387,441

Fixed assets

     528,989

Working capital

     944,979

Other assets

     118,808
      
   $ 4,025,838
      

The above goodwill is tax deductible.

The following table summarizes the allocation of purchase price to intangible assets at December 31, 2008 and 2009 for intangible assets acquired during the years 2006—2008:

 

     Estimated
Useful
Life
   Gross Carrying Amount
      December 31,
      2008    2009

Intangible assets acquired in 2006:

        

Management contracts

   10 Yrs    $ 6,326,000    $ 6,326,000

Customer relationships

   15 Yrs      3,559,594      3,559,594

Customer relationships

   10 Yrs      1,417,000      1,417,000

Restrictive covenants

   5 Yrs      75,000      75,000

Software license

   5 Yrs      337,500      337,500
                

Total intangible assets acquired in 2006

   11.3 Yrs    $ 11,715,094    $ 11,715,094
                

Intangible assets acquired in 2007:

        

Customer relationships

   15 Yrs    $ 66,341,777    $ 66,341,777

Developed technologies

   6 Yrs      6,000,000      6,000,000

Restrictive covenants

   5 Yrs      9,628      9,628

Software license

   5 Yrs      468,884      468,884
                

Total intangible assets acquired in 2007

   14.2 Yrs    $ 72,820,289    $ 72,820,289
                

Intangible assets acquired in 2008:

        

Customer relationships

   15 Yrs    $ 4,771,980    $ 4,771,980

Restrictive covenants

   5 Yrs      35,000      35,000
                

Total intangible assets acquired in 2008

   14.9 Yrs    $ 4,806,980    $ 4,806,980
                

 

96


Table of Contents

 

No significant residual value is estimated for these intangible assets. Amortization expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life. In 2008, approximately $11.0 million of the customer relationships intangible assets acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Charter LCI Corporation, including its subsidiaries, (“LogistiCare”) in 2007, was considered impaired and written off.

The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of the consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the acquisition of CCC and AW had occurred on January 1, 2008. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the transaction been effective on January 1, 2008.

 

     December 31,
2008
 

Revenue

   $ 708,647,276   

Net income (loss)

   $ (154,849,394

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ (12.36

7.    Goodwill and Intangibles

Changes in goodwill were as follows:

 

     Social
Services
    NET Services     Consolidated
Total
 

Balances at December 31, 2007

      

Goodwill

   $ 77,841,614      $ 202,868,683      $ 280,710,297   

Accumulated impairment losses

     —          —          —     
                        
     77,841,614        202,868,683        280,710,297   
                        

LogistiCare acquisition cost adjustments, tax adjustments and pre-acquisition cost adjustments

     —          (10,803,456     (10,803,456

LogistiCare intangible asset valuation adjustment

     —          (400,000     (400,000

LogistiCare working capital adjustment

     —          (479,716     (479,716

Family & Children’s Services, Inc. intangible asset valuation adjustment

     142,073        —          142,073   

Family & Children’s Services, Inc. acquisition cost adjustments

     4,632        —          4,632   

WCG foreign currency translation adjustment

     (2,051,519     —          (2,051,519

WCG acquisition cost adjustments

     (18,932     —          (18,932

CCC acquisition

     1,935,264        —          1,935,264   

AW acquisition

     491,543        —          491,543   

Maple Star Nevada net operating loss adjustment

     (58,769       (58,769

Impairment charge

     (60,700,851     (96,000,000     (156,700,851
                        

Balances at December 31, 2008

      

Goodwill

     78,285,906        191,185,511        269,471,417   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (60,700,851     (96,000,000     (156,700,851
                        
     17,585,055        95,185,511        112,770,566   
                        

AW working capital true-up and other adjustments

     554,078        —          554,078   

WCG foreign currency translation adjustment

     317,672        —          317,672   

CCC additional acquisition costs

     1,151        —          1,151   

Safecar Services, LLC acquisition

     —          29,478        29,478   
                        

Balances at December 31, 2009

      

Goodwill

     79,158,807        191,214,989        270,373,796   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (60,700,851     (96,000,000     (156,700,851
                        
   $ 18,457,956      $ 95,214,989      $ 113,672,945   
                        

 

97


Table of Contents

 

When the Company acquires a business the Company’s pricing is typically based upon a multiple of the target entity’s historical earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and over the years the Company has been a successful competitor using this basis for determining the value of and price paid for its acquisitions. The Company believes this pricing method is also used by its competitors to value their business combinations and is typical in the mergers and acquisition market. During the six months ended December 31, 2008, the Company believes the market for mergers and acquisitions deteriorated such that by the end of 2008, the EBITDA multiples being used to price acquisitions had dropped to approximately half of what they had been for the Company historically. In addition, during the six months ended December 31, 2008, the Company had a significant and sustained decline in market capitalization due to the decrease in the market price of its common stock. The Company believes this decrease in stock price resulted primarily from its lower than anticipated financial results during such period. These financial results were caused by significant changes in the climate of the Company’s business, the uncertainty in the state governmental payer environment, the impact of related budgetary decisions, and by the sharp down turn in the United States economy generally. The $169.9 million non-cash asset impairment charge recorded by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008, all of which was recorded during the six months ended December 31, 2008, reflects the magnitude of both the decline in its market capitalization and the deterioration of the mergers and acquisitions market (including peer group guideline company multiples of EBITDA) during that six-month period, all as explained further below.

At September 30, 2008, the Company determined that the decline in its market capitalization and significant change in the Company’s business climate (each discussed above) during the three months ended September 30, 2008 were indicators that an interim goodwill impairment test was required under ASC 350 for all of its reporting units that had goodwill balances. In determining whether the Company had goodwill impairment at September 30, 2008, it reduced the total aggregate carrying value of the Company’s reporting units to reconcile it to the Company’s substantially decreased market capitalization plus a reasonable control premium as of September 30, 2008. The Company estimated the current fair value of each individual reporting unit with a goodwill balance as of September 30, 2008 using a market-based valuation approach. The results of the Company’s interim goodwill impairment test indicated that goodwill related to its December 2007 acquisition of LogistiCare, which comprises the Company’s NET Services operating segment and reporting unit, and earlier acquisitions assigned to the Company’s Social Services operating segment was impaired. As a result, the Company recorded an estimated non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $96.0 million related to the Company’s NET Services operating segment and $34.0 million related to its Social Services operating segment.

The Company’s stock price continued to significantly decline due to the reasons outlined above during the three months ended December 31, 2008. As a result of these factors, the Company further reduced the aggregate carrying value of its reporting units in connection with the Company’s annual asset impairment analysis to reconcile it to the Company’s reduced market capitalization as of December 31, 2008. In subsequently determining whether or not the Company had goodwill impairment to report for the three months ended December 31, 2008, the Company considered both a market-based valuation approach and an income-based valuation approach when estimating the fair values of its reporting units with goodwill balances as of such date. Under the market approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is determined using one or more methods based on current values in the market for similar businesses. Under the income approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the cash flow streams expected to be generated by the reporting unit over an appropriate period and then discounting the cash flow to present value using an appropriate discount rate. The income approach is dependent on a number of significant management assumptions, including estimates of future revenue and expenses, growth rates and discount rates.

In arriving at the fair value of the reporting units in the Company’s Social Services operating segment, greater weight was attributed to the market approach due to the continuing market deterioration reflected in current market comparables. For these reporting units, the Company weighted the market-based valuation results at 75% and the income-based valuation results at 25%. In arriving at the fair value for its NET Services operating segment, the Company used the indications of value received by it from potential acquirers of this segment as they represent prices that market participants are willing to offer for this reporting unit under current market conditions. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment analysis resulted in an additional non-cash asset impairment charge for the

 

98


Table of Contents

 

three months ended December 31, 2008 of approximately $26.7 million (net of a $7.7 million adjustment to the estimated interim period goodwill impairment charge recognized at September 30, 2008 as a result of the Company completing the interim goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2008) related to goodwill in its Social Services operating segment.

As a result of both of the Company’s interim and annual impairment tests, it recorded a total goodwill impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $156.7 million, which is included in “Asset impairment charges” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Of this non-cash impairment charge, approximately $60.7 million was related to the Company’s Social Service operating segment and approximately $96.0 million was related to its NET Services operating segment.

The total amount of goodwill that was deductible for income tax purposes for acquisitions as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 was approximately $35.2 million and $35.6 million, respectively.

Intangible assets are comprised of acquired customer relationships, management contracts, restrictive covenants, software licenses and developed technology. The Company valued customer relationships and the management contracts acquired in these acquisitions based upon expected future cash flows resulting from the underlying contracts with state and local agencies to provide social services in the case of customer relationships, and management and administrative services provided to the managed entity with respect to the acquired management contract.

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     Estimated
Useful

Life
    December 31,  
     2008     2009  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 

Management contracts

   10 Yrs      $ 13,368,024    $ (4,824,824   $ 12,849,562    $ (6,169,122

Customer relationships

   15 Yrs        74,878,448      (8,450,165     75,487,152      (13,505,600

Customer relationships

   10 Yrs        1,417,000      (318,825     1,417,000      (460,525

Developed technology

   6 Yrs        6,000,000      (1,067,204     6,000,000      (2,067,204

Software licenses

   5 Yrs        736,012      (264,787     801,708      (443,742

Restrictive covenants

   5 Yrs        142,860      (60,952     144,209      (90,177
                                

Total

   13.6 Yrs   $ 96,542,344    $ (14,986,757   $ 96,699,631    $ (22,736,370
                                

 

* Weighted-average amortization period

No significant residual value is estimated for these intangible assets. Amortization expense was approximately $3.4 million, $8.2 million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The total amortization expense is estimated to be approximately $7.7 million for 2010, $7.6 million for 2011, $7.5 million for 2012, $7.3 million for 2013 and $6.2 million for 2014, based on completed acquisitions as of December 31, 2009.

In connection with its interim asset impairment analysis conducted as of September 30, 2008, the Company determined that, for the same reasons noted above related to its goodwill impairment analysis as of such date, the value of the customer relationships acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisition of LogistiCare was impaired as of September 30, 2008. Consequently, in addition to the interim goodwill impairment charge noted above, the Company recorded an $11.0 million non-cash interim asset impairment charge for the three months ended September 30, 2008 to reflect the excess of the carrying value of customer relationships acquired in connection with its acquisition of LogistiCare over the estimated fair value of such relationships. The Company estimated the fair values of these intangible assets on a projected discounted cash flow basis.

 

99


Table of Contents

 

In connection with its annual asset impairment analysis conducted as of December 31, 2008, the Company determined that the same factors that required it to conduct goodwill impairment tests with respect to the Company’s reporting units as of December 31, 2008 also required the Company to conduct impairment tests with respect to the other intangible assets in these reporting units. In conducting such tests, the Company compared the undiscounted cash flow associated with each such intangible asset over its remaining life to the carrying value of such asset. If there was an indication of impairment, a discounted cash flow analysis was performed to determine the fair value of the intangible asset as of December 31, 2008, which was then compared to its carrying value. The Company determined, as a result of such comparisons, that there were additional asset impairment losses as of December 31, 2008 in its Social Services operating segment related to these other intangible assets, and, accordingly, the Company recorded an additional impairment charge of $2.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2008 related to these other intangible assets.

As a result of both of its interim and annual impairment tests, the Company recorded a total asset impairment charge related to other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $13.2 million, which is included in “Asset impairment charges” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. This non-cash impairment charge includes the $11.0 million recorded with respect to the Company’s NET Services operating segment as of September 30, 2008 and the $2.2 million recorded with respect to its Social Services operating segment as of December 31, 2008.

8.    Detail of Other Balance Sheet Accounts

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     Estimated
Useful
Life
   December 31,
      2008    2009

Land

      $ 20,000    $ 20,000

Building

   39 years      230,000      230,000

Furniture and equipment

   3-7 years      21,709,263      25,571,835
                
        21,959,263      25,821,835

Less accumulated depreciation

        9,975,895      14,655,563
                
      $ 11,983,368      11,166,272
                

Depreciation expense was approximately $1.6 million, $4.5 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2008    2009

Accrued compensation

   $ 12,720,169    $ 18,168,094

Income taxes payable

     —        2,155,109

Accrued interest payable

     1,591,730      1,528,605

Due to former shareholder

     625,000      —  

Other

     12,295,841      11,537,921
             
   $ 27,232,740    $ 33,389,729
             

 

100


Table of Contents

 

9.    Long-Term Obligations

The Company’s long-term obligations were as follows:

 

     December 31,
   2008    2009

5% unsecured, subordinated note to former stockholder of acquired company, interest payable semi-annually beginning December 2005 and all unpaid principal and any accrued and unpaid interest due June 2010

   $ 618,680    $ 618,680

4% unsecured, subordinated note to former owner of acquired company, interest payable semi-annually beginning April 2008 with principal of $300,000 due April 2008, but withheld due to a dispute, and all remaining unpaid principal and any accrued and unpaid interest due April 2010

     1,800,000      1,800,000

5.85% secured, note payable, interest and principal payable monthly beginning January 2009 through September 2009

     989,925      —  

6.5% convertible senior subordinated notes, interest payable semi-annually beginning May 2008 with principal due May 2014

     70,000,000      70,000,000

$30,000,000 revolving loan, LIBOR plus 6.5% (effective rate of 6.74% at December 31, 2009) through December 2012

     —        —  

$173,000,000 term loan, LIBOR plus 6.5% with principal and interest payable quarterly (as described below) through December 2013

     164,350,000      131,794,580
             
     237,758,605      204,213,260

Less current portion

     14,264,925      17,480,918
             
   $ 223,493,680    $ 186,732,342
             

The carrying amount of the long-term obligations approximated its fair value at December 31, 2008 and 2009. The fair value of the Company’s long-term obligations was estimated based on interest rates for the same or similar debt offered to the Company having same or similar remaining maturities and collateral requirements.

Annual maturities of long-term obligations as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 

Year

   Amount

2010

   $ 17,480,918

2011

     18,827,797

2012

     22,593,357

2013

     75,311,188

Thereafter

     70,000,000
      

Total

   $ 204,213,260
      

Convertible senior subordinated notes.

On November 13, 2007, the Company issued $70.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”), under the amended note purchase agreement dated November 9, 2007 to the purchasers named therein. The proceeds of $70.0 million were initially placed into escrow and were released on December 7, 2007 to partially fund the cash portion of the purchase price of LogistiCare. The Notes are general unsecured obligations subordinated in right of payment to any existing or future senior debt including the Company’s credit facility with CIT Capital Securities LLC (“CIT”) described below.

In connection with the Company’s issuance of the Notes, the Company entered into an Indenture between the Company, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Indenture”).

 

101


Table of Contents

 

The Company will pay interest on the Notes in cash semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year beginning on May 15, 2008. The Notes will mature on May 15, 2014.

The Notes are convertible, under certain circumstances, into common stock at a conversion rate, subject to adjustment as provided for in the Indenture, of 23.982 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. This conversion rate is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $41.698 per share. On and after the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined below), the Notes will be convertible at any time prior to the close of business on the business day before the stated maturity date of the Notes. In the event of a fundamental change as described in the Indenture, each holder of the notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes for cash. A fundamental change includes among other things: (i) the acquisition in a transaction or series of transactions of 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock; (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, merger of another entity into the Company, or the sale, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another entity (other than to one or more of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries), other than any such transaction (A) pursuant to which holders of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors immediately prior to such transaction have or are entitled to receive, directly or indirectly, at least 50% or more of the total voting power of the capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after such transaction or (B) which is effected solely to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock into solely shares of common stock; (iii) if, during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of that two-year period constituted the Company’s board of directors, together with any new directors whose election to the Company’s board of directors or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Company’s board of directors then in office; (iv) if a resolution approving a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company is approved by its board of directors or the Company’s stockholders; and (v) upon the occurrence of a termination of trading as defined in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains customary terms and provisions that provide that upon certain events of default, including, without limitation, the failure to pay amounts due under the Notes when due, the failure to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement under the Indenture, or certain defaults under other agreements or instruments, occurring and continuing, either the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest through the date of such declaration immediately due and payable. Upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. In the case of certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to the Company or any significant subsidiary of the Company, the principal amount of the Notes together with any accrued interest through the occurrence of such event shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act of the Trustee or the holders of the Notes.

Credit facility.

On December 7, 2007, the Company entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with CIT Healthcare LLC, as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and SunTrust Bank, as co-documentation agents, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as co-syndication agents, other lenders party thereto, and CIT, as sole lead arranger and bookrunner. The Credit Agreement replaced the Company’s previous credit facility with CIT Healthcare LLC.

The Credit Agreement, as amended, provides the Company with a senior secured first lien credit facility in aggregate principal amount of $213.0 million comprised of a $173.0 million, six year term loan and a $30.0 million, five year revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”). On December 7, 2007, the Company borrowed the entire amount available under the term loan facility and used the proceeds of the term loan to (i) fund a portion of the purchase price paid by the Company to acquire LogistiCare; (ii) refinance all of the then existing indebtedness under

 

102


Table of Contents

 

its second amended loan agreement with CIT Healthcare LLC in the amount of approximately $17.3 million; and (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the acquisition of LogistiCare and the financing thereof. The revolving credit facility must be used to (i) provide funds for general corporate purposes of the Company; (ii) fund permitted acquisitions; (iii) fund ongoing working capital requirements; (iv) collateralize letters of credit; and (v) make capital expenditures. The Company intends to draw down on the revolving credit facility from time-to-time for these uses.

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, yield protection, indemnities, expense reimbursement, material adverse change clauses, and events of default and other terms and conditions. In addition, the Company is required to maintain certain financial covenants under the amendment to the Credit Agreement described below. As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the amendment to the Credit Agreement. Further, the Company is prohibited from paying cash dividends if there is a default under the facility or if the payment of any cash dividends would result in default.

On March 11, 2009, the Company agreed with its creditors to amend certain terms in the Credit Agreement (“Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement” and, together with the Credit Agreement, the “Amended Credit Agreement”) to, among other things:

 

   

decrease the revolving credit facility from $40 million to $30 million;

 

   

increase the interest rate spread on the annual interest rate from LIBOR plus 3.5% to LIBOR plus 6.5% and, with respect to Base Rate Loans (as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement), increase the interest rate spread on the annual interest rate from Base Rate plus 2.5% to Base Rate plus 5.5% effective March 11, 2009; provided the interest rate will be adjusted upwards and the Company will incur a fee if certain consolidated senior leverage ratios exceed the corresponding ratio ceilings set forth in Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement determined as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009;

 

   

amend certain financial covenants to change the requirements to a level where the Company met the requirements for the fourth quarter of 2008 and would likely meet the requirements for the fiscal year 2009;

 

   

establish a new financial covenant through December 31, 2009 based upon the Company’s operations maintaining a minimum earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization level (as such term is defined in Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement) commencing with the three months ending March 31, 2009; and,

 

   

require the Company to deliver to the lenders monthly consolidated financial statements and a 13-week rolling cash flow forecast each week from the effective date of Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement to December 31, 2009.

In exchange for the amendments described above, the Company paid an amendment fee to certain lenders equal to $565,000 (0.40% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment and Term Loan outstanding related to those lenders (as such terms are defined in the Amended Credit Agreement)), which was capitalized as deferred financing fees and is included in “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009. In addition, in connection with this transaction, the Company incurred fees and expenses of approximately $2.0 million, including arrangement, legal, accounting and other related costs. These fees and expenses are reflected in “General and administrative expense” in the amount of approximately $1.7 million and “Interest expense” in the amount of approximately $348,000 in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Under the Amended Credit Agreement the outstanding principal amount of the loans accrues interest at the per annum rate of LIBOR plus 6.5% or the Base Rate plus 5.5% at the Company’s election. The Company may, from time-to-time, request to convert the loan (whether borrowed under the term loan facility or the revolving credit facility) from a Base Rate Loan (subject to the per annum rate of the Base Rate plus 5.5%) to a LIBOR Loan (subject to the per annum rate of LIBOR plus 6.5%). The conversion to a LIBOR Loan may be selected for a period

 

103


Table of Contents

 

of one, two, three or six months with interest payable on the last day of the period selected except where a period of six months is selected by the Company interest is payable quarterly. If not renewed by the Company subject to CIT approval, the loan will automatically convert back to a Base Rate Loan at the end of the conversion period. The interest rate applied to the Company’s term loan at December 31, 2009 was 6.74%. In addition, the Company is subject to a 0.75% fee per annum on the unused portion of the available funds as well as other administrative fees. No amounts were borrowed under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2009, but the entire amount available under this facility may be allocated to collateralize certain letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008, there were five letters of credit in the amount of approximately $6.8 million and five letters of credit as of December 31, 2009 in the amount of approximately $7.3 million collateralized under the revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company’s available credit under the revolving credit facility was $33.2 million and $22.7 million, respectively.

The Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by all of its present and future domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) other than the Company’s insurance subsidiaries and managed entities. The Company’s and each Guarantors’ obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by a first priority lien, subject to certain permitted encumbrances, on the Company’s assets and the assets of each Guarantor, including a pledge of 100% of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the issued and outstanding stock of its first tier foreign subsidiaries. If an event of default occurs, including, but not limited to, failure to pay any installment of principal or interest when due, failure to pay any other charges, fees, expenses or other monetary obligations owing to CIT when due or particular covenant defaults, as more fully described in the Credit Agreement, the required lenders may cause CIT to declare all unpaid principal and any accrued and unpaid interest and all fees and expenses immediately due. Under the Credit Agreement, the initiation of any bankruptcy or related proceedings will automatically cause all unpaid principal and any accrued and unpaid interest and all fees and expenses to become due and payable. In addition, it is an event of default under the Credit Agreement if the Company defaults on any indebtedness having a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million.

Each extension of credit under the Credit Facility is conditioned upon: (i) the accuracy in all material respects of all representations and warranties in the definitive loan documentation; and (ii) there being no default or event of default at the time of such extension of credit. Under the repayment terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is obligated to repay the term loan in quarterly installments on the last day of each calendar quarter, which commenced on March 31, 2008, so that the following percentages of the term loan borrowed on the closing date are paid as follows: 5% in 2008, 7.5% in 2009, 10% in 2010, 12.5% in 2011, 15% in 2012 and the remaining balance in 2013. With respect to the revolving credit facility, the Company must repay the outstanding principal balance and any accrued but unpaid interest by December 2012. The Company may at any time and from time-to-time prepay the Credit Facility without premium or penalty, provided that it may not re-borrow any portion of the term loan repaid.

The Credit Facility also requires the Company to prepay the loan in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds of any disposition, or, to the extent the applicable net cash proceeds exceed $500,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time of the receipt or application of such net cash proceeds no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing and the Company delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate, executed by the Company’s chief financial officer, that it intends within three hundred sixty-five days after receipt thereof to use all or part of such net cash proceeds either to purchase assets used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its subsidiaries or to make capital expenditures, the Company may use all or part of such net cash proceeds in the manner set forth in such certificate; provided, however, that, (A) any such net cash proceeds not so used within the period set forth in such certificate shall, on the first business day immediately following such period, be applied as a prepayment and (B) any assets so acquired shall be subject to the security interests under the collateral documents in the same priority (subject to permitted liens) as the assets subject to such disposition or involuntary disposition.

The Company agreed with CIT to subordinate its management fee receivable pursuant to management agreements established with the Company’s managed entities, which have stand-alone credit facilities with CIT Healthcare LLC, to the claims of CIT in the event one of these managed entities defaults under its credit facility. As

 

104


Table of Contents

 

of December 31, 2008, approximately $733,000 of the Company’s management fees receivable related to these managed entities was subject to this subordination agreement. During 2009, these entities obtained stand-alone credit facilities from other lenders and, as of December 31, 2009, none of these entities had stand-alone credit facilities with CIT Healthcare LLC. As a result, as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s management fee receivable related to these managed entities was not subject to the subordination agreement.

10.    Interest Rate Swap

In February 2008, the Company entered into an interest rate swap to convert a portion of its floating rate long-term debt expense to fixed rate debt expense. The purpose of this instrument is to hedge the variability of the Company’s future earnings and cash flows caused by movements in interest rates applied to its floating rate long-term debt. The Company holds this derivative only for the purpose of hedging such risks, not for speculation. Under the swap agreement, the Company will pay 3.026% and receive three-month LIBOR on a notional amount of $86.5 million through February 2010. The Company designated the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge under ASC 815. Prior to Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement described in note 9, the Company anticipated that it would not be in compliance with certain financial covenants as of December 31, 2008. As a result, during the first quarter of 2009, the Company’s long-term debt was converted from a LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement beginning February 27, 2009 through April 1, 2009. The swap was de-designated and all changes in the fair value of the swap from the last effective date (January 31, 2009) were recognized in earnings. Additionally, the balance in other comprehensive loss at January 31, 2009 will be recognized to income ratably through the maturity date of the swap in February 2010. On March 31, 2009, the swap was re-designated as a cash flow hedge under ASC 815 and beginning April 2, 2009 the Company’s long-term debt was converted from a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan. The swap’s effectiveness is evaluated monthly and effective gains and losses are accumulated in other comprehensive loss until the hedged interest expense is accrued.

The fair value amounts in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009, related to the Company’s interest rate swap were as follows:

 

    

Liability Derivatives

    

December 31, 2009

    

Balance Sheet Location

   Fair Value

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815

     

Interest rate contracts

   Current portion of interest rate swap    $ 372,408
         

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815

        372,408
         

Total derivatives

      $ 372,408
         

 

105


Table of Contents

 

The derivative gains and losses in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009, related to the Company’s interest rate swap were as follows:

 

Derivatives in ASC 815 cash
flow hedging relationship

   Pretax loss
recognized in
Other
Comprehensive
Income on
effective
portion of
derivative
   Pretax loss on effective
portion of derivative reclassified
from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss into Income
  

Ineffective portion of loss on
derivative and amount excluded
from effectiveness testing
recognized in income

     Amount    Location    Amount   

Location

   Amount

Interest rate contract

   $ 246,256    Interest expense    $ 1,610,306    Interest expense    $ 177,848
                          

Derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments under ASC 815

                 

Location of
amounts
recognized in
income on
derivative

   Amount of
loss
recognized
in income on
derivative

Interest rate contract

            Interest expense    $ 132,029
                  

Additional information regarding the Company’s interest rate swap is included in notes 1 and 2 above and note 20 below.

11.    Business Segments

The Company’s operations are organized and reviewed by management along its services lines. After the consummation of the acquisition of LogistiCare, the Company operates in two reportable segments: Social Services and NET Services. The Company operates these reportable segments as separate divisions and differentiates the segments based on the nature of the services they offer. The following describes each of the Company’s segments and its corporate services area.

Social Services.     Social Services includes government sponsored social services consisting of home and community based counseling, foster care and not-for-profit management services. Through Social Services the Company provides services to a common customer group, principally individuals and families. All of the operating entities within Social Services follow similar operating procedures and methods in managing their operations and each operating entity works within a similar regulatory environment, primarily under Medicaid regulations. The Company manages the activities of Social Services by actual to budget comparisons within each operating entity rather than by comparison between entities. The Company’s budget related to Social Services is prepared on an entity-by-entity basis which represents the aggregation of individual location operating budgets within each Social Services entity and is comprised of:

 

   

Payer specific revenue streams based upon contracted amounts;

 

   

Payroll and related employee expenses by position corresponding to the contracted revenue streams; and

 

   

Other operating expenses such as facilities costs, employee training, mileage and communications in support of operations.

The Company’s actual operating contribution margins by operating entity related to Social Services ranged from approximately 4% to 16% as of December 31, 2009. The Company believes that its targeted contribution margin of approximately 10% is allowable by its state and local governmental payers over the long term.

In evaluating the financial performance and economic characteristics of Social Services, the Company’s chief operating decision maker regularly reviews the following types of financial and non-financial information for each operating entity within Social Services:

 

   

Consolidated financial statements;

 

   

Separate condensed financial statements for each individual operating entity versus their budget;

 

106


Table of Contents

 

   

Monthly non-financial statistical information;

 

   

Productivity reports; and

 

   

Payroll reports.

While the Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates performance in comparison to budget based on the operating results of the individual operating entities within Social Services, the operating entities are aggregated into one reporting segment for financial reporting purposes because the Company believes that the operating entities exhibit similar long term financial performance. In conjunction with the financial performance trends, the Company believes the similar qualitative characteristics of the operating entities it aggregates within Social Services and budgetary constraints of the Company’s payers in each market provide a foundation to conclude that the entities that the Company aggregates within Social Services have similar economic characteristics. Thus, the Company believes the economic characteristics of its operating entities within Social Services meet the criteria for aggregation into a single reporting segment under ASC Topic 280- Segment Reporting .

NET Services .    NET Services includes managing the delivery of non-emergency transportation services. The Company operates NET Services as a separate division of the Company with operational management and service offerings distinct from the Company’s Social Services operating segment. Financial and operating performance reporting is conducted at a contract level and reviewed weekly at both the operating entity level as well as the corporate level by the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Gross margin performance of individual contracts is consolidated under the associated operating entity and direct general and administrative expenses are allocated to the operating entity.

Corporate.     Corporate includes corporate accounting and finance, information technology, internal audit, employee training, legal and various other overhead costs, all of which are directly allocated to the operating segments.

Segment asset disclosures include property and equipment and other intangible assets. The accounting policies of the Company’s segments are the same as those of the consolidated Company. The Company evaluates performance based on operating income. Operating income is revenue less operating expenses (including client services expense, cost of non-emergency transportation services, general and administrative expense and depreciation and amortization) but is not affected by other income/expense or by income taxes. Other income/expense consists principally of interest income and interest expense. In calculating operating income for each segment, general and administrative expenses incurred at the corporate level are allocated to each segment based upon their relative direct expense levels excluding costs for purchased services. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

The following table sets forth certain financial information attributable to the Company’s business segments for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. In addition, none of the segments have significant non-cash items other than depreciation, amortization and asset impairment charges in reported income.

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2007
     Social Services(c)     NET Services    Corporate(a)    Consolidated
Total

Revenues

   $ 262,198,859      $ 22,866,709    $ 101,051    $ 285,166,619
                            

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 4,496,197      $ 492,898    $ —      $ 4,989,095
                            

Operating income

   $ 23,265,781      $ 2,345,335    $ 101,051    $ 25,712,167
                            

Net interest expense (income)

   $ (209,264   $ 1,810,776    $ —      $ 1,601,512
                            

Total assets

   $ 211,109,778      $ 318,945,932    $ 21,927,945    $ 551,983,655
                            

Capital expenditures

   $ 1,196,150      $ 158,045    $ 594,843    $ 1,949,038
                            

 

107


Table of Contents

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2008  
     Social Services(c)(d)     NET Services(e)     Corporate(a)(b)    Consolidated
Total
 

Revenues

   $ 310,529,499      $ 381,106,735      $ 34,036    $ 691,670,270   
                               

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 5,534,242      $ 7,187,252      $ —      $ 12,721,494   
                               

Operating income (loss)

   $ (50,975,738   $ (98,374,986   $ 34,036    $ (149,316,688
                               

Net interest expense (income)

   $ (506,992   $ 19,106,519      $ —      $ 18,599,527   
                               

Total assets

   $ 153,891,688      $ 204,847,944      $ 6,923,601    $ 365,663,233   
                               

Capital expenditures

   $ 1,470,170      $ 2,487,557      $ 706,280    $ 4,664,007   
                               
     For the year ended December 31, 2009  
     Social Services(c)     NET Services     Corporate(a)(b)    Consolidated
Total
 

Revenues

   $ 340,737,952      $ 460,275,314      $ —      $ 801,013,266   
                               

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 6,443,423      $ 6,408,684      $ —      $ 12,852,107   
                               

Operating income

   $ 24,219,690      $ 29,505,372      $ —      $ 53,725,062   
                               

Net interest expense (income)

   $ (178,110   $ 20,610,507      $ —      $ 20,432,397   
                               

Total assets

   $ 148,459,757      $ 219,928,437      $ 14,718,472    $ 383,106,666   
                               

Capital expenditures

   $ 1,606,453      $ 1,621,783      $ 471,149    $ 3,699,385   
                               

 

(a) Corporate costs have been allocated to the Social Services and NET Services operating segments.
(b) Corporate assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 include cash totaling approximately $4.6 million and $12.2 million, notes receivable totaling approximately $225,000 and $0, property and equipment totaling approximately $1.4 million and $1.3 million, and other assets of approximately $721,000 and $403,000, respectively. In addition, corporate assets as of December 31, 2009 included prepaid expenses totaling approximately $768,000.
(c) Excludes intersegment revenues of approximately $182,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, that have been eliminated in consolidation.
(d) Includes a non cash impairment charge to goodwill and certain intangible assets of approximately $60.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
(e) Includes a non cash impairment charge to goodwill and certain intangible assets of approximately $96.0 million and $11.0 million, respectively.

The following table details the Company’s revenues, net income and long-lived assets by geographic location.

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2007
     United
States(b)
   Canada(b)    Consolidated
Total

Revenue

   $ 271,853,847    $ 13,312,772    $ 285,166,619
                    

Net income

   $ 13,519,068    $ 869,606    $ 14,388,674
                    

Long-lived assets

   $ 374,053,183    $ 16,472,903    $ 390,526,086
                    

 

108


Table of Contents

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2008  
     United States(a)(b)     Canada(a)(b)     Consolidated
Total
 

Revenue

   $ 663,712,020      $ 27,958,250      $ 691,670,270   
                        

Net loss

   $ (149,039,617   $ (6,565,056   $ (155,604,673
                        

Long-lived assets

   $ 199,787,519      $ 6,522,002      $ 206,309,521   
                        
     For the year ended December 31, 2009  
     United States(b)     Canada(b)     Consolidated
Total
 

Revenue

   $ 778,504,781      $ 22,508,485      $ 801,013,266   
                        

Net income

   $ 20,572,881      $ 552,726      $ 21,125,607   
                        

Long-lived assets

   $ 191,782,887      $ 7,019,591      $ 198,802,478   
                        

 

(a) Includes a non-cash impairment charge of $163.6 million related to our domestic operations and $6.3 million related to our Canadian operations, respectively.
(b) The Social Services and NET Services operating segments, on an aggregate basis, derived approximately 8.9%, 14.2% and 14.2% of the Company’s consolidated revenue from one payer for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

12.    Stockholders’ Equity

The Company’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 40,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company granted a total of 175,000 ten-year options under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”) to purchase the Company’s common stock at exercise prices equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The options were granted to a non-employee director of its board of directors, an executive officer and certain key employees. The option exercise price for all options granted ranged from $1.55 to $13.07 and the options vest in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant. The weighted-average fair value of the options granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $8.52 per share.

The Company granted a total of 2,000 shares of restricted stock to a non-employee director of its board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2009. The award vests in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant. The weighted-average fair value of this award totaled $13.07 per share.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company issued 46,700 shares of its common stock in connection with the exercise of employee stock options under the 2006 Plan. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company issued 1,400 shares of its common stock in connection with the exercise of employee stock options under the Company’s 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“1997 Plan”).

At December 31, 2008 and 2009, there were 13,462,356 and 13,521,959 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding, respectively, (including 619,768 treasury shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009) and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

109


Table of Contents

 

The following table reflects the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 2009:

 

Shares of common stock reserved for:

  

Exercise of stock options and restricted stock awards

   1,432,876

Exchangeable shares issued in connection with the acquisition of WCG that are exchangeable into shares of the Company’s common stock

   261,694

Convertible senior subordinated notes

   2,224,320
    

Total shares of common stock reserved for future issuance

   3,918,890
    

Subject to the rights specifically granted to holders of any then outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock, the Company’s common stockholders are entitled to vote together as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders and are entitled to any dividends that may be declared by the Company’s board of directors. The Company’s common stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights. Upon the Company’s dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to share ratably in the Company’s net assets after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of the Company’s preferred stock then outstanding. The Company’s common stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase shares of the Company’s stock. The issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock are not subject to any redemption provisions and are not convertible into any other shares of the Company’s capital stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of the Company’s common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of the Company’s preferred stock the Company may issue in the future.

On December 9, 2008, the Board declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share. The dividend was payable on December 22, 2008 (the “Record Date”) to the stockholders of record on that date. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Shares”), of the Company at a price of $15.00 per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in the Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated December 9, 2008 (the “Rights Agreement”), between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent, which provides for a stockholder rights plan.

Initially, the Rights are attached to all outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock and no separate Rights certificates will be issued until the distribution date (as defined in the Rights Agreement). The Rights are not exercisable until the distribution date. The Rights will expire on December 9, 2011, unless this date is amended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company. In addition, the Rights Agreement also provides that the Rights among other things: (i) will not become exercisable in connection with a qualified fully financed offer for any or all of the outstanding shares of the Company’ s common stock (as described in the Rights Agreement); (ii) permit each holder of a Right to receive, upon exercise, shares of the Company’s common stock with a value equal to twice that of the exercise price of the Right if 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock is acquired by a person or group; and (iii) in the event that the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold after a person or group has acquired 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock, will allow each holder of a Right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then-current exercise price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company, which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

The number of outstanding Rights and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share to be issued upon exercise of each Right are subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Because of the nature of the Preferred Shares’ dividend, liquidation and voting rights, the value of the one one-hundredth interest in a Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of each Right should approximate the value of one share of the Company’s common stock. Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the

 

110


Table of Contents

 

Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends. The Rights will not prevent a takeover of the Company. However, the Rights may cause substantial dilution to a person or group that acquires 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Rights however, should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board.

Effective as of October 9, 2009, the Board unanimously approved and adopted an amendment to the Rights Agreement (“Rights Amendment No. 1”). The principal purpose of Rights Amendment No. 1 is to revise the definition of a “qualified offer” and the related process by which stockholders can request, following the Company’s receipt of a “qualified offer,” that a special meeting be called to redeem the Rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement, to be consistent with additional published guidance that was issued by a leading proxy advisory firm subsequent to the adoption by the Board of the Rights Agreement. In addition, Rights Amendment No. 1 requires that any amendment to the Rights Agreement that extends its term shall be submitted for ratification by the Company’s stockholders within one year of the adoption by the Board of such an amendment.

13.    Stock-Based Compensation Arrangements

The Company provides stock-based compensation under the Company’s 1997 Plan, 2003 Stock Option Plan (“2003 Plan”) and 2006 Plan to employees, non-employee directors, consultants and advisors. These plans have contributed significantly to the success of the Company by providing for the grant of stock-based and other incentive awards to enhance the Company’s ability to attract and retain employees, directors, consultants, advisors and others who are in a position to make contributions to the success of the Company and any entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding capital stock as determined by aggregate voting rights or other voting interests and encourage such persons to take into account the long-term interests of the Company and its stockholders through ownership of the Company’s common stock or securities with value tied to the Company’s common stock. The Company, upon stockholder approval of the 2006 Plan in 2006, replaced the 1997 Plan and 2003 Plan with the 2006 Plan. While all awards outstanding under the 1997 Plan and 2003 Plan remain in effect in accordance with their terms, no additional grants or awards will be made under either plan.

To achieve the purposes of the Company’s stock-based compensation program described above, the 2006 Plan allows the flexibility to grant or award stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units including restricted stock units and performance awards to eligible persons.

Stock option awards granted under the 1997 Plan, 2003 Plan and 2006 Plan were generally ten year options granted at fair market value on the date of grant with time based vesting over a period determined at the time the options were granted, ranging from one to four years (which is equal to the requisite service period) prior to the acceleration of vesting noted below. The Company does not intend to pay dividends on unexercised options. New shares of the Company’s common stock are issued when the options are exercised.

The following table summarizes the activity under the 1997 Plan, 2003 Plan and 2006 Plan as of December 31, 2009:

 

     Number of shares
of the Company’s
common stock
authorized for
issuance
    Number of shares
of the Company’s
common stock
remaining
available for
future grants
   Number of shares of the Company’s
common stock subject to
            Options            Stock Grants    

1997 Plan

   428,572      —      11,034    —  

2003 Plan

   1,400,000      —      745,366    —  

2006 Plan

   1,800,000 (1)    23,628    674,476    2,000
                    

Total

   3,628,572      23,628    1,430,876    2,000
                    

 

(1) On May 21, 2008, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2006 Plan to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for issuance under the 2006 Plan by 1,000,000 shares from 800,000 shares to 1,800,000 shares.

 

111


Table of Contents

 

The Company chose to follow the short-cut method prescribed by ASC 718 to calculate its pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of ASC 718 (“APIC pool”). There was no effect on the Company’s financial results for 2007, 2008 or 2009 related to the application of the short-cut method to determine its APIC pool balance.

The Company calculates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula. Stock-based compensation expense for stock options granted prior to December 31, 2005 is not reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 as all of the outstanding stock options granted prior to December 31, 2005 were vested at December 31, 2005.

Stock-based compensation expense charged against income for stock options and stock grants awarded subsequent to December 31, 2005 (the date of acceleration of all of the then outstanding unvested stock options) for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 was based on the grant-date fair value adjusted for estimated forfeitures based on awards expected to vest in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, and amounted to approximately $1.4 million (net of tax of $996,000) and $6.3 million (net of tax of $2.5 million), respectively. On December 30, 2008, the Compensation Committee of the Board approved, effective as of that date, the acceleration of the vesting dates of all outstanding unvested stock options and restricted stock awarded subsequent to December 31, 2005 to eligible employees, directors and consultants, including stock options and restricted stock granted to executive officers and non-employee directors, under the 2006 Plan; provided the equity holder was actively an employee, director or consultant of the Company on December 30, 2008. All other terms of the stock options and restricted stock remained the same. Stock-based compensation expense charged against income for stock options and stock grants awarded subsequent to December 30, 2008 for the year ended December 31, 2009 was based on the grant-date fair value adjusted for estimated forfeitures based on awards expected to vest in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 and totaled approximately $291,000 (net of tax of approximately $11,000). ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised as necessary in subsequent periods if the actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the amount of excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options was approximately $680,000, $185,000 and $140,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had tax shortfalls resulting from the exercise of stock options of approximately $1.5 million and $45,000, respectively. The excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options are reflected as cash flows from financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

Prior to the acceleration of vesting in December 2008, stock-based compensation expense was amortized over the vesting period of three to four years with approximately 30% and 32% recorded as client services expense, and 70% and 68% as general and administrative expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. For stock-based compensation awards granted subsequent to December 30, 2008, the associated expense is amortized over the vesting period of three years with approximately 55% recorded as client services expense, 36% as cost of non-emergency transportation services and 9% as general and administrative expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

112


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2009
   Number of
Shares
Under
Option
    Weighted-
average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Balance at beginning of period

   1,351,112      $ 21.45      

Granted

   175,000        11.17      

Exercised

   (48,100     3.12      

Forfeited or expired

   (47,136     20.16      
              

Outstanding at end of period

   1,430,876      $ 20.85    6.5    $ 2,294,111
                        

Vested or expected to vest at end of period

   1,418,897      $ 20.94    6.5    $ 2,244,388
                        

Exercisable at end of period

   1,275,876      $ 22.04    6.2    $ 1,565,361
                        

The weighted-average grant-date fair value for options granted, total intrinsic value and cash received by the Company related to options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2007    2008    2009

Weighted-average grant date fair value

   $ 10.75    $ 6.85    $ 8.52

Options exercised:

        

Total intrinsic value

   $ 1,269,993    $ 488,921    $ 460,471

Cash received

   $ 2,353,495    $ 469,320    $ 149,667

The following table summarizes the activity of the shares and weighted-average grant date fair value of the Company’s non-vested common stock during the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Shares    Weighted-average
grant date

fair value

Non-vested at December 31, 2008

   —      $ —  

Granted

   2,000    $ 13.07

Vested

   —      $ —  

Forfeited

   —      $ —  
       

Non-vested at December 31, 2009

   2,000    $ 13.07
       

Stock grants were not made prior to the approval of the 2006 Plan on May 25, 2006. The fair value of a non-vested stock grant is determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately $1.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2006 Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.36 years. The total fair value of shares vested was $1.6 million, $10.0 million and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

113


Table of Contents

 

The fair value of each stock option awarded during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula and amortized over the option’s vesting periods with the following assumptions:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
         2007             2008             2009      

Expected dividend yield

   0.0   0.0   0.0

Expected stock price volatility

   34.1%-34.5   34.7%-89.3   91.6%-95.7

Risk-free interest rate

   4.7%-4.9   1.6%-3.5   1.7%-2.7

Expected life of options

   6      5-6      6   

The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury security rate in effect as of the date of grant. The expected lives of options and the expected stock price volatility were based on the Company’s historical data. Implied volatility was not considered due to the low volume of traded options on the Company’s common stock.

14.    Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The following table details the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2007    2008     2009

Numerator:

       

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ 14,388,674    $ (155,604,673   $ 21,125,607

Denominator:

       

Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share—weighted-average shares

     11,865,402      12,531,869        13,130,092

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Common stock options and restricted stock awards

     181,719      —          81,301
                     

Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share—adjusted weighted-average shares assumed conversion

     12,047,121      12,531,869        13,211,393
                     

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 1.21    $ (12.42   $ 1.61
                     

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 1.19    $ (12.42   $ 1.60
                     

All potentially dilutive securities were anti-dilutive for purposes of computing diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2008 as the Company recorded a net loss available to common stockholders for this period. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2009, employee stock options to purchase 21,826 and 11 shares, respectively, of common stock were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as the exercise price of these options was greater than the average fair value of the common stock for the period and, therefore, the effect of these options would have been anti-dilutive. The effect of issuing 1,678,740 shares of common stock on an assumed conversion basis related to the Notes was not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 as it would have been antidilutive.

15.    Leases

Sale-leaseback

The Company sold its corporate office building in Tucson, Arizona in 2005 and leased the office space back. As a result of this transaction, a gain of approximately $185,000 was deferred and is being amortized to income in proportion to rent charged over the initial seven year term of the lease. Approximately $27,000 of the realized gain

 

114


Table of Contents

 

was recognized for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the remaining deferred gain of approximately $75,000 is shown as “Deferred revenue” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The minimum lease payments required by this lease are reflected in the future minimum payments under the non-cancellable operating leases table below.

Capital leases

The Company acquired leases for certain vehicles classified as capital leases in connection with the acquisition of LogistiCare in December 2007. Additionally, the Company has various capital leases related to office equipment. The cost of vehicles and equipment under capital leases is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008 and 2009 as property and equipment and was approximately $313,000 and $75,000, respectively. Accumulated amortization of the leased vehicles and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2009 was approximately $88,000 and $13,000, respectively. Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. Capital lease obligations of approximately $100,000 and $65,000 as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, are included in “Accrued expenses” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Operating leases

The Company leases many of its operating and office facilities for various terms under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. The leases expire in various years and provide for renewal options. In the normal course of business, it is expected that these leases will be renewed or replaced by leases on other properties.

The operating leases provide for increases in future minimum annual rental payments based on defined increases in the Consumer Price Index, subject to certain minimum increases. Several of these lease agreements contain provisions for periods in which rent payments are reduced. The total amount of rental payments due over the lease term is being charged to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent expense recorded and the amount paid as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $334,000 and was included in “Accrued expenses” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Also, the lease agreements generally require the Company to pay executory costs such as real estate taxes, insurance, and repairs.

Future minimum payments under capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more consisted of the following at December 31, 2009:

 

     Capital
Leases
   Operating
Leases

2010

   $ 22,989    $ 12,005,955

2011

     22,989      8,031,831

2012

     20,565      4,560,178

2013

     15,460      2,358,301

2014

     7,127      763,866

Thereafter

     —        488,871
             

Total future minimum lease payments

     89,130    $ 28,209,002
         

Less: amount representing interest

     24,096   
         

Present value of net minimum lease payments (including current portion of $13,291)

   $ 65,034   
         

Rent expense related to operating leases was approximately $10.0 million, $15.1 million and $16.8 million, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

115


Table of Contents

 

16.    Retirement Plan

Social Services

The Company maintains qualified defined contribution plans under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”), for all employees of its Social Services operating segment as well as corporate personnel. The Company, at its discretion, may make a matching contribution to the plans. The Company’s contributions to the plans were approximately $115,000, $375,000 and $399,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

On August 31, 2007, the Board adopted The Providence Service Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) for the Company’s eligible employees and independent contractors or a participating employer (as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan). Under the Deferred Compensation Plan participants may defer all or a portion of their base salary, service bonus, performance-based compensation earned in a period of 12 months or more, commissions and, in the case of independent contractors, compensation reportable on Form 1099. As of December 31, 2009, there were seven participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan.

NET Services

The Company maintains a qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the IRC for all employees of its NET Services operating segment. Under this plan, the Company may contribute an amount equal to 25% of the first 5% of participant elective contributions. At the end of each plan year, the Company may also make a contribution on a discretionary basis on behalf of participants who have made elective contributions for the plan year. In no event will participant shares of the Company’s matching contribution exceed 1.25% of participants’ compensation for the plan year. For the period from December 7, 2007 (effective date of the LogistiCare acquisition) to December 31, 2007, the Company made contributions to this plan in the amount of approximately $6,000 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company made contributions to this plan totaling approximately $107,000 and $213,000, respectively.

The Company also maintains a 409 (A) Deferred Compensation Rabbi Trust Plan for highly compensated employees of its NET Services operating segment. This plan was put in place to compensate for the inability of highly compensated employees to take full advantage of the Company’s 401(k) plan. As of December 31, 2009, there were 19 highly compensated employees who participated in this plan.

17.    Income Taxes

The federal and state income tax provision (benefit) is summarized as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Federal:

      

Current

   $ 5,471,148      $ 287,101      $ 8,325,467   

Deferred

     1,515,996        (10,274,362     2,320,618   
                        
     6,987,144        (9,987,261     10,646,085   

State

      

Current

   $ 1,793,575      $ 2,199,934      $ 1,913,762   

Deferred

     267,529        (4,092,234     (274,230
                        
     2,061,104        (1,892,300     1,639,532   

Foreign

      

Current

   $ 701,401      $ (245,018   $ (371,785

Deferred

     (27,668     (186,963     253,226   
                        
     673,733        (431,981     (118,559
                        

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 9,721,981      $ (12,311,542   $ 12,167,058   
                        

 

116


Table of Contents

 

A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes with amounts determined by applying the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Federal statutory rates

     35     35     35
                        

Federal income tax at statutory rates

   $ 8,438,731      $ (58,790,996   $ 11,652,434   

Goodwill impairment

     —          46,634,045        —     

Change in valuation allowance

     60,000        54,165        95,501   

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     1,237,604        (1,229,995     635,692   

Difference between federal statutory and foreign tax rate

     (68,083     29,340        (33,533

Stock option expense

     —          837,047        96,380   

Meals and entertainment

     124,138        95,619        92,587   

Other

     (70,409     59,233        (372,003
                        

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 9,721,981      $ (12,311,542   $ 12,167,058   
                        

Effective income tax rate

     40     7     37
                        

The Company’s effective income tax rate for 2008 was significantly lower than 2007 and 2009. For 2008, approximately $133.2 million of the total goodwill impairment charge of approximately $156.7 million was not deductible for income tax purposes as the goodwill was related to the Company’s acquisition of the equity interest in several businesses. As a result, the Company’s effective income tax rate for 2008 decreased.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 4,563,000      $ 1,579,000   

Accounts receivable allowance

     1,492,000        1,520,000   

Property and equipment depreciation

     213,000        292,000   

Accrued items and prepaids

     1,186,000        2,537,000   

Nonqualified stock options

     1,032,000        993,000   

AMT credit carryforward

     333,000        —     

Interest rate swap

     653,000        145,000   

Other

     203,000        226,000   
                
     9,675,000        7,292,000   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Prepaids

     767,000        876,000   

Property and equipment depreciation

     337,000        1,602,000   

Goodwill and intangibles amortization

     13,214,000        12,138,000   

Other

     274,000        340,000   
                
     14,592,000        14,956,000   
                

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (4,917,000     (7,664,000

Less valuation allowance

     (422,000     (518,000
                

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (5,339,000   $ (8,182,000
                

Current deferred tax assets, net of $252,000 and $340,000 valuation allowance for 2008 and 2009, respectively

   $ 4,757,000      $ 3,558,000   

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net of $170,000 and $178,000 valuation allowance for 2008 and 2009, respectively

     (10,096,000     (11,740,000
                
   $ (5,339,000   $ (8,182,000
                

 

117


Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2009, the Company had approximately $731,000 of federal net operating loss carryforwards which expire in years 2011 through 2025 and $32.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards which expire as follows:

 

2012

     1,087,000

2013

     502,000

2014

     245,000

Thereafter

     30,962,000
      
   $ 32,796,000
      

As a result of statutory “ownership changes” (as defined for purposes of Section 382 of the IRC), the Company’s ability to utilize its federal net operating losses is restricted. Realization is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the loss carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized, to the extent they are not covered by a valuation allowance. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $96,000. The valuation allowance includes $10.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards for which the Company has concluded that it is more likely than not that these net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations. The Company will continue to assess the valuation allowance and to the extent it is determined that the valuation allowance should be adjusted an appropriate adjustment will be recorded.

The Company recognized certain excess tax benefits related to stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 in the amount of $680,000, $185,000 and $140,000, respectively. Such benefits were recorded as a reduction of income taxes payable and an increase in additional paid-in-capital and are included in “Exercise of employee stock options” in the accompanying statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss).

The Company recognized a tax shortfall related to stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 in the amount of $1.5 million and $45,000. This was recorded as a reduction of deferred tax assets and a decrease to additional paid-in-capital and is included in “Exercise of employee stock options” in the accompanying statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss).

The Company is not aware of any issues that would cause a significant amount of unrecognized tax benefits to be recognized during the next twelve months. The Company recognizes interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company recognized approximately $0, $0 and $7,000, respectively, in interest and penalties. The Company had approximately $0 and $7,000 for the payment of penalties and interest accrued as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. A reconciliation of the liability for unrecognized income tax benefit is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2007    2008    2009  

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year

   $ —      $ —      $ 169,000   

Increase (decrease) related to prior year positions

     —        169,000      (44,000

Increase related to current year tax positions

     —        —        —     

Settlements

     —        —        (6,000
                      

Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year

   $ —      $ 169,000    $ 119,000   
                      

As of December 31, 2009, none of the unrecognized tax benefits would impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.

 

118


Table of Contents

 

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States, Canada and various state jurisdictions. The statute of limitations is generally three years for the United States, four years for Canada, and between eighteen months and four years for states. The Company is subject to the following material taxing jurisdictions: United States, Canada, California, and Virginia. The tax years that remain open for examination by the United States, and Virginia jurisdictions are years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009; the California filings that remain open to examination are years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Residual United States income taxes have not been provided on undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiary. These earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for United States federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to both United States income taxes and withholding taxes payable to Canada less an adjustment for foreign tax credits. As of December 31, 2009 there were no undistributed earnings in the foreign subsidiary as it had cumulative losses.

18.    Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

The Company has two deferred compensation plans for management and highly compensated employees. These deferred compensation plans are unfunded; therefore, benefits are paid from the general assets of the Company. The total of participant deferrals, which is reflected in “Other long-term liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was approximately $273,000 and $457,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

The Company may be obligated to pay an amount up to $650,000 to the sellers under an earn out provision pursuant to a formula specified in an asset purchase agreement dated July 1, 2009 by which the Company acquired certain assets of an entity located in California. The earn out payment as such term is defined in the asset purchase agreement, if earned, will be paid in cash. The earn out period ends on December 31, 2013. If the contingency is resolved in accordance with the related provisions of the asset purchase agreement and the additional consideration becomes distributable, the Company will record the fair value of the consideration issued as an additional cost to acquire the associated assets, which will be charged to earnings.

19.    Transactions with Related Parties

Mr. Geringer, one of the Company’s directors, resigned from his position as a member of the Board on April 10, 2008. Prior to his resignation the following transaction was deemed to be a related party transaction. Mr. Geringer is a holder of capital stock and the non-executive chairman of the board of Qualifacts Systems, Inc. (“Qualifacts”). Qualifacts is a specialized healthcare information technology provider that entered into a software license, maintenance and servicing agreement with the Company. This agreement became effective on March 1, 2002 and was to continue for five years. Effective January 10, 2006, a new software license, maintenance and servicing agreement between the Company and Qualifacts was signed and continues for five years. This agreement replaces the agreement which began on March 1, 2002 and may be terminated by either party without cause upon 90 days written notice and for cause immediately upon written notice. The new agreement grants the Company access to additional software functionality and licenses for additional sites. Qualifacts provided the Company services and the Company incurred expenses in the amount of approximately $230,000 and $245,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, under the agreement.

Upon the Company’s acquisition of Maple Services, LLC in August 2005, Mr. McCusker, the Company’s chief executive officer, Mr. Deitch, the Company’s chief financial officer, and Mr. Norris, the Company’s chief operating

 

119


Table of Contents

 

officer, became members of the board of directors of the not-for-profit organization (Maple Star Colorado, Inc.) formerly managed by Maple Services, LLC. Maple Star Colorado, Inc. is a non-profit member organization governed by its board of directors and the state laws of Colorado in which it is incorporated. Maple Star Colorado, Inc. is not a federally tax exempt organization and neither the Internal Revenue Service rules governing IRC Section 501(c)(3) exempt organizations, nor any other IRC sections applicable to tax exempt organizations, apply to this organization. The Company provided management services to Maple Star Colorado, Inc. under a management agreement for consideration in the amount of approximately $393,000, $509,000 and $292,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Amounts due to the Company from Maple Star Colorado, Inc. for management services provided to it by the Company at December 31, 2008 and 2009 were approximately $448,000 and $281,000, respectively.

The Company is using a twin propeller KingAir airplane operated by Las Montanas Aviation, LLC for approved business travel purposes on an as needed basis subject to a joint operating agreement and regulated by Federal Aviation Administration Code of Federal Regulations 91:501. Las Montanas Aviation, LLC is owned by Mr. McCusker. The Company currently pays a flat fee of $9,000 per month plus incidental costs such as fuel and landing fees. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company expensed amounts related to Las Montanas Aviation, LLC of approximately $133,000, $76,000 and $119,000, respectively, for use of the airplane for business travel purposes. The plane is available for use related to the Company’s business only when commercial flights are not practical. During 2009, the Company utilized the plane ten times. The logged hours for these trips totaled 31.5 for an aggregated cost of approximately $119,000.

20.    Subsequent Events

On January 7, 2010, the Board authorized a voluntary prepayment on the term loan under the credit and guaranty agreement, as amended, of $5.0 million. The prepayment was made on January 11, 2010.

Effective March 11, 2010, the Company entered into an interest rate swap to convert its floating rate long-term debt to fixed rate debt. The purpose of this instrument is to hedge the variability of the Company’s future earnings and cash flows caused by movements in interest rates applied to its floating rate long-term debt. The Company holds this derivative only for the purpose of hedging such risks, not for speculation. The Company entered into the interest rate swap with a notional amount of $63.4 million maturing on December 13, 2010. Under the swap agreement, the Company receives interest equivalent to one-month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of interest of .58% with settlement occurring quarterly. The Company has designated the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge under ASC 815.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as of the end of the period covered by this report (December 31, 2009) (“Disclosure Controls”). Based upon the Disclosure Controls evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Disclosure Controls are effective in reaching a reasonable level of assurance that (i) information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s

 

120


Table of Contents

 

management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Changes in internal controls

The principal executive officer and principal financial officer also conducted an evaluation of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (“Internal Control”) to determine whether any changes in Internal Control occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2009 that have materially affected or which are reasonably likely to materially affect Internal Control. Based on that evaluation, there has been no such change during the quarter ended December 31, 2009.

(c) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Control systems, no matter how well conceived and operated, are designed to provide a reasonable, but not an absolute, level of assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. The Company conducts periodic evaluations of its internal controls to enhance, where necessary, its procedures and controls.

(d) Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is presented in Part II, Item 8, of this report and is hereby incorporated by reference.

(e) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

The attestation report of the registered public accounting firm is presented in Part II, Item 8, of this report and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

On November 19, 2009, we held a Special Meeting of Stockholders, or Special Meeting, for the following purposes:

 

a) To ratify the adoption by our board of directors, or Board, of the Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated December 9, 2008, and as amended on October 9, 2009, by and between The Providence Service Corporation and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent, or Rights Agreement. The proposal to ratify the adoption by the Board of the Rights Agreement was approved by the stockholders as follows:

 

Votes For

   8,549,549

Votes Against

   2,308,406

Abstentions

   2,969

Broker Non-Votes

   —  

 

121


Table of Contents

 

b) To approve an adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to allow additional time for further solicitation of proxies in the event there are insufficient votes present at the Special Meeting, in person or by proxy, to ratify the adoption of the Rights Agreement (referred to as the Authorization to Adjourn the Special Meeting). The proposal to approve the Authorization to Adjourn the Special Meeting was approved by the stockholders as follows:

 

Votes For

   8,438,451

Votes Against

   2,417,454

Abstentions

   5,019

Broker Non-Votes

   —  

Amendments to Bylaws

On March 10, 2010, the Board approved amendments to our amended and restated bylaws, referred to as the Restated Bylaws , which amendments were effective upon approval and adoption by the Board and are attached as Exhibit 3.2 to this report on Form 10-K. To avoid the potential for confusion as to what are the requisite window periods for the delivery of an advance notice of either a stockholder proposal or nomination of a candidate for election as a director in connection with an Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Article I, Section 1.07(c) (Notice of Stockholder Proposals) and Article II, Section 2.02(a)(2) (Notice of Nominations for Directors) were amended to remove the prior references to the advance notice dates for stockholder proposals and director nominations that were no longer applicable to stockholder meetings held after the 2009 annual meeting and to clarify that (i) stockholders must provide us with advance notice of proposals and director nominations intended for consideration at an annual meeting of stockholders during the 60 calendar day period ending on the 60 th calendar day prior to the first anniversary of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting, or (ii) in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is more than 30 calendar days earlier or more than 60 calendar days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th calendar day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60 th calendar day prior to the date of such annual meeting, or if the first public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is less than 70 calendar days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the 10th calendar day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made by us. These amendments to the Restated Bylaws do not modify the advance notice deadlines previously disclosed in our 2009 Annual Meeting proxy statement. As previously disclosed, in order for a stockholder to bring a proposal (other than proposals sought to be included in our 2010 Annual Meeting proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act or otherwise) before, or make a nomination at, the 2010 Annual Meeting of stockholders, such stockholder must deliver a written notice of notice of such proposal and/or nomination to, or it must be mailed and received by, our Corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices, located at 5524 East Fourth Street, Tucson, Arizona 85711, no earlier than February 16, 2010 and no later than the close of business on April 16, 2010. Stockholders are also advised to review our Restated Bylaws, which contain additional requirements about advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations.

 

122


Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our 2010 Proxy Statement including, but not necessarily limited to, the sections “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance”.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our senior management, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and persons performing similar functions. Copies of our code of ethics are available without charge upon written request directed to Kate Blute, Director of Investor and Public Relations, at The Providence Service Corporation, 5524 East Fourth Street, Tucson, AZ, 85711.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our 2010 Proxy Statement including, but necessarily limited to, the sections “Corporate Governance” and “Executive Compensation”.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our 2010 Proxy Statement including, but not necessarily limited to, the sections “Voting Securities of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides certain information as of December 31, 2009 with respect to our equity based compensation plans.

 

Plan category

   (a)
Number of
securities to
be issued
upon exercise
of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
   (b)
Weighted-
average
exercise price
of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
   (c)
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)(2)

   1,430,876    $ 20.83    23,628

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —        —      —  
                

Total

   1,430,876    $ 20.83    23,628
                

 

(1) Columns (a) and (b) include 1,430,876 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

 

(2) The number of shares shown in column (c) represents the number of shares available for issuance pursuant to stock options and other stock-based awards that could be granted in the future under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended. No additional stock options or other stock-based awards may be granted under the 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and 2003 Stock Option Plan.

 

123


Table of Contents

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our 2010 Proxy Statement including, but not necessarily limited to, the section “Corporate Governance”.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our 2010 Proxy Statement including, but not necessarily limited to, the section “Independent Public Accountants”.

 

124


Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements including footnotes are included in Item 8.

 

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2009;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009; and

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

    Balance at
beginning of
period
   Additions     Deductions     Balance at
end of
period
     Charged to
costs and
expenses
   Charged to
other
accounts
     

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 3,433,689    $ 3,827,626    $ 3,615,325 (1)    $ 7,975,249 (4)    $ 2,901,391

Deferred tax valuation allowance

    422,428      95,402      —          —          517,830

Year Ended December 31, 2008:

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 2,615,681    $ 3,768,117    $ 1,635,782 (2)    $ 4,585,891 (4)    $ 3,433,689

Deferred tax valuation allowance

    368,263      54,165      —          —          422,428

Year Ended December 31, 2007:

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 5,336,864    $ 675,378    $ 980,245 (3)    $ 4,376,806 (4)    $ 2,615,681

Deferred tax valuation allowance

    371,452      —        —          3,189        368,263

 

Notes:

(1) Amounts primarily include the allowance for contractual adjustments related to our non-emergency transportation services operating segment that are recorded as adjustments to non-emergency transportation services revenue as well as certain reclassifications within the “Accounts Receivable-billed” line item of the consolidated balance sheets made to conform with the current period presentation of the allowance for doubtful accounts in this schedule related to our correctional services business.
(2) Amount primarily represents the allowance for contractual adjustments related to our non-emergency transportation management services operating segment that are recorded as adjustments to non-emergency transportation services revenue.
(3) Beginning balance for allowance for doubtful accounts for Maple Star Oregon and LogistiCare, Inc.
(4) Write-offs, net of recoveries.

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in our financial statements or the related notes thereto.

 

125


Table of Contents

 

(3) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

2.1(1)   Purchase Agreement dated as of February 1, 2006 by and between The Providence Service Corporation and A to Z In-Home Tutoring, LLC, Scott Hines and Ann-Riley Caldwell, as amended. (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); The Providences Service Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
2.2(2)   Purchase Agreement dated as of April 25, 2006 by and between The Providence Service Corporation and W.D. Management, L.L.C., Tom R. Goss, Bontiea Goss, Jane A Pille, Keith F. Noble and Marilyn L. Nolan. (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); The Providences Service Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
2.3(3)   Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 4, 2006 by and between Providence Community Services, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of The Providence Service Corporation, and Ross Education, LLC and The Providence Service Corporation (as Guarantor). (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); The Providences Service Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
2.4(4)   Share Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1, 2007 by and between The Providence Service Corporation, 0798576 B.C. Ltd., PSC of Canada Exchange Corp., WCG International Consultants Ltd., Ian Ferguson, Elizabeth Ferguson, James Rae, Robert Skene, Walrus Holdings Ltd., Darlene Bailey, John Parker, Jenco Enterprises Ltd. and Ian Ferguson, as the sellers representative. (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); The Providence Service Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
2.5(5)   Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 5, 2007 by and among Children’s Behavioral Health, Inc., Family & Children’s Services, Inc. and Mary L. White, as shareholder. (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); The Providence Service Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
2.6(6)   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 6, 2007, by and among The Providence Service Corporation, Charter LCI Corporation, CLCI Agent, LLC, as Stockholders’ Representative, and PRSC Acquisition Corporation, as amended. (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); The Providence Service Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
3.1(7)   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Providence Service Corporation, including Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 10, 2008.
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Providence Service Corporation, effective March 10, 2010.
4.1(8)   Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, dated November 13, 2007, between The Providence Service Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
4.2(9)   Form of Note (included as Exhibit A to the Indenture, listed as Exhibit 4.1 hereto).
4.3(10)   Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2008, by and between The Providence Service Corporation and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent.

 

126


Table of Contents

 

    4.4(11)   Amendment No. 1 to the Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2009, by and between The Providence Service Corporation and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent.
+10.1(12)   The Providence Service Corporation Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended.
+10.2(13)   2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended.
+10.3(14)   The Providence Service Corporation 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended.
+10.4(15)   Providence Service Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan.
  10.6(9)   Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 6, 2007, by and among The Providence Service Corporation and the purchasers named therein. (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); The Providence Service Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
  10.7(8)   Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 13, 2007, by and among The Providence Service Corporation and the Purchasers named therein.
  10.8(8)   Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 13, 2007, by and among The Providence Service Corporation and the Purchasers named therein.
  10.9(16)   Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2007, by and among The Providence Service Corporation, CIT Healthcare LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and SunTrust Bank, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, the other lenders party thereto and CIT Capital Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and bookrunner. (Certain schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); The Providence Service Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such schedules and/or exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.)
  10.10(17)   Amendment No. 1 dated as of March 11, 2009 to the Credit and Guarantee Agreement among The Providence Service Corporation, CIT Healthcare LLC, Bank of America, N.A. SunTrust Bank, ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada.
+10.12(18)   Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2007 between The Providence Service Corporation and Fletcher Jay McCusker.
+10.13(7)   Amendment No. 1 dated March 13, 2009 to the Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2007 between The Providence Service Corporation and Fletcher Jay McCusker.
+10.14(18)   Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2007 between The Providence Service Corporation and Michael N. Deitch.
+10.15(7)   Amendment No. 1 dated March 13, 2009 to the Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2007 between The Providence Service Corporation and Michael N. Deitch.
+10.16(18)   Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2007 between The Providence Service Corporation and Fred D. Furman.
+10.17(7)   Amendment No. 1 dated March 13, 2009 to the Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2007 between The Providence Service Corporation and Fred D. Furman.
+10.18(18)   Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2007 between The Providence Service Corporation and Craig A. Norris.
+10.19(7)   Amendment No. 1 dated March 13, 2009 to the Employment Agreement dated March 22, 2007 between The Providence Service Corporation and Craig A. Norris.

 

127


Table of Contents

 

+10.20   Employment Agreement of Herman Schwarz dated as of November 6, 2007.
+10.21   Amendment No. 1 dated January 1, 2009 to the Employment Agreement of Herman Schwarz dated as of November 6, 2007.
+10.22   Amendment No. 2 dated May 19, 2009 to the Employment Agreement of Herman Schwarz dated as of November 6, 2007.
+10.23(19)   Annual Incentive Compensation Plan.
+10.24(20)   Form of Restricted Stock Agreements, as amended.
+10.25(21)   Form of Stock Option Agreements.
  10.26(22)   Consulting Agreement dated as of April 11, 2008 between The Providence Service Corporation and Steven I. Geringer.
  12.1   Statement re Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23.2   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.
  31.1   Certification pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the Chief Executive Officer.
  31.2   Certification pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the Chief Financial Officer.
  32.1   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the Chief Executive Officer.
  32.2   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

 + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(1) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2006.
(2) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 2006.
(3) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 10, 2006.
(4) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2007.
(5) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2007.
(6) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2007.
(7) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2009.
(8) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 15, 2007.

 

128


Table of Contents

 

(9) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2007.
(10) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2008.
(11) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 13, 2009.
(12) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-106286) filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on June 19, 2003.
(13) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2005.
(14) Incorporated by reference from an appendix to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2008.
(15) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2007.
(16) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2007.
(17) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2009.
(18) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2007.
(19) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2008.
(20) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2007.
(21) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 16, 2006.
(22) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2008.

 

129


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION
By:   /s/ FLETCHER JAY McCUSKER
  Fletcher Jay McCusker
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer

Dated: March 12, 2010

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S / FLETCHER JAY M C CUSKER

Fletcher Jay McCusker

  

Chairman of the Board; Chief

Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 12, 2010

/ S / MICHAEL N. DEITCH

Michael N. Deitch

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 12, 2010

/ S / TERENCE J. CRYAN

Terence J. Cryan

   Director   March 12, 2010

/ S / HUNTER HURST, III

Hunter Hurst, III

   Director   March 12, 2010

/ S / KRISTI L. MEINTS

Kristi L. Meints

   Director   March 12, 2010

/ S / CRAIG A. NORRIS

Craig A. Norris

   Director; Chief Operating Officer   March 12, 2010

/ S / WARREN S. RUSTAND

Warren S. Rustand

   Director   March 12, 2010

/ S / RICHARD SINGLETON

Richard Singleton

   Director   March 12, 2010

 

130

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION

(Amended and Restated as of March 10, 2010)

ARTICLE I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.01 Place of Stockholders’ Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place or places, inside or outside the State of Delaware, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) from time to time.

Section 1.02 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting in accordance with all applicable requirements of these Bylaws shall be held on such date and at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Any previously scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders may be postponed by action of the Board taken prior to the time previously scheduled for such annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.03 Special Meetings of Stockholders . (a)  General . Except as otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “ DGCL ”) and the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate ”), special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by a majority of the entire Board or the Chief Executive Officer. Only such business as is specified in the Corporation’s notice of any such special meeting of stockholders shall come before, and be conducted at, such meeting. A special meeting shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as shall be fixed by the Board.

(b) Stockholder Requested Special Meetings . Subject to the provisions of this Section 1.03(b), a special meeting of stockholders shall be called by a majority of the entire Board, or a Committee delegated such authority by the Board, in accordance with this Section 1.03(b), following receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation (the “ Secretary ”) of a written request for a special meeting (a “ Special Meeting Request ”) from the record holders of shares representing at least thirty percent (30%) (the “ Requisite Percentage ”) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled generally to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation, voting as a single class (the “ Requisite Holders ”), if such Special Meeting Request complies with the requirements of this Section 1.03(b) and all other applicable sections of these Bylaws. The Board shall determine whether all requirements set forth in these Bylaws have been satisfied and such determination shall be binding on the Corporation and its stockholders. If a Special Meeting Request is made that


complies with this Section 1.03(b) and all other applicable sections of these Bylaws, the Board may (in lieu of calling the special meeting requested in such Special Meeting Request) present an identical or substantially similar item (a “ Similar Item ”) for stockholder approval at any other meeting of stockholders that is held within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Corporation receives such Special Meeting Request.

A Special Meeting Request must be delivered by hand or by registered U.S. mail or courier service, postage prepaid, to the attention of the Secretary during regular business hours. A Special Meeting Request shall only be valid if it is signed and dated by each of the Requisite Holders or its duly authorized agent and includes the following: (i) a statement of the specific purpose(s) of the special meeting, the matter(s) proposed to be acted on at the special meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the special meeting; (ii) the text of any proposed amendment to the Bylaws to be considered at the special meeting; (iii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder of record signing such request, the date of each such stockholder’s signature and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below); (iv) (A) the class and series and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record by each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, documentary evidence of such record or beneficial ownership, and the date or dates such shares were acquired and the investment intent at the time such shares were acquired, (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “ Derivative Instrument ”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other direct or indirect right held by each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person to profit from, or share in any profit derived from, any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, (D) any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise pursuant to which each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person has the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of any security issued by the Corporation (a “ Short Interest ”), (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of each such stockholder’s or any Stockholder Associated Person’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information, in each case, shall be supplemented by such stockholder and any

 

2


Stockholder Associated Person not later than ten (10) calendar days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date); (v) whether and the extent to which any agreement, arrangement or understanding has been made, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, without regard to whether such transaction is required to be reported on a Schedule 13D or other form in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or any successor provisions thereto and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (vi) any material interest of each such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person in the business proposed to be conducted at the special meeting; (vii) a representation that each of the stockholders and any Stockholder Associated Persons submitting the Special Meeting Request intend to appear in person or by proxy at the special meeting to present the proposal(s) or business to be brought before the special meeting; (viii) if any stockholder submitting the Special Meeting Request or any Stockholder Associated Person intends to solicit proxies with respect to the stockholder’s proposal(s) or business to be presented at the special meeting, a representation to that effect; (ix) all information relating to each stockholder signing the Special Meeting Request and any Stockholder Associated Person that must be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved) pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions thereto and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (x) if the purpose of the special meeting includes the election of one or more directors, all the information each such stockholder would be required to include in a stockholder’s notice of nomination delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(2) of these Bylaws. For purposes of these Bylaws, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” shall mean with respect to any stockholder (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder, and (C) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

In addition, a Special Meeting Request shall not be valid if (i) the Special Meeting Request relates to an item of business that is not a proper subject for stockholder action under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “ DGCL ”), and other applicable law; (ii) the Special Meeting Request is received by the Corporation during the period commencing ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting and ending on the date of the next annual meeting; (iii) a Similar Item was presented at any meeting of stockholders held within one hundred twenty (120) days prior to receipt by the Corporation of such Special Meeting Request (and, for purposes of this clause (iii), the election of directors shall be deemed a “Similar Item” with respect to all items of business involving the election or removal of directors); (iv) a Similar Item is included in the Corporation’s notice as an item of business to be brought before a stockholder meeting that has been called but not yet held; or (v) such Special Meeting Request was made in a manner that involved a violation of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or other applicable law.

 

3


Stockholders may revoke a Special Meeting Request by written revocation delivered to the Corporation at any time prior to the special meeting; provided, however, the Board shall have the discretion to determine whether or not to proceed with the special meeting. In addition, failure of the Requisite Holders (A) to appear or send a qualified representative to present such proposal(s) or business for consideration at the special meeting; or (B) to own of record shares representing at least the Requisite Percentage at the time of the special meeting shall also constitute a revocation of the Special Meeting Request.

Section 1.04 Conduct of Stockholders’ Meetings . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all stockholders’ meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside or, in his or her absence, any officer designated by the Board shall preside. The Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, or in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall serve as secretary of the meeting. In the event that the Secretary presides at a meeting of the stockholders, an Assistant Secretary shall record the minutes of the meeting. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Board of the Corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman, are deemed necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations and procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) establishing an agenda for the meeting and the order for the consideration of the items of business on such agenda; (ii) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (iii) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized proxies or other such persons as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (iv) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies or other such persons as the chairman of the meeting may determine to recognize and, as a condition to recognizing any such participant, requiring such participant to provide the chairman of the meeting with evidence of his or her name and affiliation, whether he or she is a stockholder or a proxy for a stockholder, and the class and series and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and/or of record by such stockholder; (v) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (vi) determining when the polls should be opened and closed for voting; (vii) taking such actions as are necessary or appropriate to maintain order, decorum, safety and security at the meeting; (viii) removing any stockholder who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as established by the chairman of the meeting; (ix) subject to Section 1.05 hereof, adjourning the meeting to a later date, time and place announced at the meeting by the chairman; and (x) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 1.05 Adjournment . The holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders who are present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time whether or not a quorum is present. If a quorum exists, the chairman of the meeting may only adjourn the meeting where such adjournment is deemed reasonably necessary, as determined by a majority vote of the Board, and upon the advice of the Corporation’s counsel, to

 

4


provide stockholders with a full and fair opportunity to make informed voting decisions with respect to the matters presented or where required for the Corporation to comply with the Exchange Act, or other applicable law. In the event that a quorum does not exist with respect to any vote to be taken by a particular class or series, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders of such class or series who are present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting with respect to the vote(s) to be taken by such class or series. Except as otherwise provided herein, notice need not be given of an adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum may be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 1.06 Voting List . The Secretary will prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section 1.06 shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a physical location, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communications, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this Section 1.06 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.07 Notice of Stockholder Proposals .

(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before such meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) otherwise properly and timely brought before the meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation in compliance with the notice procedures and other provisions of this Section 1.07.

 

5


(b) For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper subject for stockholder action under the DGCL and other applicable law, as determined by the Chairman of the Board or such other person as is presiding over the meeting, and such stockholder (i) must be a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.07 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, (ii) must be entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (iii) must comply with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.07. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary.

(c) To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) calendar day, and not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) calendar day, prior to the first anniversary of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is more than thirty (30) calendar days earlier or more than sixty (60) calendar days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) calendar day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60 th ) calendar day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is less than seventy (70) calendar days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the public disclosure thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth in writing, as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting the following: (i) a description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, including the text of the proposal or business and the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration; (ii) the name and record address, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, of such stockholder and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person; (iii) (A) the class and series and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, documentary evidence of such record or beneficial ownership, and the date or dates such shares were acquired and the investment intent at the time such shares were acquired, (B) any Derivative Instrument directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other direct or indirect right held by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person to profit from, or share in any profit derived from, any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, (D) any Short Interest indirectly or directly held by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person in any security issued by the Corporation, (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or

 

6


indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or any Stockholder Associated Person’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information, in each case, shall be supplemented by such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person not later than ten (10) calendar days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date); (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and/or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; (v) any material interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person in such business, individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person therefrom; (vi) a representation from such stockholder as to whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies in support of such proposal; (vii) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, that such stockholder intends to vote such stock at such meeting, and that such stockholder intends to appear at the meeting in person or by proxy to bring such business before such meeting; (viii) whether and the extent to which any agreement, arrangement or understanding has been made, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, without regard to whether such transaction is required to be reported on a Schedule 13D or other form in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions thereto and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (ix) in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the complete text of the proposed amendment; and (x) such other information regarding each matter of business to be proposed by such stockholder, regarding the stockholder in his or her capacity as a proponent of a stockholder proposal, or regarding any Stockholder Associated Person, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made with the SEC in connection with the solicitations of proxies for such business pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (or pursuant to any law or statute replacing such section) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e) A majority of the Board may reject any stockholder proposal not timely made or otherwise not made in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.07. If a majority of the Board reasonably determines that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice does not satisfy the informational requirements hereof in any material respect, the Secretary shall promptly notify such stockholder of the deficiency in writing. The stockholder shall then have an opportunity to cure the deficiency by providing additional information to the Secretary within such period of time, not to exceed ten (10) days from the date such deficiency notice is given to the stockholder, as a majority of the Board shall reasonably determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if a majority of the Board reasonably determines that the additional information provided by the stockholder, together with the information previously provided, does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 1.07 in any material respect, then a majority of the Board may reject such stockholder’s proposal.

 

7


(f) For purposes of these Bylaws, “ public disclosure ” shall be deemed to include a disclosure made in a (A) press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Reuters Information Service, Associated Press or any similar or successor news wire service, or (B) in a document filed by the Corporation with the SEC pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions thereto.

(g) No business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board which shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article II, Section 2.02 of these Bylaws) shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.07.

(h) Except as otherwise required by the DGCL and other applicable law, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at an annual meeting shall have the power and duty (i) to determine whether any business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting was properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.07, including whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person on whose behalf the proposal is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by this Section 1.07, and (ii) if any proposed business was not brought in compliance with this Section 1.07, to declare that such proposal is defective and shall be disregarded.

(i) In addition to the provisions of this Section 1.07. a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the DGCL, other applicable law and the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the matters set forth herein, provided , however , that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to stockholder proposals to be considered pursuant to Section 1.07(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(j) Nothing in this Section 1.07 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request the inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(k) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.07 to the contrary, a stockholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting must comply with Article II, Section 2.02 of these Bylaws for any such nomination to be properly brought before such meeting.

 

8


ARTICLE II

BOARD

Section 2.01 Election of Directors .

(a) Except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a “majority of votes cast” (as defined herein) at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, unless the election is a Contested Election (as defined herein), in which case directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast. An election shall be deemed a Contested Election if, as determined by the Board, (i) the Secretary of the Corporation receives a notice that a stockholder has nominated a person for election to the Board in compliance with the advance notice requirements for stockholder nominees for director set forth in Article II, Section 2.02 of these Bylaws and such nomination has not been withdrawn by such stockholder on or prior to the day next preceding the date the Corporation first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders, or (ii) the number of nominees otherwise exceeds the number of directors to be elected. For the purposes of this Section 2.01, a “majority of votes cast” means that the number of shares voted “for” the election of a director exceeds the number of votes cast “against” the election of that director (with “abstentions” and “broker non-votes” not counted as a vote cast either “for” or “against” that director’s election).

(b) In order for any incumbent director to become a nominee of the Board for further service on the Board, such person must submit an irrevocable resignation, contingent on (i) that person not receiving a majority of the votes cast in an election that is not a Contested Election, and (ii) acceptance of that resignation by the Board in accordance with the policies and procedures adopted by the Board for such purpose.

(c) In the event an incumbent director fails to receive a majority of the votes cast in an election that is not a Contested Election, the Nominating and Governance Committee, or such other committee designated by the Board pursuant to these Bylaws, shall make a recommendation to the Board as to whether to accept or reject the resignation of such incumbent director, or whether other action should be taken. In determining whether or not to recommend that the Board accept a resignation from any director, the Nominating and Governance Committee may consider any factors and other information they consider appropriate and relevant, including, but not limited to, the reasons for the failure to receive a majority of votes cast “for” his or her election, whether the underlying cause or causes of the “against” votes are curable, the length of service of such director, and such director’s historic or potential contributions to the Board’s knowledge, independence, balance and expertise. The Board will determine whether to accept to reject such resignation, or what other action should be taken, within ninety (90) days from the date of the certification of the stockholder vote. The Board shall, within four (4) business days after reaching its decision, publicly disclose the decision, including, if applicable, the reasons for not accepting the tendered resignation, by filing with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K or other appropriate filing. If the Board accepts a director’s resignation pursuant to this Section 2.01(c), or if a nominee for director is not elected and the nominee is not an incumbent director, then the resulting vacancy may be filled pursuant to Article II, Section 2.05 of these Bylaws.

 

9


Section 2.02 Notice of Nominations for Directors .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made (A) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee appointed by the Board, or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.02(a), on the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting of stockholders and at the time of such annual meeting of stockholders, (ii) who is entitled to vote at the annual meeting of stockholders, and (iii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.02(a) as to such nominations, including, but not limited to, the procedures regarding such notice’s timeliness and required form.

(2) For a stockholder’s notice of nomination of persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting of stockholders to be brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(1)(B) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof, in proper written form, to the Secretary. To be considered timely, a stockholder’s notice of nomination must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) calendar day, and not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) calendar day, prior to the first anniversary of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is more than thirty (30) calendar days earlier or more than sixty (60) calendar days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) calendar day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60 th ) calendar day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is less than seventy (70) calendar days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the public disclosure thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice of nomination to the Secretary (whether given pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) or Section 2.02(b) of these Bylaws) shall set forth in writing the following: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person; (ii) the principal occupation and employment of such person; (iii) the class and series and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person (which information shall be supplemented not later than ten (10) calendar days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date); (iv) such person’s executed written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (v) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made with the SEC in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors in a

 

10


contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (or pursuant to any law or statute replacing such section), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (vi) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such person being nominated, on the one hand, and the stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act if the stockholder making the nomination and any Stockholder Associated Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the person being nominated were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and (vii) the information and agreement required under Section 2.03(b) of these Bylaws; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person; (ii) (A) the class and series and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, documentary evidence of such record or beneficial ownership, and the date or dates such shares were acquired and the investment intent at the time such shares were acquired, (B) any Derivative Instrument directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other direct or indirect right held by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person to profit from, or share in any profit derived from, any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, (D) any Short Interest indirectly or directly held by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person in any security issued by the Corporation, (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or any Stockholder Associated Person’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information shall, in each case, be supplemented by such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person not later than ten (10) calendar days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date); (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) any material interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person in the election of such proposed nominee, individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person therefrom; (v) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons named

 

11


in its notice; (vi) a representation from the stockholder as to whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends (A) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the person proposed as a nominee and/or (B) otherwise to solicit proxies in support of the election of such person; (vii) whether and the extent to which any agreement, arrangement or understanding has been made, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, without regard to whether such transaction is required to be reported on a Schedule 13D or other form in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions thereto and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (viii) any other information relating to such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made with the SEC in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (or pursuant to any law or statute replacing such section) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.02 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting of the stockholders is increased and there is no public disclosure by the Corporation, naming all of the nominees for directors or specifying the size of the increased Board, at least ninety (90) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.02 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) calendar day following the day on which such public disclosure is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.02(b), (B) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, (C) is a stockholder of record at the time of such meeting, (D) is entitled to vote at such meeting, and (E) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.02(b) as to such nomination. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the proper form of stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.02(a)(2) of these Bylaws with respect to any nomination shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) calendar day prior to the date of such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60 th ) calendar day prior to the date of such special meeting or, if the first public disclosure made by the Corporation of the date of such special meeting is less than seventy (70) days prior to the date of such special meeting, not later than the tenth (10 th ) calendar day

 

12


following the day on which public disclosure is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a special meeting or the public disclosure thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General .

(1) A majority of the Board may reject any nomination by a stockholder not timely made or otherwise not made in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.02. If a majority of the Board reasonably determines that the information provided in a stockholders notice does not satisfy the informational requirements of this Section 2.02 in any material respect, the Secretary shall promptly notify such stockholder of the deficiency in writing. The stockholder shall then have an opportunity to cure the deficiency by providing additional information to the Secretary within such period of time, not to exceed ten (10) days from the date such deficiency notice is given to the stockholder, as a majority of the Board shall reasonably determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if a majority of the Board reasonably determines that the additional information provided by the stockholder, together with the information previously provided, does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 2.02 in any material respect, then a majority of the Board may reject such stockholder’s nomination.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation at any meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.02.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, if a stockholder who has submitted a written notice of intention to propose a nominee for election as a director at a meeting of stockholders (or a designated representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

(4) Except as otherwise required by the DGCL and other applicable law, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether any nomination proposed to be brought before the meeting was properly made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.02, including whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person on whose behalf the nomination is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of the election of such stockholder’s nominee(s) in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by this Section 2.02, and (b) if any proposed nomination was not made in compliance with this Section 2.02, to declare that such nomination is defective and shall be disregarded.

(5) In addition to the provisions of this Section 2.02, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the DGCL, other applicable law and the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the matters set forth herein, provided , however , that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the applicable requirements for nominations by stockholders to be considered pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or Section 2.02(b) of these Bylaws.

 

13


(6) Nothing in this Section 2.02 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if and to the extent provided for, under applicable law, the Certificate or these Bylaws.

Section 2.03 Number and Qualifications .

(a) Number . The Board shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than eleven (11) directors. The number of directors to be elected, subject to the foregoing limits, shall be determined by resolution of the Board of the Corporation.

(b) Qualifications . To be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Article II, Section 2.02 of these Bylaws) to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (1) the irrevocable resignation contemplated by Section 2.01 of these Bylaws; and (2) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualifications of such person (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request and approved from time to time by the Board or its Nominating and Governance Committee) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) (the “ Prospective Director Agreement ”). The Prospective Director Agreement shall provide that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if such person is at the time a director or is subsequently elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if such person is at the time a director or is subsequently elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s duties as a director under applicable law, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (iii) would be in compliance with, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with, applicable law and all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflicts of interest, corporate opportunities, confidentiality, securities ownership and stock trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation. Nothing contained herein shall affect the validity of any Prospective Director Agreements received by the Corporation prior to February 23, 2009 in connection with the delivery of an advance notice of nomination pursuant to Article II, Section 2.02 of these Bylaws.

Section 2.04 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board. The Board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, regulation, the Certificate or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

14


Section 2.05 Vacancies on the Board . Vacancies in the Board, whether resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause, shall be filled only by the Board and not by the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the remaining members of the Board, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall only be filled by the Board, or if not so filled, by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with Section 1.03 of these Bylaws. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 2.05 shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected or appointed and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 2.06 Removal and Resignations of Directors .

(a) Removal . A director may be removed from office at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual or regular election of directors voting together as a single class. “Cause” shall mean willful and continuous failure of a director to substantially perform such director’s duties to the Corporation or the willful engaging by a director in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Corporation.

(b) Resignations . Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time is not specified therein, upon receipt thereof; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 2.07 Compensation of Directors . No director shall be entitled to any salary as such, but directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services, in the form of cash or equity of the Corporation, or a combination thereof as may be approved by the Board from time to time, including, if so approved, a reasonable annual fee for acting as a director and for chairing a committee of the Board and a reasonable fee to be paid each director for his or her services in attending meetings of the Board or committees thereof.

Section 2.08 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such day, at such hour, and at such place, consistent with applicable law, as the Board shall from time to time designate or as may be designated in any notice from the Secretary calling the meeting. The Board shall meet for reorganization at the first regular meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the directors are elected. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board which are held at the time and place designated by the Board. If a regular meeting is not to be held at the time and place designated by the Board, notice of such meeting, which need not specify the business to be transacted thereat and which may be either oral or written, shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the Board at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the meeting.

 

15


Section 2.09 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board and shall be called whenever a majority of the members of the Board so request in writing. A special meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be any meeting other than the regular meeting of the Board. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting, which need not specify the business to be transacted thereat and which may be either oral or written, shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the Board at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of such meeting.

Section 2.10 Reports and Records . The reports of officers and committees and the records of the proceedings of all committees shall be filed with the Secretary and presented to the Board, if practicable, at its next regular meeting. The Board shall keep complete records of its proceedings in a minute book kept for that purpose. When a director shall request it, the vote of each director upon a particular question shall be recorded in the minutes.

Section 2.11 Committees . The following committees of the Board may be established by the Board in addition to any other committee the Board may in its discretion establish: (a) Executive Committee; (b) Audit Committee; (c) Compensation Committee; and (d) Nominating and Governance Committee.

Section 2.12 Executive Committee . If established by the Board, the Executive Committee shall consist of at least two (2) directors. Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Executive Committee and shall be called whenever two (2) or more members of the Executive Committee so request in writing. The Executive Committee shall have and exercise the authority of the Board in the management of the business of the Corporation between the dates of regular meetings of the Board.

Section 2.13 Audit Committee . The Audit Committee shall consist of at least three (3) directors, all of which shall be Independent and one of which shall be a financial expert to the extent required under the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC or the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. or any quotation system or exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are listed. Meetings of the Audit Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Audit Committee and shall be called whenever two (2) or more members of the Audit Committee so request in writing. The Audit Committee shall have the authority, powers and responsibilities as shall be set forth in the Audit Committee Charter approved by the Board. “Independent” as used in this Section 2.13 and in Sections 2.14 and 2.15 of this Article shall have the meaning proscribed under the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC or the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. or any quotation system or exchange on which the Corporations securities are listed, to the extent applicable to the Corporation.

Section 2.14 Compensation Committee . The Compensation Committee shall consist of at least two (2) directors, all of which shall be Independent. Meetings of the Compensation Committee way be called at any time by the Chairman of the Committee and shall be called whenever two (2) or more members of the Compensation Committee so request in writing. The Committee shall determine the compensation of executive officers and shall have the authority, powers and responsibilities as the Board prescribes or sets forth in a Compensation Committee Charter.

 

16


Section 2.15 Nominating and Governance Committee . The Nominating and Governance Committee shall consist of at least three (3) directors, all of which shall be Independent. Meetings of the Nominating and Governance Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Committee and shall be called whenever two (2) or more members of the Nominating and Governance Committee so request in writing. The Nominating and Governance Committee shall have the authority, powers and responsibilities as the Board prescribes or as shall be set forth in the Nominating and Governance Committee Charter approved by the Board.

Section 2.16 Appointment of Committee Members . The Board shall appoint or shall establish a method of appointing the members of the Executive, Audit, Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committees and of any other committee established by the Board, and the Chairman of each such committee, to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.17 Organization and Proceedings . Each committee of the Board shall effect its own organization by the appointment of a committee secretary and such other officers, except the Chairman, as it may deem necessary. The committee secretary of the Executive Committee shall be the Secretary, but the committee secretary of the Audit and Compensation Committees and of any other committee need not be the Secretary. A record of the proceedings of all committees shall be kept by the applicable committee secretary and shall be filed and presented as provided in Section 2.10 of these Bylaws.

Section 2.18 Absent or Disqualified Committee Members . In the absence or disqualification of any member of any Committee established by the Board, the members thereof who are present at any meeting of such committee and are not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at such meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member.

Section 2.19 Absentee Participation in Meetings . A director may participate in a meeting of the Board or a meeting of a committee established by the Board by use of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 3.01 Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers and assistant officers as the Board may from time to time deem advisable. Except for the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Treasurer, the Board may refrain from filling any of the said offices at any time and from time to time. The same individual may hold any two (2) or more offices. The following officers shall be elected by the Board at the time, in the manner and for such terms as the Board from time to time shall determine: Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, and Treasurer. The Chairman of the Board may appoint such other officers

 

17


and assistant officers as he may deem advisable provided such officers or assistant officers have a title no higher than Vice President, who shall hold office for such periods as the Chairman of the Board shall determine. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and regardless of the term for which such officer was elected.

Section 3.02 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be a member of the Board and shall preside at the meetings of the Board and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board.

Section 3.03 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision of all of the departments and business of the Corporation; he or she shall prescribe the duties of the other officers and employees and see to the proper performance thereof. The Chief Executive Officer shall be responsible for having all orders and resolutions of the Board carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall execute on behalf of the Corporation and may affix or cause to be affixed a seal to all authorized documents and instruments requiring such execution, except to the extent that signing and execution thereof shall have been delegated to some other officer or agent of the Corporation by the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board or his or her refusal to act, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at meetings of the Board. In general, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and exercise all the powers and authorities incident to his or her office or as prescribed by the Board.

Section 3.04 President . The President shall perform such duties as are incident to his or her office or prescribed by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer or his or her refusal to act, the President shall perform the duties and have the powers and authorities of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall execute on behalf of the Corporation and may affix or cause to be affixed a seal to all authorized documents and instruments requiring such execution, except to the extent that signing and execution thereof shall have been delegated to some other officer or agent of the Corporation by the Board or the President.

Section 3.05 Vice Presidents . The Vice Presidents shall perform such duties, do such acts and be subject to such supervision as may be prescribed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President or their refusal to act, the Vice Presidents, in the order of their rank, and within the same rank in the order of their seniority, shall perform the duties and have the powers and authorities of the Chief Executive Officer and President, except to the extent inconsistent with applicable law.

Section 3.06 Secretary . The Secretary shall act under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and President or such other officer as the Chief Executive Officer or President may designate. Unless a designation to the contrary is made at a meeting, the Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and record all of the proceedings of such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by these Bylaws or otherwise. The Secretary shall keep a seal of the Corporation, and, when authorized by the Board, Chief Executive Officer or the President, cause the seal to be affixed to any documents and instruments requiring it. The Secretary shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or such other supervising officer as the Chief Executive Officer or President may designate.

 

18


Section 3.07 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall act under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and President or such other officer as the Chief Executive Officer or President may designate. The Treasurer shall have custody of the Corporation’s funds and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or such other supervising officer as the Chief Executive Officer or President may designate.

Section 3.08 Assistant Officers . Unless otherwise provided by the Board, each assistant officer shall perform such duties as shall be prescribed by the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or the officer to whom he or she is an assistant. In the event of the absence or disability of an officer or his or her refusal to act, his or her assistant officers shall, in the order of their rank, and within the same rank in the order of their seniority, have the powers and authorities of such officer.

Section 3.09 Compensation . Unless otherwise provided by the Board or the Compensation Committee, the salaries and compensation of all officers and assistant officers, other than executive officers, shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 3.10 General Powers . The officers are authorized to do and perform such corporate acts as are necessary in the carrying on of the business of the Corporation, subject always to the directions of the Board.

ARTICLE IV

SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK

Section 4.01 Authority to Sign Share Certificate . Every share certificate of the Corporation shall be signed by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or the President and by the Secretary or one of the Assistant Secretaries. If the certificate is signed by a transfer agent or registrar, the signature of any officer of the Corporation on the certificate may be facsimile, engraved or printed.

Section 4.02 Lost or Destroyed Certificates . Any person claiming a share certificate to be lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken shall receive a replacement certificate if such stockholder: (a) requests such replacement certificate before the Corporation has notice that the shares have been acquired by a bone fide purchaser; (b) files with the Corporation an indemnity bond deemed sufficient by the Board; and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements fixed by the Board.

Section 4.03 Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

19


ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.01 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board.

Section 5.02 Record Date .

(a) Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) Record Date for Payments of Dividends and Distributions . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(c) Record Date for Corporate Actions by Written Consent .

(i) Notwithstanding Section 5.02(a) and Section 5.02(b) of these Bylaws, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be as fixed by the Board or as otherwise established under this Section 5.02(c). Any person seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent without a meeting shall, by written notice addressed to the Secretary and delivered to the Corporation, request that a record date be fixed for such purpose. The Board may fix a record date for such purpose which shall be no more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and shall not precede the date on which such resolution is adopted. If the Board fails within ten (10) days after the Corporation receives such notice to fix a record date for such purpose, the record date shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation in the manner described in Section 5.02(c)(ii) below unless prior action by the Board is required under the DGCL, in which event the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

20


(ii) (A) Every written consent purporting to take or authorizing the taking of corporate action and/or related revocations (each such written consent and related revocation is referred to in this Section 5.02(c)(ii) of these Bylaws as a “ Consent ”) shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the Consent, and no Consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated Consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 5.02(c)(ii), Consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are so delivered to the Corporation.

(B) A Consent shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(C) In the event of the delivery to the Corporation of a Consent, the Secretary shall provide for the safe-keeping of such Consent and shall promptly conduct such ministerial review of the sufficiency of the Consents and of the validity of the action to be taken by stockholder consent as he deems necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation, whether the holders of a number of shares having the requisite voting power to authorize or take the action specified in the Consent have given consent; provided, however, that if the corporate action to which the Consent relates is the removal or replacement of one or more members of the Board, the Secretary shall promptly designate two persons, who shall not be members of the Board, to serve as inspectors with respect to such Consent and such inspectors shall discharge the functions of the Secretary under this Section 5.02(c)(ii). If after such investigation the Secretary or the inspectors (as the case may be) shall determine that the Consent is valid and that the action therein specified has been validly authorized, that fact shall forthwith be certified on the records of the Corporation kept for the purpose of recording the proceedings of meetings of stockholders, and the Consent shall be filed in such records, at which time the Consent shall become effective as stockholder action. In conducting the investigation required by this Section 5.02(c)(ii), the Secretary or the inspectors (as the case may be) may, at the expense of the Corporation, retain special legal counsel and any other necessary or appropriate professional advisors, and such other personnel as they may deem necessary or appropriate to assist them, and shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the opinion of such counsel or advisors.

Section 5.03 Emergency Bylaws . In the event of any emergency resulting from an attack on the United States, a nuclear disaster or another catastrophe as a result of which a quorum cannot be readily assembled and during the continuance of such emergency, the following Bylaw provisions shall be in effect, notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws.

(a) A meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be called by any officer or director upon one hour’s notice to all persons entitled to notice whom, in the sole judgment of the notifier, it is feasible to notify;

 

21


(b) The director or directors in attendance at the meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof shall constitute a quorum; and

(c) These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by a majority vote of the directors attending any meeting of the Board, provided such amendment or repeal shall only be effective for the duration of such emergency.

Section 5.04 Severability . If any provision of these Bylaws is illegal or unenforceable as such, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws and such other provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

Section 5.05 Subject to Law and Certificate of Incorporation . All rights, powers, duties and responsibilities provided for in these Bylaws, whether or not explicitly so qualified, are qualified by the provisions of the Certificate, the DGCL and any other applicable law.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

Section 6.01 Amendment or Repeal by the Board . Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board provided that notice of such proposed amendment or repeal to be made is included in the notice of the meeting at which such action takes place, which shall also include, without limitation, the text of any such proposed amendment and/or any resolution calling for any such amendment or repeal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any decision by the Board to repeal, alter or amend, or to adopt or readopt any bylaw inconsistent with a bylaw adopted or repealed, altered or amended by the stockholders of the Corporation shall, if such repeal, alteration or amendment is not approved by stockholders, require the affirmative vote of two-thirds (66  2 / 3 %) of the directors then in office at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

Section 6.02 Amendment or Repeal by Stockholders . Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, provided that, in addition to any other notice required by these Bylaws and other applicable requirements contained herein, notice of such proposed amendment or repeal is included in the notice of the meeting at which such action takes place, which shall also include, without limitation, the text of any such proposed amendment and/or any resolution calling for any such amendment or repeal.

Section 6.03 No Conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation . No Bylaw shall be amended or repealed so as to cause such Bylaw or these Bylaws to be inconsistent or in conflict with or violate any provision of the Certificate.

 

22

Exhibit 10.20

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), is made as of this 6th day of November, 2007, by and between LOGISTICARE SOLUTIONS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal office located at 1800 Phoenix Boulevard, Suite 120, College Park, Georgia 30349, its successors and assigns (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Company”), and HERMAN SCHWARZ , an individual residing at 1706 Brandywine Court, Atlanta, GA 30388 (“Employee” and together with the Company, the “parties”).

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, Employee is currently employed by Company as its Chief Operating Officer (“Company COO”); and

WHEREAS , Company is contemplating a merger with a wholly owned subsidiary of The Providence Service Corporation (“Providence”), a Delaware corporation, with its head office located at 5524 East Fourth Street, Tucson, Arizona (the “Transaction”); and

WHEREAS , should Company complete the Transaction, Providence will become the parent company of Company; and

WHEREAS, should Company complete the Transaction, Company desires to employ Employee, and Employee desires to be employed by Company, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the execution of this Agreement is a condition of the Transaction; and

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the facts, mutual promises, and covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company hereby employs Employee and Employee hereby accepts employment by the Company, for the period set forth in Section 3 below and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 6 below.

2. Office and Duties .

(a) During the term of this Agreement, Employee shall serve as COO of the Company, and shall report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and be subject to CEO’s supervision, control and direction.

(b) In his capacity as COO of the Company, Employee shall have such authority, perform such duties, discharge such responsibilities and render such services as are customary to, and consistent with his position, subject to the authority and direction of the CEO, and shall perform such additional duties and responsibilities as may be from time to time

 

Page 1 of 21


assigned to him by the CEO. In addition, Employee acknowledges and agrees that he shall observe and comply with all of the Company’s policies and procedures, observe and comply with all of Providence’s policies and procedures, and comply with all directives of the boards of directors of Providence and the Company.

(c) The Employee shall render his services diligently, faithfully and to the best of his ability, and shall devote substantially all of his working time, energy, skill and best efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder, in a manner that will further the business and interests of the Company.

(d) During the term of this Agreement, Employee shall not be engaged in any business activity which, in the reasonable judgment of the CEO, conflicts with Employee’s duties hereunder, whether or not such activity is pursued for pecuniary advantage.

3. Term . This Agreement shall be effective for a term of two (2) years on the terms and conditions set out herein (“Term”) from the date on which the Transaction completes (“Effective Date”) and ending two (2) years later, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. The Term shall be automatically extended and renewed for a period of one (1) year from the end of the Term (“Renewal Date”) unless either the Company or Employee shall give written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least six (6) months prior to the end of the Term, in which event this Agreement shall terminate at the end of the Term. Subject to the termination provisions contained herein, if this Agreement is renewed on the Renewal Date for an additional one (1) year period, it will automatically be renewed on the anniversary of the Renewal Date and each subsequent year thereafter (the “Annual Renewal Date”) for a period of one (1) year, unless either party gives written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least six (6) months prior to any Annual Renewal Date, in which case the Agreement will terminate on the Annual Renewal Date immediately following such notice.

4. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of the services rendered by Employee to the Company during the term hereof, Employee shall receive an annual base salary of Two Hundred and Eighty-Five Thousand Dollars ($285,000) (“Base Salary”), payable in equal periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices in effect from time to time. Employee’s Base Salary shall be reviewed by Providence’s Board and/or Compensation Committee in or around April 2008 and thereafter in accordance with the policies of the Company, and may be modified as a result of such review at the sole discretion of Providence’s Board and/or Compensation Committee.

(b) Bonus Plans/Incentive Compensation Programs . In addition to Base Salary, during the Term, Employee shall be eligible to participate in any bonus plans or incentive compensation programs, if any, as may be in effect from time to time, at a level consistent with his position and with the Company’s then current policies and practices (“Bonus”), with the exception of Company’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan unless amended to the satisfaction of Providence prior to the Effective Date. In lieu of continuing participation in the Company’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (in the event that such plan is terminated, frozen or otherwise unavailable to Employee), Employee, if eligible, shall be

 

Page 2 of 21


entitled to participate in Providence’s deferred compensation plans. In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to an annual performance bonus based upon the Employee’s individual performance and the overall performance of the Company. Whether to award such performance bonus and the amount thereof shall be subject to the sole discretion of Providence’s Board and/or Compensation Committee.

(c) Stock Options . Employee currently holds 15,100 stock options pursuant to Company’s Stock Option Plan. Prior to the Effective Date, the Stock Options exist under Company’s Stock Option Plan. Such Stock Options will be cancelled and exchanged for Providence common stock as of the Effective Date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement governing the Transaction and the Stock Option Cancellation and Exchange Agreement between the Company and Employee attached as Exhibit A . Such Providence common stock shall be subject to a Lock-Up Agreement between the Company and Employee, attached as Exhibit B .

(d) Benefits . During the Term, Employee shall also be entitled to receipt of benefits substantially similar to those that are presently being provided by Company to Employee, subject to any future modifications of such plans (collectively, the “Benefits”) in the sole discretion of Providence’s Board and/or Compensation Committee.

(e) Vacation . During the Term, Employee shall also be entitled to take vacation and receive vacation pay substantially similar to that which is presently provided by Company to Employee, subject to any future modifications by the Company in the sole discretion of Providence’s Board and/or Compensation Committee. Vacation days which are not used during any calendar year may not be accrued or carried-over to the next year, nor shall Employee be entitled to compensation for unused vacation days.

(f) Business Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall pay or reimburse Employee for all reasonable expenses incurred or paid by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties hereunder, upon timely presentation of expense statements or vouchers and such other information as the Company may reasonably require and in accordance with the generally applicable policies and practices of the Company.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to such withholding taxes as may be required by any applicable law.

5. Representations of Employee . Employee represents to the Company that: (a) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings whatsoever to which Employee is a party that would prevent, or make unlawful, his execution of this Agreement and his employment hereunder; (b) his execution of this Agreement and his employment hereunder shall not constitute a breach of any contract, agreement or understanding, oral or written, to which he is a party, or by which he is bound; and (c) he is of full capacity, free and able to execute this Agreement and to enter into this Agreement with the Company.

6. Termination . This Agreement and Employee’s employment hereunder shall continue until terminated as provided herein. Upon termination of this Agreement and Employee’s employment hereunder, Employee shall immediately resign his position as a

 

Page 3 of 21


member of the Company’s Board if he is serving in such capacity. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” with respect to the Employee means the Employee’s “separation from service,” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h). For purposes of “termination of employment,” a complete and total expectation that no further services will be performed shall be required.

(a) Termination by Company for Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and the Employee’s employment hereunder at any time for “Cause”. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean the following:

(i) Employee commits fraud or theft against Providence, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, joint ventures and related organizations, including any entity managed by the Company (collectively referred to as “Affiliates”), or is indicted, convicted of, or pleads guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or

(ii) In carrying out his duties hereunder, the Employee engages in conduct that constitutes gross neglect or willful misconduct and that results, in either case, in material economic harm to the Company or its Affiliates; or

(iii) Employee materially breaches any provision of this Agreement (including but not limited to the restrictive covenants contained in Paragraph 8 below) or breaches any fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty owed to the Company or its Affiliates, and such breach continues uncured for a period 10 days after written notice from the Company to the Employee specifying the failure, refusal, or violation and the Company’s intention to terminate this Agreement for Cause; or

(iv) Employee engages in conduct tending to bring the Company or its Affiliates into public disgrace; or

(v) Employee repeatedly neglects or refuses to perform duties or responsibilities as directed by the CEO, or violates any express direction of any lawful rule or regulation established by the Company which is consistent with the scope of Employee’s duties under this Agreement, and such failure, refusal, or violation continues uncured for a period 10 days after written notice from the Company to Employee specifying the failure, refusal, or violation and the Company’s intention to terminate this Agreement for Cause; or

(vi) Employee commits any acts or omissions resulting in or intended to result in direct material personal gain to the Employee at the expense of the Company or its Affiliates; or

(vii) Employee materially compromises trade secrets or other confidential and proprietary information of the Company or its Affiliates.

“Cause” shall not include a bona fide disagreement over a corporate policy, so long as Employee does not willfully violate on a continuing basis specific written directions from the CEO, which directions are consistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Action or inaction by Employee shall not be considered “willful” unless done or omitted by him intentionally and without his reasonable belief that his action or inaction was in the best interests of the Company

 

Page 4 of 21


or its Affiliates, and shall not include failure to act by reason of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness.

(b) Termination by Company upon the Death or Disability of Employee . The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and Employee’s employment hereunder at any time upon the death or Disability of Employee. The term, “Disability”, as used herein, means any physical or mental illness, infirmity or incapacity which prevents or significantly restricts Employee from performing the essential functions of his job, with or without reasonable accommodations, hereunder for a period of not less than one hundred fifty (150) consecutive days or for an aggregate of one hundred eighty (180) days during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months. Periods where Employee can perform the essential functions of his job with a reasonable accommodation shall not be included in the determination of a Disability hereunder. During any period of Disability, Employee agrees to submit to reasonable medical examinations upon the reasonable request, and at the expense, of the Company.

(c) Termination By Company Without Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and Employee’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause and/or without the occurrence of Employee’s death or Disability upon thirty (30) days written notice to Employee. The effective date of such termination shall be after the completion of the thirty (30) day notice period.

(d) Termination By Employee For Good Reason . Employee shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and his employment hereunder at any time during the Term of this Agreement for “Good Reason” upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Company’s Board. The effective date of such termination shall be after the completion of the sixty (60) day notice period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following:

(i) the assignment to Employee by the Company of any duties inconsistent with Employee’s status with the Company or a substantial alteration in the nature or status of Employee’s responsibilities from those in effect on the Effective Date hereof, or a reduction in Employee’s titles or offices as in effect on the Effective Date hereof, except in connection with the termination of his employment for Cause or Disability or as a result of Employee’s death, or by Employee other than for Good Reason, or the Company’s establishment of a new office to which Employee may be asked to report (unless such relocation would constitute “Good Reason” under Section 6(d)(iii) hereof), or the Company’s hiring of a President or other officer which may result in the reassignment of some of Employee’s duties to someone in the Company below the level of Employee (unless such reassignment would constitute “Good Reason” under Section 6(d)(iv) hereof).

(ii) a reduction by the Company in Employee’s Base Salary as in effect on the Effective Date or as the same may be increased from time to time during the term of this Agreement;

(iii) a relocation of Employee by the Company and for purposes of this Agreement, a relocation to a Company office outside the greater metropolitan area of Atlanta, Georgia;

 

Page 5 of 21


(iv) any material breach by the Company of a material term or provision contained in this Agreement, which breach is not cured within thirty (30) days following the receipt by the Board of written notice of such breach. Any breach shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement if the Employee is required to report to a person below the rank of Chief Executive Officer and/or President of the Company.

(v) the Company gives Employee proper notice in accordance with Section 3 above that the Agreement will not be extended or renewed for an additional one (1) year period from the end of the Term or from the end of any subsequent Annual Renewal Date.

(e) Termination by Employee for Other than Good Reason . If Employee shall desire to terminate his employment hereunder for other than Good Reason, he shall first give the Company not less than ninety (90) days prior written notice of termination. Upon a termination of Employee’s employment with the Company under this Section 6(e), the effective date of termination shall be the date set forth in employee’s resignation notice (assuming such date is in compliance with the notice provisions of this Section 6(e)) or an earlier date after the Company’s receipt of such notice as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, but not earlier than the date on which the Company learned of Employee’s decision to terminate his employment for other than Good Reason.

(f) Notice of Termination . Any termination, except for death, pursuant to this Section 6 shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate those specific termination provisions in this Agreement relied upon and which sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Employee’s employment under the provisions so indicated. The Notice of Termination shall also set forth that Employee’s employment is terminated and be delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 10 shall survive the end of the Term, the non-renewal of the Agreement, and/or the termination of Employee’s employment hereunder for any reason, and shall remain in full force and effect thereafter.

 

Page 6 of 21


7. Payments Upon Termination and Change in Control .

(a) Termination for Cause . In the event Employee’s employment hereunder is terminated for Cause, all of Employee’s rights to his Base Salary, Benefits and Bonus, if any, shall immediately terminate as of the date of such termination, except that Employee shall be entitled to any earned and unpaid portion of his Base Salary and accrued Benefits up to the date of termination, less all deductions or offsets for amounts owed by Employee to the Company, which shall be paid to Employee within thirty (30) days of the date of termination. Employee shall not be entitled to any Bonus, prorated or otherwise. The Company shall have no further obligations to Employee under the Agreement.

(b) Termination Due to Death or Disability . In the event Employee’s employment hereunder is terminated due to his death or Disability, all of Employee’s rights to his Base Salary, Benefits and Bonus, if any, shall immediately terminate as of the date of such termination, except that Employee (or, in the event that Employee’s employment hereunder is terminated due to Employee’s death, Employee’s heirs, personal representative or estate) shall be entitled to any earned and unpaid portion of his Base Salary and accrued Benefits up to the date of termination less all deductions or offsets for amounts owed by Employee to the Company, and any earned and accrued Bonus prorated through the date of termination, which shall be paid to Employee (or his estate) in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the date of termination. The Company shall have no further obligations to Employee under the Agreement.

(c) Termination By Company Without Cause or By Employee For Good Reason . If the Employee has a Separation from Service by reason of termination of his employment by Company other than for Cause or the occurrence of Employee’s death or Disability, or if Employee has a Separation from Service by reason of resignation of his employment for Good Reason, Employee shall be entitled to receive severance in the amount of twelve (12) months of his Base Salary in effect at the time of termination (so long as Employee is not in breach of this Agreement) (“Severance Payment”), provided that Employee executes, and does not revoke, a General Release, attached hereto as Exhibit C , of all claims relating to his employment and termination from employment in a form provided by the Company. Subject to Section 9 hereof, the Company shall pay the Severance Payment in equal installments based on the number of regularly scheduled payroll periods (in effect as of the date of the termination) during the Severance Period (The Severance Period is a period of 12 months. The first day of the Severance Period shall be determined by the Company which shall occur no later than ninety (90) days after the termination and correspond to a regularly scheduled payment date.), provided that (1) Employee has delivered the General Release within such time as designated by the Company, (2) the Company determines that the General Release is legally binding on Employee and (3) Employee does not revoke the General Release, and subject to the requirements under Section 9(c) hereof. The first installment shall be paid on the first day of the Severance Period and subsequent installments on each regularly scheduled payroll date thereafter until no additional amount is payable to the Employee. The Severance Payment shall be subject to all applicable withholding for federal, state, and local taxes. In the event of the Employee’s death prior to receiving all due installment payments of his/her Severance Payment, any remaining installments thereof shall be paid to the Employee’s estate on the same payment schedule as would have occurred, but for the death of the Employee. In no event shall payment of any Severance Payment be made prior to the effective date of termination or prior to the expiration of

 

Page 7 of 21


the revocation period, if any, applicable to the General Release. If Employee fails to deliver such legally binding General Release by the due date designated by the Company, the Company shall not have any obligation to make any Severance Payments. Employee understands that should he fail or refuse to execute the General Release provided by the Company, or revoke such General Release, he shall not be entitled to the Severance Payment under this section. The Company shall have no further obligations to Employee under the Agreement.

(d) Termination By Employee For Other Than Good Reason . In the event Employee terminates his employment for other than Good Reason, all of Employee’s rights to his Base Salary, Benefits and Bonus, if any, shall immediately terminate as of the date of termination, except that Employee shall be entitled to any earned and unpaid portion of his Base Salary and earned and accrued Benefits up to the date of termination. Employee shall not be entitled to any Bonus, prorated or otherwise. The Company shall have no further obligations to Employee under the Agreement.

(e) Payment Upon Change in Control . In the event of a “Change in Control” of Providence (as defined herein) and Employee is employed on the date of closing for the Change in Control event, Employee shall receive a lump sum payment equal to one and one-half (1.5) times Employee’s average annual W-2 compensation from the Company for the most recent five (5) taxable years ending before the date on which the Change in Control occurs (or such portion of such period during which Employee performed personal services for the Company), but not in excess of the amount specified in Code Section 162(m)(1) (currently, $1,000,000) or any successor Code Section thereto; provided, however, that if such lump sum payment, either alone or together with other payments or benefits, either cash or non-cash, that Employee has the right to receive from the Company, including, but not limited to, accelerated vesting or payment of any deferred compensation, options, stock appreciation rights or any benefits payable to Employee under any plan for the benefit of employees, which would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code), then such lump sum payment or other benefit shall be reduced to the largest amount that will not result in receipt by Employee of a parachute payment (“Change in Control Payment”). The Change in Control Payment will be paid to Employee upon the closing of the transaction causing the Change in Control. A Change in Control will have no other effect on this Agreement which will remain in full force and effect.

(i) Definition of Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall have the following definition:

(A) any “person” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) (other than (i) Providence, (ii) any subsidiary of Providence, (iii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Providence or of any subsidiary of Providence, or (iv) any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of Providence in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of Providence), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act), together with all affiliates and Associates (as such terms are used in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the 1934 Act) of such person, directly or indirectly, of securities of Providence representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Providence’s then outstanding securities;

 

Page 8 of 21


(B) the stockholders of Providence approve a merger or consolidation of Providence with any other company, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of Providence outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Providence or any subsidiary of Providence, at least 65% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of Providence or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of Providence (or similar transaction) after which no “person” (with the method of determining “beneficial ownership” used in clause (A) of this definition) owns more than 50% of the combined voting power of the securities of Providence or the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation;

(C) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Providence, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has conducted or threatened a proxy contest, or has entered into an agreement with Providence to effect a transaction described in clause (A), (B) or (D) of this definition) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by Providence’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office, who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; or

(D) the stockholders of Providence approve a plan of complete liquidation of Providence or an agreement for the sale or disposition by Providence of all or substantially all of Providence’s assets.

(ii) If this Agreement provides for the payment of deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, any payment of such deferred compensation by reason of a Change in Control shall be made only if the Change in Control is a “change in control event” as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) and shall be paid consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. If any deferred compensation that would otherwise be payable by reason of a Change in Control cannot be paid by reason of the immediately preceding sentence, it shall be paid as soon as practicable thereafter consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, as determined by Providence.

(f) Recognition . Employee recognizes and accepts that the Company shall not, in any case, be responsible for any additional amount, severance pay, termination pay, severance obligation or other payments or damages whatsoever arising from the termination of Employee’s employment, above and beyond those specifically provided for herein.

8. Restrictive Covenants .

(a) Non-Competition . During the Term and any renewal periods, and for a period of twelve (12) months after this Agreement is terminated for any reason, Employee will not, in any capacity (including, but not limited to, owner, partner, member shareholder, consultant, advisor, financier, agent, employee, officer, director, manager or otherwise), directly

 

Page 9 of 21


or indirectly, for his own account or for the benefit of any natural person, corporation, partnership, trust, estate, joint venture, sole proprietorship, association, cooperative or other entity (“Person”), establish, engage in, work for, or be connected with, except as an employee of the Company, any business in competition with the Business of the Company (as defined in Section 8(i) below), if such business competes with the Business of the Company in any State, county, or municipality where the Company or its Affiliates conduct business, are preparing to conduct business or have conducted business during the Term.

(b) Non-Solicitation/Non-Piracy . During the Term and any renewal periods, and for a period of twelve (12) months after this Agreement is terminated for any reason, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the benefit of any Person or entity:

(i) solicit, service, contact, or aid in the solicitation or servicing of any Person or entity which is or was a customer, prospective customer, client, prospective client, contractor, subcontractor or supplier of the Company or its Affiliates within three (3) years prior to Employee’s termination (“Company Customers/Clients”), for the purpose of (a) selling services or goods in competition with the Business of the Company; (b) inducing Company Customers/Clients to cancel, transfer or cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company or its Affiliates; or (c) inducing Company Customers/Clients to do business with any Person or business entity in competition with the Business of the Company (as hereafter defined).

(ii) solicit, aid in solicitation of, induce, contact for the purpose of, encourage or in any way cause any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, or interfere with such employee’s relationship with the Company or its Affiliates.

(c) Non-Disclosure . Other than in furtherance of the Business of the Company, in the ordinary course in his capacity as an employee hereunder, Employee will not, at any time, except with the express prior written consent of the COO of Providence, directly or indirectly, disclose, communicate or divulge to any Person or entity, or use for the benefit of any Person or entity, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary knowledge or information, with respect to the conduct or details of the Business of the Company including, but not limited to, customer and client lists, customer and client accounts and information, prospective client, customer, contractor and subcontractor lists and information, services, techniques, methods of operation, pricing, costs, sales, sales strategies and methods, marketing, marketing strategies and methods, products, product development, research, know-how, policies, financial information, financial condition, business strategies and plans and other information of the Company or its Affiliates which is not generally available to the public and which has been developed or acquired by the Company or its Affiliates with considerable effort and expense. Upon the expiration or termination of Employee’s employment under this Agreement, Employee shall immediately deliver to the Company all memoranda, books, papers, letters, and other data (whether in written form or computer stored), and all copies of same, which were made by Employee or otherwise came into his possession or under his control at any time prior to the expiration or termination of his employment under this Agreement, and which in any way relate to the Business of the Company as conducted or as planned to be conducted by the Company or its Affiliates on the date of the expiration or termination.

 

Page 10 of 21


(d) Intellectual Property . Employee will promptly communicate to the Company, in writing when requested, all software, designs, techniques, concepts, methods and ideas, other technical information, marketing strategies and other ideas and creations pertaining to the Business of the Company which are conceived or developed by Employee alone or with others, at any time (during or after business hours) while Employee is employed by the Company or its Affiliates. Employee acknowledges that all of those ideas and creations are inventions and works for hire, and will be the Company’s exclusive property. Employee will sign any documents which the Company deems necessary to confirm its ownership of those ideas and creations, and Employee will cooperate with the Company in order to allow the Company to take full advantage of those ideas and creations.

(e) Non-Disparagement . Employee will not, at any time, publish or communicate disparaging or derogatory statements or opinions about the Company or its Affiliates, including but not limited to, disparaging or derogatory statements or opinions about the Company’s or its Affiliates’ management, products or services, to any third party. It shall not be a breach of this section for Employee to testify truthfully in any judicial or administrative proceeding or to make statements or allegations in legal filings that are based on Employee’s reasonable belief and are not made in bad faith.

(f) Enforcement . Employee acknowledges that the covenants and agreements of this Section 8 (“Covenants”) herein are of a special and unique character, which give them peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in an action at law. Employee further acknowledges that any breach or threat of breach by him of any of the Covenants will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which money damages could not be adequate to compensate the Company. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which the Company may have at law or in equity, to have an injunction issued by any competent court enjoining and restraining Employee and/or all other Persons involved therein from committing a breach or continuing such breach. The remedies granted to the Company in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to remedies otherwise available to the Company at law or in equity. The Covenants contained in this Section 8 are independent of any other provision of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action which Employee or any such other Person may have against the Company shall not constitute a defense or bar to the enforcement of any of the Covenants. If the Company is obliged to resort to litigation to enforce any of the Covenants which has a fixed term, then such term shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period during which a material breach of such Covenant was occurring, beginning on the date of a final court order (without further right of appeal) holding that such a material breach occurred, or, if later, the last day of the original fixed term of such Covenant.

(g) Acknowledgements . Employee expressly acknowledges that the Covenants are a material part of the consideration bargained for by the Company, and, without the agreement of Employee to be bound by the Covenants, the Company would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement. Employee further acknowledges and agrees that the Business of the

 

Page 11 of 21


Company and its services are highly competitive, and that the Covenants contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests. In addition, Employee acknowledges that in the event his employment with the Company terminates, he will still be able to earn a livelihood without violating this Agreement, and that the Covenants contained in this Section 8 are material conditions to my employment and continued employment with the Company.

(h) Scope . If any portion of any Covenant or its application is construed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the remaining portions and their application shall not be affected thereby, and shall be enforceable without regard thereto. If any of the Covenants is determined to be unenforceable because of its scope, duration, geographical area or similar factor, then the court or other trier of fact making such determination shall modify, reduce or limit such scope, duration, area or other factor, and enforce such Covenant to the extent it believes is lawful and appropriate.

(i) Business of the Company . The term “Business of the Company”, as used herein, shall mean the provision by the Company or its Affiliates of the arrangement, brokering and/or provision of non-emergency transportation services for Medicaid or MediCare recipients.

(j) Costs, Expenses in the Event of Breach . In the event that Employee breaches or attempts to breach the Covenants contained in this Section 8, the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement from Employee for all costs and expenses associated with any successful action to enforce any of the Covenants contained in Section 8, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation. Should the Company file an action against Employee relating to a breach of the Covenants contained in Section 8, and a court of competent jurisdiction determines that Employee did not breach any of those Covenants, Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company of all costs and expenses associated with defending against such action asserting a breach, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

9. Section 409A of the Code .

(a) Amounts payable under this Agreement are intended either to be exempt from the rules of Section 409A of the Code or to satisfy those rules and shall be construed accordingly. The Company shall not be liable to Employee with respect to any Agreement-related adverse tax consequences arising under Section 409A or other provision of the Code.

(b) If any provision of this Agreement contravenes any applicable regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated under Code Section 409A or could cause an amount payable hereunder to be subject to the interest and penalties under Code Section 409A, the Company and the Employee agree to amend this Agreement, or take such other actions as the Company and the Employee deem necessary or appropriate, to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A or the Treasury guidance thereunder.

 

Page 12 of 21


(c) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if, on the date of termination, Employee is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined for purposes of Code Section 409A and determined in accordance with Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i)), no Severance Payment (or any other payment under this Agreement determined to be subject to Section 409A) shall be made under Section 7(c) hereof prior to the six-month anniversary of Employee’s Separation from Service, to the extent such six-month delay in payment is required to comply with Code Section 409A. To the extent that this Section 9(c) applies to any Severance Payment under Section 7(c) hereof (or any other payment under this Agreement determined to be subject to Section 409A), the Company shall, as soon as practicable following Employee’s Separation from Service, and after Employee executes and does not revoke the General Release of all claims as referenced in Section 7(c) within such time as designated by the Company, deposit an amount equal to the gross amount of such Severance Payment (and any other amount subject to Section 409A) into an irrevocable “Rabbi Trust” in the form prescribed by Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 92-64. Such Rabbi Trust shall be established and maintained by the Company, at its own expense, pending the distribution of such amount to Employee under this Agreement. The Trustee shall be a financial institution selected by the Company, and the Trustee shall invest all amounts deposited therein with the purpose of preserving the Trust principal. All principal and income from the Rabbi Trust shall be paid to Employee in a lump sum payment on the earlier of the first day following (i) the six-month anniversary of Employee’s Separation from Service or (ii) the Employee’s death. The Trustee shall withhold or cause to be withheld all withholding taxes as may be required by applicable law. Any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Indulgences, Etc. Neither the failure, nor any delay, on the part of either party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same, or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

(b) Controlling Law; Consent to Arbitration; Service of Process .

(i) This Agreement and all questions relating to its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement (including, without limitation, provisions concerning limitations of actions), shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (notwithstanding any conflict-of-laws doctrines of such state or other jurisdiction to the contrary), and without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring construction against the draftsman.

(ii) Except to the extent provided for in Section 8 above (relating to injunctive relief and other equitable remedies), the Company and Employee agree that any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement, or

 

Page 13 of 21


otherwise in connection with Employee’s employment by the Company or termination of his employment (including, without limitation, any such claim, dispute or controversy arising under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any of the Company’s employee benefit plans, policies or programs) shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding, confidential, arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in Tucson, Arizona (or at such other location as shall be mutually agreed by the parties). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (“the AAA”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except that the arbitrator shall be selected by alternatively striking from a list of five arbitrators supplied by the AAA. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, including a transcript if either requests, shall be borne equally by the parties, however, all costs for the services of the arbitrator shall be borne solely by the Company. Each party is responsible for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentation of proofs and post-hearing briefs (unless the party prevails on a claim for which attorney’s fees are recoverable under law). In rendering a decision, the arbitrator shall apply all legal principles and standards that would govern if the dispute were being heard in court. This includes the availability of all remedies that the parties could obtain in court. In addition, all statutes of limitation and defenses that would be applicable in court, will apply to the arbitration proceeding. The decision of the arbitrator shall be set forth in writing, and be binding and conclusive on all parties. Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator’s award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and otherwise by applicable state law. If either the Company or Employee improperly pursues any claim, dispute or controversy against the other in a proceeding other than the arbitration provided for herein, the responding party shall be entitled to dismissal or injunctive relief regarding such action and recovery of all costs, losses and attorney’s fees related to such action.

(iii) Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding of any nature, by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified first-class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to them at their respective addresses set forth in Section 10(c) hereof. Each of parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all claims of error by reason of any such service pursuant to the terms hereof (but does not waive any right to assert lack of subject matter jurisdiction) and agrees that such service (A) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process in any such suit, action or proceeding and (B) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service.

(iv) Nothing in this Section 10(b) shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any manner permitted by law or affect the right of any party to bring proceedings against any other party in the courts of any jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

(c) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made and received only when delivered (personally, by courier service such as Federal Express, or by other messenger) or when deposited in the United States mails, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below:

 

  (i) If to Employee:

Herman Schwarz

1706 Brandywine Court

Atlanta, GA 30388

 

Page 14 of 21


  (ii) If to the Company:

The Providence Service Corporation

620 N. Craycroft

Tucson, AZ 85711

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

With a copy to:

The Providence Service Corporation

5524 East Fourth Street

Tucson, AZ 85711

Attention: General Counsel

In addition, notice by mail shall be by air mail if posted outside of the continental United States.

Any party may alter the addresses to which communications or copies are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this Section for the giving of notice.

(d) Assignment of Agreement . The rights and obligations of both parties under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon their heirs, successors and assigns. The Company may assign or otherwise transfer its rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to all Covenants contained in Section 8 above, to any successor or affiliated business or corporation whether by sale of stock, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise. This Agreement may not, however, be assigned by Employee to a third party, nor may Employee delegate his duties under this Agreement.

(e) Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including by facsimile, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

(f) Provisions Separable . The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

(g) Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding among the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous

 

Page 15 of 21


agreements and understandings between the parties, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, except as herein contained. Specifically, the parties acknowledge that, upon the Effective Date, this Agreement terminates the current Employment Agreement that exists between Employee and Company, dated January 2, 2007. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing.

(h) Section Headings . The Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only; they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

(i) Gender, Etc . Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context indicates is appropriate.

(j) Independent Review and Consultation . Employee is hereby advised to consult with an attorney before signing this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that it is his decision whether or not to do so.

(k) Number of Days . In computing the number of days for purposes of this Agreement, all days shall be counted, including Saturdays, Sundays and holidays; provided , however , that if the final day of any time period falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday on which entities which are provincially regulated are or may elect to be closed, then the final day shall be deemed to be the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or such holiday.

 

Page 16 of 21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, as of the date first above written.

 

LOGISTICARE SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:  

/s/ John Shermyen

Name:   John Shermyen
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
HERMAN SCHWARZ

/s/ Herman Schwarz

 

Page 17 of 21


EXHIBIT A

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS STOCK OPTION CANCELLATION AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF OFFSET PROVISIONS SET FORTH HEREIN AND TO THE TERMS OF A LOCK-UP AGREEMENT AMONG PARENT AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF PARENT.

Amended and Restated Stock Option Cancellation and Exchange Agreement

(“Agreement”)

Dated as of December 6, 2007

HOLDER:

Herman Schwarz

1706 Brandywine Court

Atlanta, GA 30388

Background

A. Charter LCI Corporation (the “ Company ”) has previously adopted the Charter LCI Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”).

B. Pursuant to the Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company previously granted to optionholder (the “ Holder ”), as an Eligible Employee of the Company, an option (the “ Options ”) to purchase shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, $.01 par value (“ Company Common Stock ”). Exhibit A attached hereto identifies the total number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to Options held by Holder as of the date hereof, whether or not vested (such option awards, “ Prior Awards ”).

C. Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“ Merger Agreement ”) dated as of November 6, 2007, by and among the Company, certain stockholders of the Company, The Providence Service Corporation (“ Parent ”), PRSC Acquisition Corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent and the Stockholders’ Representative named therein, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company to be the surviving entity (the “ Merger ”)

D. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Options held by the holder shall be cancelled and exchanged into a Stock Grant (as defined herein), pursuant to Section 1.5(f) of the Merger Agreement and the approval of the Committee pursuant to Section 4.2(b) of the Plan.

E. Unless otherwise indicated, any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan. A copy of the Plan has been delivered to Holder. By signing and returning this Agreement, Holder acknowledges having received and read a copy of the Plan and agrees to comply with the terms of the Plan, this Agreement and all applicable laws and regulations.


Agreement

1. Cancellation and Exchange of Options into Stock Grant. As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Holder, the Options set forth on Exhibit A , whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled and, in exchange for such cancellation, each Holder shall be issued, immediately after the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the number of whole shares of Parent’s common stock (“ Parent Common Stock ”) that is equal to the Net Option Value (such issuance of Parent Common Stock, a “ Stock Grant ”). The Stock Grant made herein is made in connection with Holder’s employment relationship with a subsidiary of Parent upon the consummation of the Merger.

The “ Net Option Value ” is equal to quotient of (1) the product of (i) the Company Merger Share Price (as defined in the Merger Agreement) for the Options less the exercise price per share for the Options multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to the Options divided by (2) $31.42; provided however, that the maximum number of shares of Parent Common Stock into which the aggregate of all Company Stock Options (as defined in the Merger Agreement) shall be exchanged shall not exceed 431,936 (“ Parent Share Maximum ”). If the aggregate Net Option Value for all Stock Grants as calculated above exceeds the Parent Share Maximum, then the Options shall be exchanged into (i) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to the Parent Share Maximum multiplied by the Net Option Value Percentage applicable to the Options and (ii) the amount of any Excess Payment (as defined in the supplemental letter from Parent to the holders of Company Stock Options). The “ Net Option Value Percentage ” of the Options is equal to the quotient of (1) the Net Option Value of the Options as would otherwise be calculated except for exceeding the Parent Share Maximum divided by (2) the aggregate Net Option Value of all Company Stock Options as would otherwise be calculated except for exceeding the Parent Share Maximum. The “ Company Merger Share Price ” is calculated as follows: divide (1) the Merger Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement) (prior to adjustments pursuant to Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of the Merger Agreement) y (2) 769,170. In accordance with the Plan, the Committee has approved the cancellation and exchange as set forth herein.

2. Offset Against Stock Grant for Recovery of Indemnification Obligations and Working Capital Deficit under Merger Agreement . The number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to 4.92% times the number of shares of the Stock Grant (rounded up to the nearest whole amount) and 4.92% of the amount of any Excess Payment (as defined in the supplemental letter from Parent to the holders of Company Stock Options)(the “ Escrowed Shares ”) shall be deposited with Parent as security and a source of payment for Sellers’ indemnification obligations and recovery of any Working Capital Deficit under the Merger Agreement. Parent may offset against such Escrowed Shares for recovery pursuant to any of Sellers’ indemnification obligations and for recovery of the amount of any Working Capital Deficit (as defined in the Merger Agreement) under the Merger Agreement at a price per share of Parent Common Stock of $31.42, unless Holder elects, by delivery of written notice to Parent, to receive the Escrowed Shares prior to Parent’s offset in exchange for paying Parent $31.42 per share. Until the Escrow Fund (as defined in the Merger Agreement) is fully distributed and the Escrow Agreement is terminated by its terms, (i) the Escrowed Shares and any interest thereon shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred by Holder and (ii) the Escrowed Shares shall remain in the custody of Parent acting as escrow agent and as custodian for Holder’s account.


3. Effective Date of this Agreement . This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Time.

4. Additional Consideration . Holder shall be entitled to share in any Earn Out Payment and any Working Capital Surplus determined on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares in each holder’s Stock Grant. Such right to participate in any Earn Out Payment (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and any Working Capital Surplus (as defined in the Merger Agreement) shall be additional consideration for the cancellation of each Company Stock Option as set forth herein. All such payments, to the extent required by law, shall be reduced by all applicable withholdings.

5. Representations .

(a) Parent represents and warrants that the shares of Parent Common Stock attributable to the Stock Grant will be issued under the Parent’s 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan and that such shares at the date of issuance will be registered under a registration statement on Form S-8 of Parent.

(b) In the event Holder is not eligible to have the shares registered under Form S-8 of Parent, Holder represents and warrants to Parent that (i) Holder will be acquiring the shares of Parent Common Stock attributable to such Stock Grant for Holder’s own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, (ii) Holder understands that any shares of Parent Common Stock attributable to the Stock Grant must be held indefinitely by Holder unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act or is exempt from such registration and (iii) the stock certificates for any share of Parent Common Stock attributable to such Stock Grant issued to Holder will bear the following legend:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

(c) (i)  Withholding . Holder further represents and warrants that Holder understands the Federal, state and local income tax consequences of the cancellation of the Options and exchange into the Stock Grant of shares of Parent Common Stock, and the subsequent sale or other disposition of any Parent Common Stock. In addition, Holder understands that Company or Parent, as applicable, will withhold Federal, state or local taxes (including social security and Medicare taxes) in respect of any compensation income realized by Holder as a result of Stock Grant and the issuance of the shares of Parent Common Stock and any Excess Payment.

(ii) Holder Loan . To the extent any Stock Grant and any Excess Payment is subject to applicable tax withholding (as determined in good faith by Parent and net of any Excess Payment which shall be utilized to offset any applicable tax withholding). Holder accepts a loan from Parent in an amount equal to the applicable tax withholding (such amount

 


and accrued interest thereon, the “ Holder Loan ”). Such Holder Loan shall be made at the Effective Time (if Holder’s Agreement is delivered to Parent on or prior to the Effective Time) or at the time of delivery of Holder’s Agreement (if Holder’s Agreement is delivered to Parent after the Effective Time). In lieu of accepting the Holder Loan, Holder may pay to Parent the amount of applicable withholding obligation (as determined in good faith by Parent) in immediately available funds on or prior to the Effective Time (if Holder’s Agreement is delivered to Parent on or prior to the Effective Time) or at the time of delivery of Holder’s Agreement (if Holder’s Agreement is delivered to Parent after the Effective Time). Parent shall utilize such payment or the proceeds of the Holder Loan to satisfy the applicable withholding obligation (as determined in good faith by Parent).

The Holder Loan may be prepaid without penalty and shall accrue interest at a rate of 6% per annum until the Holder Loan is paid in full, and all obligations under the Holder Loan shall be due and payable on the date that is 180 days after the Effective Time or 180 days after delivery of Holder’s Agreement if such Agreement is delivered after the Effective Time. It shall constitute an event of default under the Holder Loan if Holder fails to pay in full all obligations under the Holder Loan on or before the due date thereof or if Holder becomes subject to any bankruptcy or similar proceeding (in which case all obligations under the Holder Loan shall be automatically accelerated without further action on the part of Parent).

As collateral security for the prompt and complete payment when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) for all existing and future obligations under the Holder Loan, Holder grants a security interest to Parent in such holder’s right, title and interest in and to 40% of Holder’s Stock Grant, exclusive of Holder’s Escrowed Shares, together with all proceeds (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction thereof (the “ UCC ’)) thereof with respect to such shares (the “ Collateral ’). In order to perfect such security interest, Parent shall be deemed to have taken delivery (as defined in the UCC) of the securities certificates constituting the Collateral in registered form evidencing such shares by maintaining possession of such securities certificates. Unless Holder requests physical delivery of certificated shares, Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to electronically deposit the shares constituting the Stock Grant which are not Escrowed Shares or Collateral in a brokerage account designated by Holder immediately after the Effective Time (if Holder’s Agreement is delivered to Parent on or prior to the Effective Time) or immediately after the time of delivery of Holder’s Option Cancellation and Exchange Agreement (if Holder’s Agreement is delivered to Parent after the Effective Time). Upon Holder’s sale of shares constituting the Stock Grant, Holder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to immediately remit the proceeds of such sale of shares to Parent in payment of any payment obligations under the Holder Loan. After the Holder Loan is repaid in full, Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to immediately deliver the remaining shares of Holder’s Stock Grant to Holder, other than the Escrowed Shares.

If an event of default shall occur and be continuing under the Holder Loan, Parent may exercise all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC or any other applicable law. In furtherance of Parent’s rights and remedies during the existence of an event of default, Holder will irrevocably constitute and appoint Parent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, coupled with an interest, as Holder’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact in the place and stead of Holder, and in the name of Holder or in its own name, without notice to or further assent by Holder, to execute, in connection with any sale or other disposition of the Collateral any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer, and to take such


other appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable, as determined by Parent, to accomplish the purpose of carrying out the terms of Holder’s Holder Loan and the security therefore. The parties acknowledge and agree that the purpose of the Holder Loan is not to purchase or carry margin securities under Regulation U (12 CFR 221).

6. Notice of Sale . Holder agrees to give Parent prompt notice of any sale or other disposition of any Parent Common Stock attributable to the Stock Grant that occurs within two years from the date hereof.

7. Continuation of Employment . Neither the Plan nor the Stock Grant shall confer upon Holder any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent thereof, or limit in any respect the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent thereof to terminate Holder’s employment or other relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent thereof, as the case may be, at any time.

8. Release . Holder, for itself and on behalf of its successors and assigns (each a “ Releasor ”), hereby releases, remises and forever discharges Company and Parent and their subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors and assigns, and the directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives of the foregoing (each a “ Releasee ”), of and from any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, demands, accountings, covenants, contracts, agreements, debts, liabilities and obligations of any nature, fixed or contingent, known or unknown, whether at law or in equity, by reason of any event, occurrence, circumstances or matter of any nature which occurred, arose or existed at any time on or before the date hereof provided, however, that this release shall not in any manner affect or release (i) the obligations of a Releasee under this Agreement or under any other agreement entered into at or in connection with the Merger (including any employment agreement between Holder and Company or any subsidiary of the Company) or (ii) any obligation of the Company for contribution or indemnification under applicable law or the charter or bylaws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, by contract or otherwise. Each Releasor hereby irrevocably covenants to refrain from, directly or indirectly, asserting, commencing, instituting or causing to be commenced, any proceeding of any kind against any Releasee, based upon any matter purported to be released hereby. Holder waives and releases Parent and the surviving corporation of the Merger and their respective affiliates, representatives, successors-in-interest and assigns from and against any and all losses, liabilities, actions, causes of action, fees, expenses, damages or claims (“ Claims ”) in each case of whatsoever kind or nature, whenever occurring (including after the Effective Time), arising out of the grant to or ownership of the Options by the Holder or the cancellation and exchange of the Options into a Stock Grant as stated herein.

9. General Provisions .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be found to be illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


(b) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and Holder relating to the Options and the Stock Grant, except as set forth in the Merger Agreement and the Lock-Up Agreement (as defmed in the Merger Agreement). This Agreement may not be amended, modified, changed or waived other than by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

(c) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(d) This Agreement amends and restates the Stock Option Cancellation and Exchange Agreement dated as of November 6, 2007 between Holder and Parent.

[Signature Page Follows]


Please acknowledge receipt of this Agreement by signing the enclosed copy of this Agreement in the space provided below and returning it promptly to the Secretary of the Company.

 

THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:  

Fletcher McCusker

  Title:  

 

Accepted and Agreed to as of the date set forth above

HOLDER:

 

 

HERMAN SCHWARZ


EXHIBIT A

Company Options/Stock Grant

Company Options:

 

Date of Grant

   Options    Exercise Price

04/01/07

   13,672    $ 158.00

07/11/07

   1,428    $ 158.00

Stock Grant:

 

Shares:   50,943


EXHIBIT B

Lock-Up Agreement

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOCK-UP AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”)

 

Parties:

  

Herman Schwarz (“ Holder “)

1706 Brandywine Court

Atlanta, Georgia 30388

  

The Providence Service Corporation

a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”)

620 N. Craycroft

Tucson, Arizona 85711

Dated as of December 6, 2007

BACKGROUND:

WHEREAS, Holder is an option holder of Charter LCI Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Parent have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of the date hereof (the “ Merger Agreement ”), providing for the merger of PRSC Acquisition Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, with and into the Company, with the Company to be the surviving entity (the “ Merger ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement and a Stock Option Cancellation and Exchange Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Holder and Parent (the “ Cancellation and Exchange Agreement ”), each of Holder’s stock options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company will be cancelled and exchanged into a stock grant (the “ Stock Grant ”) in the common stock of Parent (“ Parent Common Stock ”) in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement and the Cancellation and Exchange Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals stated above and the promises, agreements and covenants hereinafter contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

1. Representations and Warranties of Holder . Holder represents and warrants to Parent as follows:

1.1. Holder is the holder of the number of stock options of the Company set forth beneath Holder’s signature on the signature page hereof (the “ Company Options ”), and Holder has good and valid title to the Company Options, free and clear of any liens, pledges, security interests, adverse claims, equities, options, proxies, charges, encumbrances or restrictions of any nature. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the Cancellation and Exchange Agreement, Holder’s Company Options will be cancelled and exchanged for a Stock Grant representing the number of shares of Parent Common Stock as set forth beneath Holder’s signature on the


signature page hereof. Holder will have good and valid title to the Stock Grant, free and clear of any liens, pledges, security interests, adverse claims, equities, options, proxies, charges, encumbrances or, except as set forth herein, restrictions of any nature. Holder’s Stock Grant will be subject to the prohibitions against transfer as set forth in Section 2 hereof.

1.2. Holder has carefully read this Lock-Up Agreement and, to the extent Holder deemed necessary, has discussed with counsel the limitations imposed on Holder’s ability to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of shares of Parent Common Stock, including the shares attributable to the Stock Grant. Holder fully understands the limitations this Lock-up Agreement places upon Holder’s ability to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the shares of Parent Common Stock, including the shares attributable to the Stock Grant.

1.3. Holder understands that the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Lock-Up Agreement will be relied upon by Parent and its counsel for purposes of determining whether Parent should proceed with the Merger.

2. Prohibitions Against Transfer.

2.1. Holder agrees that, until the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the effective date of the Merger, Holder shall not, directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, or contract to sell any Parent Common Stock or any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of Holder’s interest in or risk relating to shares of Parent Common Stock, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect or enter into a swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of the ownership of shares of Parent Common Stock attributable to the Stock Grant, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may, at any time after the effective date of the Merger, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, up to a maximum of seventy percent (70%) of such Holder’s shares of Parent Common Stock attributable to the Stock Grant, exclusive of the Escrowed Shares (as defined in the Cancellation and Exchange Agreement). Nothing in this Section 2.1 shall be construed as a restriction on selling shares of Parent Common Stock held by Holder that are not attributable to the Stock Grant.

2.2. Upon a termination of Holder’s employment with the Company under Holder’s employment agreement with LogistiCare Solutions LLC dated November 6, 2007 (the “Employment Agreement”) (i) upon death or “Disability” (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement); (ii) by Holder for “Good Reason” (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement); or (iii) upon a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement) with respect to Parent, the prohibitions against transfer set forth in Section 2.1 hereof shall immediately terminate.

3. Stop Transfer Instructions: Legend. Holder acknowledges and agrees that (a) stop transfer instructions will be given to Parent’s transfer agent with respect to the Parent Common Stock, and (b) each certificate representing any of such shares shall bear a legend identical or similar in effect to the following legend (together with any other legend or legends required by applicable state securities laws or otherwise):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A LOCK-UP AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 6, 2007, BETWEEN THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF AND THE ISSUER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.”


4. Miscellaneous Provisions.

4.1. Survival of Representations. Warranties and Agreements. All representations, warranties and agreements made by Holder in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

4.2. Notices. All notices, consents or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or one (1) business day after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, postage or delivery charges prepaid or five (5) business days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage charges prepaid. Notices also may be given by prepaid facsimile and shall be effective on the date transmitted if confirmed within 48 hours thereafter by a signed original sent in one of the manners provided in the preceding sentence. Notices to Parent shall be sent to Parent’s address stated on page one of this agreement to the attention of its CEO (Attention: Fletcher McCusker) and copies of notices to Parent shall be sent simultaneously to the Parent’s General Counsel (Attention: Fred Furman, Esq.). Notices to Holder shall be sent to Holder’s address stated on page one of this agreement. Any party may change its address for notice and the address to which copies must be sent by giving notice of the new addresses to the other parties in accordance with this Section 4.2, provided that any such change of address notice shall not be effective unless and until received.

4.3. Entire Understanding. This Agreement and the other agreements referred to herein, state the entire understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior oral and written communications and agreements, and all contemporaneous oral communications and agreements, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

4.4. Waivers. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no waiver with respect to this Agreement shall be enforceable unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure to exercise, delay in exercising, or single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy by any party, and no course of dealing between or among any of the parties, shall constitute a waiver of or shall preclude any other for further exercise of, any right, power or remedy.

4.5. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or any part of any such provision is held under any circumstances to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then (1) such provision or part thereof shall, with respect to such circumstances and in such jurisdiction, be deemed amended to conform to applicable laws so as to be valid and enforceable to the fullest possible extent, (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision or part thereof under such circumstances and in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision or part thereof under any other circumstances or in any other jurisdiction, and (iii) the


invalidity or unenforceability of such provision or part thereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. Each provision of this Agreement is separable from every other provision of this Agreement, and each part of each provision of this Agreement is separable from every other part of such provision.

4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original hereof, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one counterpart hereof.

4.7. Section Headings. Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and shall not affect its interpretation.

4.8. References. All words used in this Agreement shall be construed to be of such number and gender as the context requires or permits.

4.9. CONTROLLING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE UNDER, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED SOLELY THEREIN, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

4.10. Jurisdiction and Process. In any action between or among any of the parties, whether arising out of this Agreement or otherwise, (a) each of the parties irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal and state courts located in the State of Delaware, (b) if any such action is commenced in a state court, then, subject to applicable law, no party shall object to the removal of such action to any federal court located in the State of Delaware, (c) each of the parties irrevocably waives the right to trial by jury, (d) each of the parties irrevocably consents to service of process by first class certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the address at which such party is to receive notice in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof, and (e) the prevailing parties shall be entitled to recover their reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs from the other parties.

4.11. Non-exclusivity. The rights and remedies of Parent hereunder are not exclusive of or limited by any other rights or remedies which Parent may have, whether at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise, all of which shall be cumulative (and not alternative).

4.12. Bankruptcy Qualification. Each representation or warranty made in or pursuant to this Agreement regarding the enforceability of any Contract shall be qualified to the extent that such enforceability may be effected by bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar Laws or equitable principles (but not those concerning fraudulent conveyance) generally affecting creditors’ rights and remedies.

4.13. Assignment; Binding Effect. Parent may assign any or all of its rights under this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any other person or entity only upon obtaining Holder’s consent or approval. This Agreement and all obligations of Holder hereunder are personal to


Holder and may not be transferred or delegated by Holder at any time during Holder’s lifetime (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution). Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of Parent and its successors and assigns and will be binding upon Holder and Holder’s representatives, executors, administrators, estate, heirs, successors and assigns.

4.14. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that Parent shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of proper jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Parent is entitled at law or in equity.

4.15. Other Agreements and Independence of Obligations. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit any of the rights or remedies of Parent or any of the obligations of Holder under any other agreement. The covenants and obligations of Holder set forth in this Agreement shall be construed as independent of any other agreement or arrangement between the Holder, on the one hand, and the Parent, on the other. The existence of any claim or cause of action by Holder against Parent shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of any of such covenants or obligations against Holder.

4.16 This Agreement amends and restates the Lock-Up Agreement between the Holder and Parent dated as of November 6, 2007.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


Holder has executed this Look-Up Agreement as of the date stated above, and such agreement shall be effective upon the consummation of the Merger

 

HOLDER:

 

Herman Schwarz

Number of Company Options: 15,100 Number of shares of Parent Common Stock attributable to Stock Grant: [See Exhibit A to the Cancellation and Exchange Agreement]

THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION:

 

Name:

  Fletcher McCusker

Title:

  CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT C

General Release

In consideration for LOGISTICARE SOLUTIONS, LLC (“LogistiCare”) providing me with a Severance Payment (as defined in the Agreement attached hereto), I, HERMAN SCHWARZ, on behalf of and for the benefit of myself, my heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, successors and assigns agree to the following:

1. I acknowledge and agree that the above-referenced consideration is satisfactory and adequate in exchange for my promises and release contained herein.

2. In consideration of the above, I hereby agree, for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, successors and assigns (the “Releasors”), to fully and unconditionally release and completely and forever discharge LogistiCare and The Providence Service Corporation and each of their parent companies, shareholders, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates, and each of their respective predecessors, successors, heirs and assigns (the “Released Parties”) from any and all rights and claims that Releasors may have based on or relating to my employment with LogistiCare or the termination of that employment for any and all reasons. I specifically release the Released Parties from any rights or claims which I may have based upon the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, which prohibit age discrimination in employment; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, which prohibits discrimination in employment based on race, color, creed, national origin or sex; the Equal Pay Act, which prohibits paying men and women unequal pay for equal work; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, which prohibits discrimination against disabled persons; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, which regulates employment benefits; the [Georgia Fair Employment Practices Act] 1 , which prohibits discrimination based on race, color, religious creed, ancestry, age, sex, national origin or disability; or any other federal, state or local laws or regulations prohibiting discrimination or which otherwise regulate employment terms and conditions. I also release the Released Parties from any claim for wrongful discharge, unfair treatment, breach of public policy, express or implied contract, or any other claims arising under common law which relate in any way to my employment with LogistiCare or the termination thereof. This General Release covers claims that I know about and those that I may not know about up through the date of this General Release. This General Release specifically includes any and all claims for attorney’s fees and costs which are incurred by me for any reason arising out of or relating to any or all matters covered by this Agreement.

This General Release does not waive rights or claims that may arise after the date this General Release is executed, nor does it release: (i) any rights I have to indemnification under applicable state law, articles of incorporation, bylaws or policy of insurance; (ii) my rights the severance benefits provided in exchange for this release; (iii) vested retirement or welfare benefits; or (iv) rights under any restricted stock or stock option agreement (except as set forth therein).

3. I hereby confirm that I have not caused or permitted any charge, complaint, lawsuit or any other action or proceeding whatsoever to be filed against the Released Parties based on my employment or the separation of that employment to date.

 

1 The applicable state law will differ for each executive.


4. I acknowledge and agree that before entering into this General Release, I have had the opportunity to consult with an attorney of my choice, and I have been advised to do so if I so choose. I have entered into this General Release voluntarily and knowingly and without any inducement from LogistiCare other than the terms of this General Release. I have read and understand the terms of this General Release before signing it.

5. I understand that I have a period of twenty-one (21) days to consider, sign and return this General Release and that I may revoke the General Release by delivering a signed revocation notice to LogistiCare within seven (7) days of signing and returning this General Release.

6. This General Release will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware. No amendment or modification of the terms of the General Release will be made except by a writing executed by LogistiCare and myself.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Herman Schwarz

Exhibit 10.21

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 effective January 1, 2009 (the “Amendment”) to the Employment Agreement dated as of November 6, 2007 (the “Original Agreement”) by and between Logisticare Solutions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal office located at 1800 Phoenix Boulevard, Suite 120, College Park, Georgia 30349, its successors and assigns (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Company”), and Herman Schwarz, an individual residing at 1706 Brandywine Court, Atlanta, Georgia 30338 (“Employee” and together with the Company, the “parties”).

WHEREAS, the parties entered into the Original Agreement providing for the terms and conditions of the employment of Employee by the Company; and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend certain provisions of the Original Agreement regarding termination and payments upon termination and non-disclosure of confidential information.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the facts, mutual promises, and covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Additional event constituting “Good Reason. ” Section 6(d) of the Original Agreement (Termination by Employee for Good Reason) is hereby amended by adding thereto a new subsection (vi) to read in its entirety as follows:

(vi) there has been a “change in control” in the ownership of the Company and, anything contained in the preamble to this Section 6(d) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Notice of Termination by the Employee is given within six (6) months following the closing date of the transaction that constitutes such change in control. Anything contained in the preamble to this Section 6(d) to the contrary notwithstanding, the effective date of a termination pursuant to this Section 6(d)(vi) shall be after the completion of ten (10) days from the giving of such notice. Anything contained in Section 7(e)(i) of this Agreement to the


contrary notwithstanding, for purposes of this Section 6(d)(vi) and of Section 7(c), “change in control” shall mean, and shall only mean, a transaction after which neither Providence nor any of its then direct or indirect subsidiaries is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act, as defined below) of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding equity securities of the Company.

2. Additional severance period for termination after “change in control” under certain circumstances . Section 7(c) of the Original Agreement (Termination by Company Without Cause or By Employee For Good Reason) is hereby amended by the addition of the following sentences at the end thereof:

“Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Separation from Service referred to in the first sentence of this Section 7(c) occurs after a “change in control” as defined in Section 6(d)(vi) hereof, the twelve (12) month periods referred to in this Section 7(c) shall be twenty-four (24) month periods and the term “Severance Payment” shall include the Company’s continued payment through the Severance Period of all employment benefits in effect at the time of termination, including life and health insurance premiums and bonus payments, if any, accrued at the time of termination, provided that neither vacation time nor sick time nor rights to performance or other bonus shall continue to accrue during the Severance Period. The provisions of Section 7(e)(ii) hereof relating to Section 409A of the Code shall be applicable to Severance Payments made after a “change in control” pursuant to the preceding sentence, except that, with respect to such Severance Payments only, the last word of Section 7(e)(ii) shall be replaced with the words “the Company.”

3. Amendment to Non-disclosure Covenant . Section 8(c) of the Original Agreement (Non-disclosure) is hereby amended by deleting such Section and replacing it with the following:

“(c) Non-Disclosure . Other than in furtherance of the Business of the Company, in the ordinary course in his capacity as an employee hereunder, Employee will not, at any time, except with the express prior written consent of the COO of Providence, directly or indirectly, disclose, communicate or divulge to any Person or entity, or use for the benefit of any Person or entity, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary knowledge or information, with respect to the conduct or details of the Business of the Company, Providence or any of their Affiliates including, but not limited to, customer and client lists, customer and client accounts

 

-2-


and information, prospective client, customer, contractor and subcontractor lists and information, services, techniques, methods of operation, pricing, costs, sales, sales strategies and methods, marketing, marketing strategies and methods, products, product development, research, know-how, policies, financial information, financial condition, business strategies and plans and other information of the Company, Providence or any of their Affiliates which is not generally available to the public and which has been developed or acquired by the Company, Providence or any of their Affiliates with considerable effort and expense. Upon the expiration or termination of Employee’s employment under this Agreement, Employee shall immediately deliver to the Company or Providence, as the case may be, all memoranda, books, papers, letters, and other data (whether in written form or computer stored), and all copies of same, which were made by Employee or otherwise came into his possession or under his control at any time prior to the expiration or termination of his employment under this Agreement, and which in any way relate to the Business of the Company, Providence or any of their Affiliates as conducted or as planned to be conducted by the Company, Providence or any of their Affiliates on the date of the expiration or termination.”

4. Scope of amendment . Except as specifically amended hereby, the Original Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, unamended, from and after the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Amendment, intending to be legally bound hereby, as of the date first above written.

 

LOGISTICARE SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:   John L. Shermyen
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
 

 

  Herman Schwarz

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.22

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement (“Second Amendment”) is made as of the 19th day of May, 2009 by and between LOGISTICARE SOLUTIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal office located at 1800 Phoenix Boulevard, Suite 120, College Park, Georgia 30349, its successors and assigns (“Company”) and HERMAN SCHWARZ , an individual residing at 1706 Brandywine Court, Atlanta, GA 30338 (“Employee” and together with the Company the “Parties”).

Background

WHEREAS, Employee entered into an Employment Agreement dated November 6, 2007 with the Company, as amended, (“Employment Agreement” or “Agreement”) and the parties wish to modify certain aspects of the Employment Agreement;

WHEREAS, all defined terms set forth in the Employment Agreement shall apply herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the facts, mutual promises and covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Paragraphs 2(a), 2(b) and 2(d) of the Employment Agreement are hereby replaced by the following:

“2(a) During the term of the Agreement, Employee shall serve as the CEO of the Company. Employee shall report directly to Providence’s Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), and be subject to COO’s supervision, control and direction.

2(b) In his capacity as CEO of the Company, Employee shall have such authority, perform such duties, discharge such responsibilities and render such services as are customary to, and consistent with his position, subject to the authority and direction of the COO, and shall perform such additional duties and responsibilities as may be from time to time assigned to him by the COO. In addition, Employee acknowledges and agrees that he shall observe and comply with all of Providence’s policies and procedures, and comply with all of the directives of the board of directors of Providence.

2(d) During the term of this Agreement, Employee shall not be engaged in any business activity which, in the reasonable judgment of the Chief Executive Officer of Providence, conflicts with Employee’s duties hereunder, whether or not such activity is pursued for pecuniary advantage.”


  2. Paragraph 4(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended so that Employee’s Base Salary is increased to $310,000 upon the full execution of this Second Amendment.

 

  3. All other terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement except as modified herein shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Second Amendment to the Employment Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, as of the date first above written.

 

LOGISTICARE SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Deitch

Name:  

Michael Deitch

Title:  

Assistant Secretary & Treasurer

 

/s/ Herman Schwarz

    HERMAN SCHWARZ

 

Exhibit 12.1

Providence Service Corporation

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007    2008     2009

Earnings:

             

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

   $ 15,732,408    $ 16,042,310    $ 24,110,655    $ (167,916,215   $ 33,292,665

Fixed charges

     4,091,938      5,149,797      9,311,319      29,036,528        31,276,065
                                   

Earnings (losses)

   $ 19,824,346    $ 21,192,107    $ 33,421,974    $ (138,879,687   $ 64,568,730
                                   

Fixed charges:

             

Interest expense

   $ 1,033,019    $ 855,288    $ 3,071,537    $ 19,578,404      $ 20,798,250

Interest element of rentals

     3,058,919      4,294,509      6,239,782      9,458,124        10,477,815
                                   

Fixed charges

   $ 4,091,938    $ 5,149,797    $ 9,311,319    $ 29,036,528      $ 31,276,065
                                   

Ratio of earnings (losses) to fixed charges (1)

     4.84      4.12      3.59      N/A        2.06

 

(1) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes and minority interest, fixed charges, amortization of capitalized interest and distributed income of equity investees less interest capitalized, income from equity investee and distributions to minority holders. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, capitalized interest, and the portion of rentals deemed to be interest. Earnings were not sufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $167.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008.

 

EXHIBIT 21.1

 

Name of Subsidiary

   State Incorporation

Providence Community Corrections, Inc.
(f/k/a Camelot Care Corporation)

   Delaware

Cypress Management Services, Inc.

   Florida

Family Preservation Services, Inc.

   Virginia

Family Preservation Services of Florida, Inc.

   Florida

Family Preservation Services of North Carolina, Inc.

   North Carolina

Family Preservation Services of West Virginia, Inc.

   West Virginia

Providence of Arizona, Inc.

   Arizona

Providence Service Corporation of Delaware

   Delaware

Providence Service Corporation of Maine

   Maine

Providence Service Corporation of Oklahoma

   Oklahoma

Providence Service Corporation of Texas

   Texas

Rio Grande Management Company, LLC

   Arizona

Family Preservation Services of Washington DC, Inc.

   Dist. of Columbia

Dockside Services, Inc.

   Indiana

Providence Community Services, Inc.
(f/k/a Pottsville Behavioral Counseling Group, Inc.)

   Pennsylvania

Providence Community Services, LLC

   California

College Community Services

   California

Choices Group, Inc.

   Delaware

Providence Management Corporation of Florida

   Florida

Providence Service Corporation of New Jersey, Inc.

   New Jersey

Social Services Providers Captive Insurance Co.

   Arizona

Drawbridges Counseling Services, LLC

   Kentucky

Oasis Comprehensive Foster Care, LLC

   Kentucky

Children’s Behavioral Health, Inc.

   Pennsylvania

Maple Star Nevada

   Nevada

Transitional Family Services, Inc.

   Georgia

AlphaCare Resources, Inc.

   Georgia

Family-Based Strategies, Inc.

   Delaware

A to Z In-Home Tutoring, LLC

   Nevada

W. D. Management, LLC

   Missouri

0798576 B.C. LTD

   British Columbia, Canada

PSC of Canada Exchange Corp.

   British Columbia, Canada

Camelot Care Centers, Inc.

   Illinois

Family & Children’s Services, Inc.

   Pennsylvania

Charter LCI Corporation

   Delaware

Health Trans, Inc.

   Delaware

LogistiCare, Inc.

   Delaware

LogistiCare Solutions, LLC

   Delaware

Provado Technologies, Inc.

   Florida

Provado Insurance Service, Inc.

   South Carolina

Providence Service Corporation of Alabama

   Alabama

Red Top Transportation, Inc.

   Florida

WCG International Consultants Ltd.

   British Columbia, Canada

Providence Service Corporation of Louisiana

   Louisiana

AmericanWork, Inc.

   Delaware

LogistiCare Solutions Independent Practice Association, LLC

   New York

 

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

The Providence Service Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in registration statements (Nos. 333-151079, 333-112586, 333-117974, 333-127852, 333-135126, and 333-145843) on Form S-8 and registration statement (No. 333-148092) on Form S-3 of The Providence Service Corporation (the Company) of our reports dated March 12, 2010, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009, and all related financial statement schedules, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, which reports appear in the December 31, 2009 annual report on Form 10-K of the Company.

Our report on the consolidated financial statements dated March 12, 2010 contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the Company adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (included in FASB ASC Topic 320, Investments-Debt and Equity Securities ).

/s/ KPMG LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 12, 2010

 

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement (No. 333-112586, No. 333-117974, No. 333-127852, No. 333-135126, No. 333-145843, and No. 333-151079) on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-148092 on Form S-3 of The Providence Service Corporation of our report dated March 13, 2008, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, and the financial statement schedule, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Providence Service Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2009.

/s/    M C G LADREY  & P ULLEN , LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 12, 2010

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Fletcher Jay McCusker, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Providence Service Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2010

 

/s/    F LETCHER J. M C C USKER

Fletcher J. McCusker

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Michael N. Deitch, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Providence Service Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2010

 

/s/    M ICHAEL N. D EITCH

Michael N. Deitch

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Exhibit 32.1

THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), the undersigned officer of The Providence Service Corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify with respect to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Report”) that:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 12, 2010    

/s/    F LETCHER  J. M C C USKER        

       

Fletcher J. McCusker

Chief Executive Officer

        (Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

Exhibit 32.2

THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), the undersigned officer of The Providence Service Corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify with respect to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Report”) that:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 12, 2010       /s/    M ICHAEL N. D EITCH        
            Michael N. Deitch
            Chief Financial Officer
            (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.